.HmHUHinurnKmiiiimiiiniiimmiHiiiiiiiiiilli 


[iisVS 

3SJH!'' 

11 

] ';  \iw 

m 

mm 

''^W 

THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 


'IJU 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.CHARLESA.KOFOIDAND 

MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


The  Legazpi-Urdaneta   Monument,  Manila. 


A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF 

THE  PHILIPPINES 

FOR    USE    IN    PHILIPPINE    SCHOOLS 


REVISED     EDITION 


BY 

PRESCOTT  F.  JERNEGAN 

FORMERLY   INSTRUCTOR    IN   PHILIPPINE  HISTORY  AND   GOVERN- 
J.IENT,  PHILIPPINE  NORM.\L  SCHOOL,  MANILA 


WITH  MAPS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS 


NEW  YORK 

D.  APPLETON   AND    COMPANY 
1914 


OPY  ADDED 

RiG^NALTOBE 

ETAINED 


OCT 


24133^ 


Copyright,  igo5,  igo8,  igi4,  by 
D.  APPLETOX  AND  COMPANY 


PRINTED   IN    UNITED  STATES   OF   AATERICA 


AFFECTIONATELY   DEDICATED 

TO 

MY   FORMER   PUPILS 

IN  THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS 


Iv^^ 


PREFACE. 


Ten  years  have  passed  since  this  work  was 
adopted  for  the  pubHc  schools  of  the  Phihp- 
pines.  These  years,  sown  with  fresh  events,  new 
ideals,  and  many  changes  in  the  administration  of 
the  government  of  the  Philippines,  make  necessary 
a  new  and  completely  revised  edition  of  this  book. 
It  has  been  necessary  to  omit  and  condense  some 
of  the  material  contained  in  the  former  editions, 
in  order  to  make  room  for  a  chapter  covering  the 
past  decade.  The  long  service  which  this  book  has 
rendered  seems  to  justify  the  selection  of  material 
and  method  of  presentation  employed  in  the  former 
edition.  The  lapse  of  years,  however,  has  brought 
changes  which  make  it  desirable  to  readjust  the 
emphasis  placed  on  both  the  more  remote  and  the 
nearer  past.  The  following  remarks  from  the 
preface  to  the  first  edition  are  still  an  appropriate 
introduction  to  this  l:)ook. 

"The   period   to    1660   occupies   nearly   one-half 


vu 


viii  PREFACE. 

of  the  book.     For  two   centuries  after  that   date 

there   is   httle   in   Phihppine   history  that   was   not 

present,  in  principle,  in  the  foundations  laid  by  the 
Spanish  conquerors.     The  chapters  relating  to  this 

epoch   discuss    the   material   topically    rather   than 

chronologically,  in  the  conviction  that  themes  such 

as    'the    galleon    trade,'    the    'encomienda'    system, 

and  the  like  gain  in  clearness  and  interest  by  this 

method  of  treatment. 

"Necessarily,  in  so  short  a  work,  there  are  many 
omissions.  The  principle  which  has  governed  in 
the  selection  of  events  has  been  the  growth  of  the 
Filipinos  toward  civilization  and  self-government. 
An  effort  has  been  made  to  explain  in  an  elementary 
way  the  origin  and  results  of  the  more  important 
revolts  against  Spanish  rule.  Along  with  this 
is  given  some  account  of  the  agricultural  and 
commercial  development  of  the  Islands.  Thus 
the  struggle  to  live  and  the  strife  for  free- 
dom are  the  two  underlying  themes  of  the 
book. 

"Many  of  the  questions  with  which  Philippine 
history  is  concerned  are  darkened  by  bitter  con- 
troversies, religious  and  political,  extending  to  the 
present  day.  It  is  quite  possible,  therefore,  that 
errors  of  fact  or  judgment  have  crept  into  these 


PREFACE.  IX 

pages.  Ill  a  land  jarred  by  the  shock  of  many 
conflicting  nationaHties.  where  a  new  poHtical 
structure  is  rearing  itself  from  the  ashes  of  the 
old,  it  cannot  be  expected  that  the  past  will  have 
the  same  message  for  all. 

"In  large  measure  this  book  has  been  based  on 
original  sources.  The  author  is  particularly  in- 
debted to  Blair  and  Robertson's  The  Philippine 
Islands,'  that  invaluable  collection  of  original  docu- 
ments relating  to  the  Philippines.  Most  of  the 
quotations  relating  to  the  period  1493- 1600 
have  been  taken  from  this  work;  in  a  few  cases 
with  a  modification  of  the  phraseology  of  the 
translations,  for  the  sake  of  simplicity  of 
style." 

The  Author  desires  to  renew  his  expressions  of 
obligation  to  those  who  have  assisted  him  in  the 
preparation  of  this  work,  in  particular  Mr.  Emer- 
son Christie,  of  the  Ethnological  Survey  for  the 
Philippine  Islands;  Mr.  Jesse  George,  formerly 
prosecuting  attorney  of  the  City  of  Manila;  Dr. 
David  P.  Barrows,  of  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia ;  as  well  as  many  others. 

Finally,  he  would  extend  from  the  shores  of 
these  other  islands  of  the  Pacific  his  felicitations 
to   those   who   teach   and   those   who    study    these 


X  PREFACE. 

pages.  Time  and  distance  will  never  lessen  his 
kindly  recollection  of  the  Filipinos  and  the  Philip- 
pines. 

Prescott  F.  Jernegan. 
HiLo  High  School, 

HiLO,  Hawaii,  April  i,  1914. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER   I. 

THE   FILIPINO  RAqES. 


PAGE 


Resources  of  the  Philippines — The  Study  of  History — 
Geography  and  History — Luzon — The  Visayas — 
Mindanao — The  First  Inhabitants — The  Malayans — 
The  Igorots — Head-hunting — The  Place  of  Woman 
— The  Christian  Peoples — The  Moros — The  Sulu 
Archipelago — Summary I 

CHAPTER    n. 

LIFE   OF  THE   ANCIENT  FILIPINOS. 

Village  Government — Life  in  Ancient  Times — War  and 
Robbery — The  Headmen — The  Freemen — Slaves — 
Causes  of  Enslavement — Crimes — Discovery  of  a 
Thief — Dress  and  Ornaments — Tattooing — Weapons 
— Commerce — Writing — Civilization — Amusements — 
Marriage  Customs — Religion — The  Great  God — The 
Worship  of  Anitos — Household  Gods — Nature  Spir- 
its— Prayers — Good  and  Bad  Anitos — Heaven — The 
Soul — Priests  and  Priestesses — Religious  Customs  of 
the  Cebuans — Conclusions — Summary 20 

CHAPTER   111. 

DISCOVERY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES  BY  EUROPEANS. 

European  Trade  with  the  East — A  Sea-route  from  Eu- 
rope to  India — Ferdinand  Magellan — The  Demarca- 
tion Lines — Magellan  and  Charles  I — Magellan  Sails 
— Wreck  and  Desertion — The  Pacific — Discovery  of 

xi 


xii  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

the  Philippines — First  Mass  in  the  Philippines — Ma- 
gellan at  Cebu — Baptism  of  the  Cebuans — Death  of 
Magellan — Massacre  of  Spaniards  at  Cebu — Elcano 
Sails  Around  the  Globe — Demarcation  Line  of  1529 
— Expedition   of    Villalobos — Summary 39 

CHAPTER    IV. 

THE    CONQUEST    OF    THE    PHH.IPPINES. 

The  King's  Command — Andres  de  Urdaneta — Legazpi — 
1  he  V^oyage  of  Legazpi — Arrival  in  the  Philip- 
pines— The  Settlement  of  Cebu — Legazpi's  Treat- 
ment of  the  Cebuans — Legazpi  "Adelantado" — First 
Expedition  to  Luzon — Juan  de  Salcedo — Second  Ex- 
pedition to  Luzon — Legazpi  Founds  Manila — Death 
of  Legazpi — Conquest  of  Luzon  by  Salcedo — Sum- 
mary       52 

CHAPTER    V. 

THE   ENCOMENDEROS    AND    THE    FRIARS. 

Poverty  of  the  Victors — The  Encomiendas  and  Enco- 
nifuderos — The  Tribute — Injustices  of  the  Enco- 
menderos — Early  Revolts — The  Protest  of  Rada — 
Answer  of  Lavezaris — King  Philip  Forbids  En- 
comiendas— Progress  of  Religion — The  Encomien- 
das in  1591 — The  Pope  Forbids  Slavery — The  Ar- 
rival of  the  Friars — Character  of  the  Early  Friars — 
What  the  Friars  Taught — The  First  Spanish 
Schools — Reasons  for  the  Rapid  Conversion  of  the 
Filipinos — Summary       62 

CHAPTER   VL 

DRE.A.MS    OF    CONQUEST. 

Lavezaris,  Governor — Distress  of  the  Spaniards — De 
Sande,  Governor — Conquest  of  Brunei — Dreams  of 
Conquest — Better     Days — Ronquillo     de      Penalosa, 


CONTENTS.  xiii 

PAGE 

Governor — The  "Residencia" — Union  of  Portugal 
with  Spain — Expeditions  to  Borneo  and  Ternate — 
Japanese  Pirates — The  Fihpinos'  Part  in  Spanish 
Conquests — Summary 76 


CHAPTER   VII. 

SALAZAR  AND   DE  VERA. 

The  First  Bishop  of  Manila — De  \'era,  Acting  Gov- 
ernor— Scarcity  of  Food — Insurrection  in  Pampanga 
—Deeds  of  De  \'era— Cost  of  the  Conquest — Aims 
of  Spain  in  the  Conquest — Reply  of  Philip  II— 
Philip  III  and  Moraga — The  Memorial  to  the  King 
— Reform  Decree  of   1589 — Summary 84 

CHAPTER    VIII. 

A    ROYAL    GOVERNOR. 

Gomez  Perez  Das  Marinas — Salazar's  Opinion  of  the 
Governors — Neglect  of  Religious  Instruction — Resti- 
tution to  the  Filipinos  by  the  Conquerors — Building 
of  the  Walls  of  Manila— Decay  of  the  Cotton  Indus- 
try— A  Change  for  the  Worse — Conquest  of  Zam- 
balcs— Tlie  Great  Fleet— Death  of  Das  Marinas— 
:SIanila  in  Das   Mariiias'   Time — Summary  ....      93 


CHAPTER   IX. 

THE   CHINESE   IN    PHILIPPINE   HISTORY. 

Arrival  of  the  Chinese— Limahong— The  First  Attack- 
Repulse  of  the  Chinese — The  Second  Attack — Re- 
volt of  the  Filipinos— Limahong  in  Pangasinan — 
Salcedo  Expels  Limahong— The  Alcayceria  and  the 
Parian — Chinese  Christians— The  Three  Mandarins 
—Chinese  Revolt  of  1603— Defeat  of  the  Chinese- 
Revolt  of   1639 — The  Chinese  Question— Summary  .     103 


xiv  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER   X. 

THE  VOYAGES   OF   THE  GALLEONS. 

PAGE 

The  Chinese  Trade — Commerce  with  Mexico — The  Gal- 
leons— The  Voyage  Across  the  Pacific — Arrival  of 
the  Galleons — Loss  of  the  Galleons — The  Royal 
Subsidy — Summary 113 

CHAPTER   XI. 

THE    WARS    WITH    THE    DUTCH. 

The  Dutch  Conquer  the  Moluccas — Antonio  de  Morga — 
The  Defeat  of  Van  Noort — Silva's  Great  Fleet — 
Attack  on  Cavite — Massacre  of  Abiicay — Defeat  of 
the   Dutch — Filipino   Loyalty — Summary 120 

CHAPTER    XII. 

THE     MORO     PIRATES. 

Introductory — The  Moro  Pirates — Spaniards  Fail  to 
Destroy  Piracy — A  Raid  on  the  Visayans — Acuna 
and  the  Pirates — Battle  of  Punta  de  Flechas — 
Treaties  with  the  Moros — Concentration  of  Villages 
— Arming  the  Filipinos — Brave  Defenders — The 
Coast-Guard  Towers — The  Story  of  .'Mi-Mudin — 
Conversion  of  the  Sultan — Treachery  of  Ali-Mudin 
— Lessons  of  This  Story — The  High  Tide  of  Piracy 
— Summary 126 

CHAPTER    XIII. 

FORCED  LABOR    AND   INSURRECTION. 

The  Dark  Century — The  Labor  Tax — Alonson  Fajardo 
— Insurrection  in  Bohol  and  Leyte — Bancao — Death 
of  Fajardo — Tabora,  Governor — Diego  Fajardo — 
Earthquake  of  1645 — Insurrection  of  1660 — Revolt 
in    Ilocos — Summary 14Q 


CONTENTS.  XV 

CHAPTER    XIV. 

THE    STRIFE   BETWEEN   CHURCH    AND    STATE. 

PAGE 

Introductory — Two  Kinds  of  Courts — The  Case  of  Nava 
— The  Law  of  Refuge — The  Pope's  Pardon — The 
Inquisition  in  the  Philippines — Diego  de  Salcedo — 
De  Vargas  and  Pardo — The  Friars'  Lands — Busta- 
mante  and  the  Friars — Bustamante  Fortifies  Zam- 
boanga — Arrest  of  the  Archbishop — Death  of  Bus- 
tamante— Archbishop  Cuesta,  Governor — Summary  .     148 

CHAPTER    XV. 

THE    END    OF    THE    SENTNTEENTH    CENTURY. 

Fausto  Cruzat  y  Gongora.  Governor — Ordinances  of 
Good  Government — Evil  Days — Manila  and  the 
Provinces — "The  Laws  of  the  Indies'' — What  the 
Filipinos    Did— Summary       160 

CHAPTER    XVI. 

THE    BRITISH    INVASION    AND    ITS    RESULTS. 

The  Mysterious  Fleet — Landing  of  the  British — The 
Capture  of  Manila — The  Surrender — The  Sack  of 
the  City — Simon  de  Anda  y  Salazar — Restoration  of 
Spanish  Rule — Effects  of  the  Invasion — Revolt  in 
Pangasinan — Diego  Silan — Silan  in  Power — Alliance 
with  the  British — Death  of  Silan — A  Fresh  Outbreak 
— Why    the    Revolts    Failed — Summary    .     .    .     .    .     167 

CHAPTER    XVII. 

THE     BEGINNING    OF    MODERN    TIMES, 

Governorship  of  Anda — Anda  a  Modern  Man — The 
Teaching  of  Spanish — Death  of  Anda — Vargas  and 
Agriculture — Why  Java  Prospered — The  Tobacco 
Monopoly — Abuses  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly — End 
of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly — "Royal  Company  of  the 


xvi  CONTENTS. 


PAGE 


Philippines" — Sociedad  Economica  de  Amigos  del 
Pais — Vargas  Resigns — Industry  Better  Than  Con- 
quest— Rafael  de  Aguilar,  Governor — Aguilar  and 
Foreigners — Progress   of   the   Filipinos — Summary   .     177 

CHAPTER   XVIII. 

REBELLION     .\ND     REFORM. 

Filipinos  in  the  Cortes — The  Constitution  of  1812 — Res- 
toration of  Fernando  VII — Revolt  in  Ilocos  Norte — 
Oppression  of  the  Poor — The  Constitution  Renewed 
— The  School  of  Freedom — End  of  Representation 
in  the  Cortes — Mariano  Ricafort,  Governor — The 
Rebellion  of  Dagohoy — .-\n  Independent  People — 
The  New  Pueblos — Pascual  Enrile.  Governor — Ad- 
vantages of  Good  Roads — Kinds  of  Rebellion — The 
Revolt  of  the  Cofradia — Destruction  of  the  Cof- 
radia — Summary 189 

CHAPTER    XIX. 

CL.\\T;RiA    .\ND    URBI.STONDO. 

Changes  of  Governors — The  Friars  and  the  Governors — 
Effect  of  Travel  and  Commerce — Narciso  Claveria, 
Governor — Reformation  of  the  Calendar — Surnames 
of  Filipinos — First  Steamers  in  the  Philippine.s — The 
Governors — Gains  of  the  Governors — L'rbistondo; 
Conquest  of  Jolo — Treaty  with  the  Sultan — First 
Philippine  Bank — The  Next  Ten  Years — Return  of 
the  Jesuits — Reforms  in  Education — Educational  De- 
cree of  1863 — Earthquake  of  1863 — Summary  .     .     .    202 

CHAPTER    XX. 

THE     D.\WN     OF    REPUBLICANISM. 

Revolution  in  Spain — Carlos  de  la  Torre,  Governor — 
"Guias  de  Torre" — The  Red  Ribbon — Spread  of  Re- 
publicanism— The  Meaning  of  Freedom — Rafael  de 


CONTENTS.  xvii 

PAGB 

Izquierdo,  Governor  —  The  Cavite  Insurrection  — 
Cause  of  the  Insurrection— Burgos,  Zamora,  and 
Gomez— The  Execution— The  :\lailed  Hand— Peace 
— Commercial  Growtli — Municipal  Councils — Prog- 
ress  in   Education — Summary 216 

CHAPTER   XXI. 

THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN. 

New  Leaders — The  Secret  Societies — Jose  Rizal — Ca- 
lamba  Lands  Trouble — Banishment  of  Rizal — Death 
of  Rizal — Discovery  of  the  Plot — The  Rise  of  Agui- 
naldo — The  Rebellion  in  the  North — Campaign  of 
Polavieja — Spread  of  the  Insurrection — The  Right 
to  Revolt — Rivera's  Campaign — Katipunan  Procla- 
mation of  1897 — Pact  of  Biac-na-Bato — Departure  of 
i\guinaldo — Broken  Promises — Renewal  of  the  In- 
surrection— Summary 231 

CHAPTER    XXII. 

THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 

Cuba  and  the  United  States — The  Cuban  Rebellion — The 
Battle  of  Manila  Bay — Effect  in  Manila  of  Dewey's 
Victory — Renewal  of  the  Insurrection — \\'hy  Dewey 
Remained  in  the  Philippines — Aguinaldo  Dictator — 
The  Revolutionary  Government — The  Taking  of 
Manila — The  Treaty  of  Paris — The  Effect  of  Dis- 
tance— Monarchy  or  Republic — Possibility  of  a  Fili- 
pino  Republic — Unity   First   Necessary — Summary  .    244 

CHAPTER   XXIIL 

THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN    WAR. 

Why  Aguinaldo's  Army  Did  Not  Enter  Manila — The 
Malolos  Government — Instructions  of  McKinley — 
The  Revolutionary  Constitution — The  First  Shot — 
Periods  of  the  War — Battle  of  February  5th — Fight- 


xviii  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

ing  the  Flames — The  Advance  North — The  Battle  of 
Zapote  Bridge  —  The  Flight  of  Aguinaldo  —  The 
Taking  of  Tila  Pass  —  Aguinaldo's  Escape  —  The 
Period  of  Guerilla  Warfare — The  Occupation  of  the 
Visayas — The  Republic  of  Negros — Results  of  the 
War — Martial  Law — Summary 255 

CHAPTER   XXIV. 

THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR. 

William  H.  Taft,  Governor — The  Policy  of  AIcKinley — 
"The  Philippines  for  the  Filipinos" — The  Educa- 
tional System — Filipino  Students  in  America — Agri- 
culture— Commerce — Summary 272 

CHAPTER   XXV. 

A  DEC.\DE   OF   PEACE   AND   PROGRESS. 

Taft's  Successors — General  Observations — The  Philip- 
pine Currency — New  Banks — The  Saint  Louis  Expo- 
sition— Commercial  Growth — Annual  Trade — Road 
Building — Railways — Sanitary  Improvements — Prog- 
ress in  Education — The  Philippine  Assembly — Fili- 
pino Self-government — Changes  in  the  Philippine 
Commission — Message  of  President  Wilson — Sig- 
nificance of  President  Wilson's  Message 284 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

The  Legazpi-Urdaneta  Monument,  Manila  .  Frontispiece 

Mayon  Volcano 4 

A  Negrito  Hunter 7 

Negritos  of  Northern  Tayabas 8 

Salt  Springs,  Northern  Luzon 9 

Igorots  with  Head-axes n 

Ilongotes  of  Northern  Tayabas 13 

A  Group  of  Moros i5 

Pearl-fishing  boats,  Sulu I7 

A  Moro  Warrior  in  Coat  of  Mail 26 

Alphabets  in  Use  at  the  Time  of  the  Spanish  Discovery  .  28 

An  Igorot  Dance 30 

Taal  Volcano ' 33 

Ferdinand  INIagellan 40 

Charles  I.  of  Spain •  4^ 

jNIagellan  Planting  the  Cross  in  the  Philippines  .        .        .47 

The  Magellan  Monument,  Manila 48 

Old  Fort  at  Cebii 55 

The  Harbor  of   Cebu 56 

A  Church  at  Cebu         . 63 

Luzon  (Map) Opposite  page  65 

Lake  Taal 68 

St.  Augustine  Convent,  Manila 71 

Philip  H.  of  Spain 80 

xix 


XX  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

PAGE 

Augustinian  Church,  Manila 88 

Fort  Santiago 95 

The  Oldest  Part  of  the  Wall  of  Manila  ....  97 

The  Cathedral,  Manila 100 

Dominican  Church,  Manila 108 

Spanish   Galleons 115 

The  Coast  of  Romblon 127 

A  Moro   Pirate  Boat 131 

A   Moro  Warrior 136 

The  "Bridge  of  Spain,"  Manila 1^3 

Church  at  Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte 149 

Fort  Pilar,  Zamboanga 154 

Plaza"  de  Goiti,  Manila 164 

Lighthouse  at  Entrance  to  the  Pasig  River       .         .        .  168 

Spanish  Guns,  Fort  Santiago 169 

The  Malecon  Drive,  Manila 171 

The  Anda  Monument,  Manila 178 

Tobacco  Growing i8r 

The  Santa  Lucia  Gate,  Manila,  Built  by  Vargas      .        .  186 

Fernando  VII.  of  Spain 190 

Bell  Tower  and  Theater,  Laoag 192 

Parian  Redoubt 195 

The  Sultan  of  J0I6  with  Datos 207 

A  Gateway  at  J0I6 209 

Isabella  II.  of  Spain 216 

The  Governor's  Palace   (2^Ialacanan),  Manila.        .        .  218 

The  Ayuntamiento    (City   Hall),  Manila  ....  220 

Fort,  Cavite 222 

The  Luneta,  Manila 224 

The  Manila-Dagupan  Railroad 226 

Jose  Rizal 232 

A  Waterfall  near  Calamba 22,2, 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS.  xxi 

PAGE 

Tondo  Church,  Manila 241 

The  Spanish  Warship  "Reina  Christina"  after  Five  Years 

under  Water 245 

Manila  Bay  from  the  Luneta 247 

A  View  of  Manila 249 

The  Philippine  Commission  in  1904 252 

William    McKinley 258 

Emilio  Aguinaldo 260 

San  Juan  Bridge '2-(i2 

Tila  Pass 263 

An  Insurgent  Stockade 266 

The  Insular  Ice-Plant,  Manila 268 

William  H.  Taft,  First  Civil  Governor  of  the  Philippines  273 

The  New  City  Hall,   Manila 274 

Chief  Justice  Arellano 275 

The  Old  Philippine  Normal  School,  Central  Recitation 

Hall 276 

A  Group  of  Filipino  Governors 278 

Making  New   Land,   Manila 280 

The   Inauguration   of    Governor  Wright   ....  281 


A    SHORT    HISTORY   OF 
THE    PHILIPPINES. 


CHAPTER    I. 


THE   FILIPINO   RACES. 


Resources  of  the  Philippines. — Nature  has  made  / 
it  easy  to  live  in  the  Philippine  Islands.  There  is 
plenty  of  rich  land  for  all  who  are  willing  to  culti- 
vate it.  There  is  no  month  when  some  fruit  does 
not  ripen.  There  is  no  season  when  one  may  not 
sow  or  reap  some  crop.  Thousands  of  horses  and 
cattle  could  feed  on  rich  pastures  that  now  lie  un- 
used. The  seas  and  rivers  of  the  Philippines  are 
full  of  fish.  There  are  few  lands  where  food  is 
more  easily  obtained. 

Yet  after  all  the  centuries  that  have  passed  since 
men  first  lived  in  these  Islands,  their  people  are 
poor.  Most  of  their  rich  soil  the  plow  has  never 
turned.  The  wealth  of  their  forests  and  mines 
waits  for  a  hand  to  gather  it.  In  other  lands, 
whose  soil  is  stiff  with  frost  half  the  year,  the  barns 
are  filled  with  the  harvest.  In  countries  where  men 
must  hew  their  houses  from  the  rocks  and  dig 
their    fuel   from   the   earth,   men   have   built   fair 


2        A  SilURT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

cities.  In  the  Philippines  most  of  the  towns  are 
groups  of  frail  huts,  the  prey  of  fire  and  storm. 

The  Study  of  History. — The  study  of  history 
explains  why  the  lands  of  the  Filipinos  lie  uncul- 
tivated. It  tells  why  the  people  struggle  with  pov- 
erty. It  points  out  the  mistakes  of  the  past  and 
shows  the  path  to  follow  in  the  future.  Since 
1898  there  have  been  many  changes  in  the  Philij> 
pines.  Government,  church,  education,  commerce, 
and  many  other  things  are  different  from  the  days 
of  our  fathers.  History  helps  us  to  understand 
why  these  changes  were  made.  We  can  compare 
the  past  with  the  present  and  see  which  is  the  bet- 
ter. The  history  of  the  Philippines  begins  with  the 
study  of  the  first  men  who  made  this  land  their 
home. 

Geography  and  History. — \Ye  cannot  fully  un- 
derstand the  history  of  a  country  unless  we  know 
its  geography.  The  forms  of  the  mountains  and 
rivers,  the  extent  of  the  plains,  the  kind  of  soil, 
and  the  climate  help  decide  where  the  cities  shall 
be  built.  They  explain  why  the  people  raise  cer- 
tain products.  They  tell  how  their  commerce 
arose.  They  have  a  great  effect  upon  the  language 
and  customs.  They  help  show  why  some  of  the 
people  became  civilized  and  others  remained  wild. 
We  shall  therefore  study  a  little  of  the  geography 
of  the  Philippines  to  see  what  it  may  teach  us  about 
their  history. 

Luzon. — The  great  valley  of  the  Cagayan  is  the 


THE  FILiriNO  RACES.  3 

most  important  part  of  northern  Luzon.  It  is  the 
home  of  the  Cagayans  or  Ibanags.  Most  of  the 
people  live  along  the  river  banks,  because  for  a 
century  the  Spaniards  compelled  them  to  plant  to- 
bacco there.  Four  hundred  years  ago  there  was  no 
tobacco  in  the  Philippines.  Thousands  of  carabao 
roamed  in  the  mountains.  The  rivers  were  the 
home  of  the  crocodile ;  the  people  lived  largely  by 
hunting.  Then,  as  now,  many  wild  tribes  lived  in 
the  mountains.  It  is  difficult  to  reach  the  Cagayan 
Valley  from  Manila  by  land.  By  sea  it  is  a  long 
voyage;  therefore  civilization  has  advanced  slowly 
here. 

The  central  part  of  Luzon  is  very  mountainous. 
It  looks  much  the  same  as  when  the  Spaniards  first 
arrived.  The  people  have  changed  but  little  in 
religion  and  customs.  This  is  because  it  was  diffi- 
cult for  the  Spaniards  to  reach  them.  So  the  few 
thousand  people  who  lived  here  when  Legazpi 
came  to  Manila  now  number  a  third  of  a  million 
uncivilized  pagans. 

The  coastal  plain  of  northwest  Luzon  has 
changed  much  more  than  the  Cagayan  Valley,  be- 
cause it  is  easily  reached  from  Manila  by  sea  or 
land.  Its  people,  the  Ilocanos,  were  united  and 
industrious,  so  they  have  made  the  wilderness  a 
garden. 

A  great  plain  and  a  great  lake  fill  most  of  cen- 
tral Luzon.  No  part  of  the  Philippines  is  so  much 
changed  from  ancient  times  as  this.     The  railroad 


4        A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

through  the  great  plain  has  made  it  a  land  of 
peaceful  farms.  Industries  and  manufactures 
flourish  because  they  are  near  great  markets. 

On  the  east  of  the  Tayabas  Range  and  in  all  the 
country  south  of  the  narrow  isthmus  of  Tayabas 


4,  live  the  Bicols. 


The  habits  and  language  of  this 


Ma  YON  Volcano. 


"^  people   in  ancient  times  were  much  like  those  of 
the  Visay'ans.     Can  you  tell  why? 

The  lofty  mountains  and  broken  ranges  of  this 
peninsula  made  a  refuge  for  several  Negrito  and 
other  wild  tribes  who  still  live  there.  This  re- 
gion has  but  one  large  river,  the  Bicol.  Vast  hemp 
fields  now  cover  the  once  barren  slopes  of  ancient 
volcanoes.  Many  boats  are  built  in  this  part  of 
Luzon. 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES.  5 

The  Visayas.— In  the  Visayas,  though  there  are 
many  islands,  the  people  are  more  alike  than  in 
the  one  island  of  Luzon.  This  is  because  it  is 
easier  to  cross  the  narrow  straits  that  divide  them 
than  it  is  to  pass  the  lofty  ranges  of  Luzon.  It  is 
easy  to  see  why  the  Visayans  have  always  been 
famous  fishermen  and  sailors.  Each  of  these 
islands  has  had  its  own  kind  of  history  because  of 
some  of  its  geographical  features.  Bohol  is  an 
island  of  barren  mountains  and  coral  reefs.  Its 
scanty  soil  has  compelled  its  people  to  become  fish- 
ermen and  traders.  They  became  warlike,  because 
in  the  olden  days  they,  fought  pirates  from  neigh- 
boring Mindanao.  Their  soil  and  their  situation 
have  made  them  one  of  the  most  industrious  of  the 
people  of  the  Philippines. 

Cebu  is  thickly  populated  and  advanced  in  civili- 
zation. There  are  several  reasons  for  this.  Its 
long  coast  line  and  low  mountains  made  it  easy 
for  the  Spaniards  to  settle  there  and  subdue  and 
convert  the  people.  Cebu  is  the  oldest  Spanish 
town  in  the  Philippines.  It  is  in  the  central  part  of 
the  Archipelago,  with  a  fine  harbor.  In  ancient 
days  its  chief  was  one  of  the  most  powerful  in 
the  Philippines.  For  all  these  reasons  it  is  now 
among  the  most  important  cities  of  the  Philippines. 
Mindanao.^ — The  island  of  Mindanao  is  the  sec- 
ond largest  island  in  the  Philippines.  It  produces 
all  that  the  other  islands  raise,  also  the  spices  and 
gutta-percha.     Mindanao  has  the  largest  rivers  and 


6        A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

forests  and  the  greatest  area  of  rich,  uncultivated 
land  of  any  of  the  PhiHppines.  \\'hy,  then,  has  it 
less  people  than  little  Cebu  and  only  one  town  of 
importance?  Mindanao  is  large  enough  and  rich 
enough  to  supjXDrt  the  entire  present  population  of 
the  Philippines.  Probably  this  island  was  one  of 
the  first  settled  of  the  Philippines  because  it  is  near 
the  great  Malayan  Islands  from  which  the  Fili- 
pinos are  believed  to  have  come.  Yet  it  is  thinly 
peopled. 

One  reason  is  because  it  has  been  the  home  of 
too  many  different  tribes.  Everything  great  in 
this  world  has  been  done  by  the  united  efforts  of 
people  who  spoke  the  same  language  and  believed 
the  same  things.  In  Mindanao  there  are  more  wild 
tribes  and  different  religions  than  in  any  other 
island  of  the  Philippines.    Let  us  see  why  this  is  so. 

The  many  mountain  ranges  running  in  different 
directions  and  the  trackless  forests  kept  the  people 
from  mingling  easily.  One  can  get  farther  from 
the  sea  in  Mindanao  than  in  any  other  of  the 
islands.  There  are  many  people  in  the  interior  who 
have  never  seen  the  ocean  or  met  people  of  other 
islands.  This  has  kept  them  ignorant  and  uncivil- 
ized. 

The  First  Inhabitants. — The  first  people  who 
lived  in  these  Islands  were  the  Negritos.  These 
are  the  little  black  savages  who  now  dwell  in  the 
mountains.  Most  of  them  are  less  than  five  feet 
tall.     They  have  woolly  hair,  thick  lips,  and  broad 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES.  7 

noses.  Clad  in  little  or  no  clothing,  they  wander 
from  place  to  place.  A  mat  of  grass  thrown  over 
a  few  poles  makes  them  a  house.     They  hunt  deer 


A  Negrito  Hunter. 


and  wild  pigs,  catch  birds  and  fish,  and  raise  moun- 
'tain  rice. 

Most  of  the  Negritos  live  in  the  mountains  of 
Luzon,  Negros,  Panay.  and  Mindanao.  They  do 
not  love  towns,  churches,  or  any  of  the  ways  of 
Christian  Filipinos.     Once  an  archbishop  of  Man- 


8        A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

ila  reared  a  Negrito  boy,  and  taught  him  to  read. 
He  was  nearly  ready  to  become  a  priest.  One  day 
he  could  not  be  found.  He  had  fled  to  the  rocks 
and  woods  of  his  babyhood  to  live  with  the  birds 
and  the  beasts. 

No  one  knows  when  or  how  the  Negritos  came 


'^-  '".  . -^'.-^  ^nT;- .<^^ 


Negritos  of  Northern  Tayabas. 


here.  The  traditions  of  the  Filipinos  say  that 
when  the  lowland  tribes  arrived  the  Negritos  were 
the  only  dwellers  in  the  Islands.  At  that  time  they 
lived  on  the  plains.  Because  these  Negritos  re- 
fused to  become  the  friends  of  the  new  arrivals, 
they  were  driven  to  the  mountains.  When  the 
wilderness  is  cleared  away  and  the  game  gone  from 
the  forests,  the  Negritos  will  become  civilized  or 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES.  9 

perish.  Every  race  which  lives  beside  a  wiser  and 
stronger  race  must  learn  to  live  wisely  and  well,  or 
it  dies  out. 

The  Malayans. — While  the  little  Negritos  were 
still  living  in  the  valleys  and  plains  a  strange  people 


Salt  Springs,  Northern  Luzon. 

4  landed  on  their  shores.    They  came  sailing  up  from 
the  south. 

■At  first  the  Negritos  fought  the  strangers.  Then 
more  of  the  boats  and  the  brown  men  came  till  the 
timid  blacks  climbed  into  the  mountains  to  hide  and 
hunt. 

The  men  from  the  south  were  jMalayans.  They 
probably  came  from  Sumatra  or  the  Malay  Penin- 


10      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

sula.  These  early  comers  were  not  much  more 
civihzed  than  the  Negritos.  Sometimes  they  mar- 
ried with  these,  and  Hved  in  peace.  There  are  wild 
tribes  in  Mindoro  and  Paragna  which  are  thought 
to  be  a  mixture  of  Malayans  and  Negritos. 

There  are  many  of  these  half -savage  peoples  in 
the  Philippines.  They  speak  different  dialects. 
They  do  not  dress  the  same.  Their  customs  are  not 
all  alike.  Yet  the  wild  Malayan  tribes  are  more 
like  each  other  than  they  are  like  the  Christian 
tribes. 

The  Malayans  did  not  all  arrive  at  the  same  time. 
They  were  like  the  waves  of  the  sea,  alike,  but 
coming  one  after  the  other.  Among  the  strongest 
and  most  numerous  of  these  tribes  were  the  fol- 
lowing : 

The  Igorots. — Nearly  all  of  these  live  to-day  in 
the  mountains  of  northern  Luzon.  Most  of  them 
dwell  in  houses  built  of  boards  cut  from  great  pine 
trees.  They  cultivate  their  fields  carefully,  bring- 
ing the  water  in  long  canals  and  pipes  from  the 
mountains.  The  men  are  strong  and  well  formed. 
They  carry  heavy  loads  on  their  backs  all  day  over 
the  mountains.     They  have  many  savage  customs. 

Head-hunting. — Until  recently,  an  old  custom  of 
the  Igorots  was  to  cut  off  the  heads  of  their  ene- 
mies. They  did  this  not  only  in  war  but  also  at 
other  times.  When  one  of  their  number  fell  ill, 
or  died,  they  sometimes  slew  the  first  wayfarer 
from    a    strange    town.      They   believed    that    the 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES. 


II 


strength  of  the  murdered  person  passed  into  the 
body  of  the  sick.  They  thought,  also,  that  the 
death  of  the  stranger  pleased  the  spirit  of  their 
dead  companion.     This  practice  of  the  Igorots  has 


iGOROTS    WITH    HeAD-AXES. 


almost  entirely  disappeared  within  the  past  few 
years.  In  the  old  days  it  was  very  common  among 
all  the  wild  tribes.  The  people  of  the  coast  feared 
the  savage  mountaineers,  and  paid  them  rice  every 
year,  as  a  tribute,  that  they  might  not  be  attacked. 
\Miat  has  been  said  here  of  the  Igorots  is  for 
the  most  part  also  true  of  the  Ifugaos,   Ilongots, 


12      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Tingians,  and  Kalingas  of  northern  Luzon.  The 
Tingians  have  a  measure  of  civihzation  and  wealth 
in  some  places,  while  all  of  these  peoples  have  been 
docile  in  their  acceptance  of  the  rule  of  America. 
In  spite  of  their  barbaric  customs,  they  possess 
many  domestic  and  patriotic  virtues. 

The  Mangyans  of  Mindoro  still  use  one  of  the 
ancient  Filipino  alphabets.  Like  some  others  of 
the  wild  tribes,  they  are  in  part  Negrito. 

In  Panay,  Negros,  a  part  of  Mindanao,  and  else- 
where, the  term  Monfeses  or  Bukidnon  is  used  to 
designate  certain  wild  Malayan  tribes.  A  large 
number  of  tribes  inhabit  Mindanao,  some  of  whom 
have  seldom  seen  civilized  people.  The  chief  of 
these  are  the  Bagobos,  the  Mandayas,  the  Mano- 
bos,  and  the  Subanun.  These  various  peoples  dif- 
fer in  dress,  speech,  and  habits,  but  belong  to  the 
same  grade  of  advancement;  they  are  all  more  or 
less  barbaric,  though  welcoming  education,  and 
obedient  to  the  government. 

The  Place  of  Woman. — Woman  has  a  very  low 
])lace  among  these  wild  tribes.  She  does  most  of 
the  hard  work  in  the  fields.  Her  lot  is  sad  and 
humble  compared  with  that  of  woman  among  the 
Christian  Filipinos.  She  is  often  sold  in  marriage 
for  a  few  pesos.  She  lives  like  the  cattle,  and 
serves  her  husband  like  a  slave.  In  this  and  other 
ways  these  people  have  changed  but  little  in  the 
last  few  centuries. 

The  Christian  Peoples. — After  the  Malayans  had 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES. 


13 


Ilongotes  of  Northern  Tayabas. 


driven  the  Negritos  from  their  homes,  other 
Malayan  tribes  came  saiHng  up  from  the  south,  and 
drove  the  first  conquerors  from  the  homes  they  had 


14      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

made.  These  last  tribes  were  more  civilized  than 
the  ones  who  came  before.  They  had  better  weap- 
ons and  clothes.  Some  of  them  had  a  new  and 
better  religion.  To-day  they  compose  the  eight 
Christian  peoples.  Tlie  Christians  are  the  Visay- 
ans,  Tagalos,  Ilocanos,  Bicols,  Pampangans,  Pan- 
gasinans,  Cagayans,  and  Zambalans. 

The  Christian  tribes  have  always  been  the  ene- 
mies of  the  wild  tribes.  They  are  the  peoples  to 
whom  most  of  the  history  of  the  Philippines  re- 
lates. We  shall  learn  from  the  pens  of  those  who 
saw  them  four  hundred  years  ago  what  they 
were  like  when  the  Spaniards  first  reached  these 
Islands. 

The  Moros.- — In  IMindanao,  Palawan,  and  the 
Sulu  Archii)elago  live  many  tribes  of  Filipinos 
whom  the  Spaniards  called  Moros.  The  religion 
of  these  natives  is  Mahometanism.  The  Mahomet- 
ans whom  the  Spaniards  knew  in  Europe  were 
called  by  this  name.  So  when  Magellan  found  that 
some  Filipinos  had  this  same  religion  he  called 
them  Moros. 

Mahomet  li\-ed  in  Arabia  in  the  sixth  century 
after  the  birth  of  Christ.  He  said  there  was  but 
one  God,  and  that  he  was  the  prophet  of  that  God. 
Mecca  was  and  is  the  holy  city  of  Mahometanism. 
Some  of  the  Moros  go  there  to  w^orship.  Such  a 
journey  is  called  a  pilgrimage.  Mahomet  wrote  a 
book  called  the  Koran.  This  is  the  Bible  of  the 
Moros. 


o 

Oi 

o 


O 
P 

o 

OS 

O 


15 


i6     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

About  six  hundred  years  ago  the  priests  of 
Mahomet  came  to  the  IMalay  Peninsula.  Xext  they 
taught  their  rehgion  in  the  islands  of  Malaysia. 
About  the  fifteenth  century  they  reached  the  Philip- 
pines. ]Many  Filipinos  accepted  the  new  religion. 
\\'hen  the  Spaniards  arrived,  the  ]\Ioros  were  teach- 
ing this  religion  in  ^^lindanao,  Paragua,  the  Jolo 
Archipelago,  and  Luzon. 

Mindanao,  because  of  its  position  at  the  south  of 
the  Archipelago,  was  one  of  the  first  islands  to 
receive  the  Aloros  with  their  new  religion.  The 
Moros  have  always  been  at  war  with  the  mountain 
tribes.  This  has  prevented  the  increase  of  popula- 
tion and  commerce.  The  ^Moros  have  enslaved 
many  of  the  people.  No  country  can  become  great 
or  civilized  through  slavery. 

The  Spaniards  were  a  long  time  in  the  Philip- 
pines before  they  settled  in  Mindanao.  This  island 
is  so  far  from  Manila  that  to  conquer  and  convert 
the  people  was  expensive  and  difficult.  When  the 
Spaniards  at  different  times  were  threatened  by 
the  Chinese  and  the  Dutch,  they  took  away  their 
soldiers  from  ^Mindanao.  Then  the  people  fell 
back  into  their  old  ways.  Therefore  Mindanao  has 
made  slow  progress. 

The  Sulu  Archipelago. — ^^'hen  we  look  at  the  sea- 
girt islands  that  stretch  from  Alindanao  to  Borneo 
we  can  easily  guess  how  the  people  have  always 
lived.  These  little  islands  are  mountain  peaks  of 
coral  rock.      They  are  too   small   for  agriculture. 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES. 


17 


The  people  for  centuries  were  the  traders  and  pir- 
ates of  the  PhiHppines.  They  caught  fish  and  dived 
for  pearls  and  pearl  shells.  Their  boats  visited  dis- 
tant lands,  capturing  and  bartering  slaves. 

When  the  followers  of  the  religion  of  Mahomet 


Pearl-fishing  Boats,  Sulu. 


came  from  the  south  they  made  an  easy  conquest 
of  these  islands.  There  were  no  mountains  or  vast 
forests  to  which  the  people  might  flee.  They  must 
accept  the  new  religion  or  die.  Thus  it  is  that  near- 
ly all  the  dwellers  of  this  archipelago  are  Moros. 
The  nature  and  position  of  their  islands  have 
made  the  Sulus  sailors  and  warriors.  They  build 
the  best  native  boats  and  make  the  finest  weapons 


l8      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

of  any  Filipinos.  They  are  different  in  religion, 
customs,  dress,  and  language  from  the  Filipinos  of 
the  northern  and  the  central  islands,  but  they  are 
of  the  same  blood.  Thus  we  see  what  wide  differ- 
ences the  land  that  a  people  inhabit  may  make  in 
them. 

Summary. — The  mountains  and  forests  of  the 
Philippines  are  the  home  of  wild  tribes,  speaking 
many  tongues  and  worshiping  the  ancient  gods  of 
the  Filipinos.  The  coasts  and  larger  valleys  are 
inhabited  by  the  civilized  Filipinos.  The  islands 
with  the  best  harbors  and  nearest  the  routes  of 
commerce  are  most  populous  and  prosperous.  Four 
hundred  years  ago  there  were  no  great  cities,  nor 
railroads,  or  even  wagon  roads.  Pirates  sailed  the 
seas  and  wild  animals  roamed  the  woods.  No  one 
in  Europe  had  heard  of  the  Philippines.  All  the 
people  in  the  Islands  were  fewer  than  those  who 
now  live  in  Cebu.  They  numbered  only  about  half 
a  million.  Their  languages,  religions,  and  customs 
were  learned  in  hundreds  of  different  islands  and 
coasts  of  the  Malay  Archipelago.  They  were  like 
flocks  of  wild  birds  of  different  colors  and  plumage, 
driven  by  the  storm  upon  a  strange  shore.  From 
Luzon  to  the  north  it  is  a  long  sail  to  new  lands, 
but  to  the  south  one  can  see  from  island  to  island 
for  hundreds  of  miles.  Driven  from  home  by  war, 
by  desire  for  adventure,  by  hope  of  gain,  or  by  a 
chance  wind,  these  races  drifted  for  centuries  to 
the  Philippines. 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES.  19 

They  drove  the  first  inhabitants,  the  Negritos, 
from  the  plains  to  the  mountains.  Later  comers 
drove  the  primitive  Malayans  to  the  mountains. 
There  they  have  kept  to  the  present  day  their  an- 
cient customs,  like  head-hunting,  with  little  change. 
They  are  divided  into  many  tribes;  the  chief  of 
these  are  the  Igorots,  Ifugaos,  Ilongots,  Tingians, 
and  Kalingas,  of  Luzon:  the  ]\Iangyans  of  Min- 
doro;  the  Bukidnon  of  Panay,  Negros  and  Min- 
danao; the  Tagbanuas  of  Palawan;  and  the  Bago- 
bos,  ]\Iandayas,  ]\lanobos,  and  Subanun  of  Min- 
danao. The  eight  Christian  peoples  are  the  Vis- 
ayans,  Tagalogs,  Ilocanos,  Bicols,  Pampangans, 
Pangasinans,  Cagayans,  and  Zambalans. 

The  l^loros  are  Filipinos  in  race,  but  Mahometan 
in  religion.  They  were  once  pirates  and  are  now 
fishermen,  pearl  divers,  and  traders.  They  are 
backward  in  civilization  but  superior  to  the  wild 
tribes. 


CHAPTER    II. 

LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS, 

Village  Government — Among  the  ancient  Fili- 
pinos the  village  was  the  unit  of  government.  There 
was  no  king  over  all  the  people.  There  was  not 
even  a  chief  for  each  tribe.  Each  little  town  was 
a  kingdom  in  itself.  The  population  was  divided 
into  many  hostile  groups.  Each  village  chose  its 
own  ruler.  We  shall  see  why  this  kept  the  Fili- 
pinos from  becoming  numerous  and  rich. 

Life  in  Ancient  Times. — The  people  of  these  little 
villages  did  not  respect  or  obey  any  chief  other 
than  their  own  headman.  Men  were  born,  lived, 
and  died  in  the  same  village  without  ever  visiting 
the  people  who  lived  on  the  other  side  of  the  hill. 
Sometimes  they  could  not  understand  the  language 
of  members  of  their  own  tribe  a  few  miles  distant. 
This  is  so  to-day  among  some  mountain  tribes. 
There  were  no  roads  and  traveling  was  dangerous. 
When  men  went  to  the  fields  to  plant  or  reap,  they 
carried  the  bow  and  spear  with  them.  Thus  they 
grew  up  in  ignorance  of  the  great  world.  They 
cared  nothing  for  the  sorrows  or  joys  of  any  but 
their  own  townspeople.  They  married  their  near 
relatives,  and  so  became  weak  in  body  and  mind. 

20 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  21 

War  and  Robbery. — The  Filipinos  of  those  times 
were  constantly  at  war.  Robbery  and  murder  were 
common.  If  a  person  was  killed  by  some  one  from 
another  village,  his  friends  and  townspeople  at- 
tacked that  village.  For  these  reasons,  the  popula- 
tion was  kept  from  increasing  rapidly.  In  time  of 
famine  or  pestilence  one  town  would  not  assist  an- 
other. Commerce  was  difficult  when  each  man 
feared  his  neighbor.  In  such  a  state  of  society  no 
people  could  become  great  or  happy. 

The  Headmen.- — There  w^ere  three  classes  of  so- 
ciety :  the  headmen,  the  freemen,  and  the  slaves. 

The  headman  obtained  his  position  because  he 
was  the  best  fighter,  or  the  richest  man,  or  because 
his  father  was  headman.  Every  one  must  obey  the 
headman.  He  was  paid  a  tribute  of  rice  from  all 
except  his  relatives  and  the  most  powerful  of  the 
freemen.  It  was  his  duty  to  act  as  judge  in  dis- 
putes between  the  members  of  his  village.  A  coun- 
cil of  old  men  advised  him..  They  decided  what 
punishment  must  be  given  to  evildoers.  The  head- 
man also  led  his  people  to  war. 

In  later  days  these  headmen  were  called  cahezas 
de  baraugav.  "Barangay"  formerly  meant  a  boat. 
Now  it  means  the  group  of  people  that  live  in  a 
small  village.  Perhaps  the  people  that  came  in  the 
same  boat  settled  in  one  village  with  their  captain 
as  headman. 

The  headmen  of  some  of  the  larger  villages  com- 
pelled  smaller  villages  to   submit  to  them.     This 


122.     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

was  usually  the  case  where  the  Moros  ruled.  The 
chief  of  Cebu,  when  Alagellan  arrived,  was  accus- 
tomed to  receive  tribute  from  several  villages. 
Sometimes  the  chiefs  of  these  subject  towns  met  in 
a  council  with  the  greater  chief.  Chirino,  who 
came  to  the  Philippines  in  1590,  said: 

"It  is  customary  for  these  villages  to  be  divided  into  dis- 
tricts which  they  call  barangayes.  Each  one  of  these  is 
under  the  command  of  a  chief,  who  governs  it  and  ap- 
points those  who  are  to  do  all  that  is  necessary.  The 
latter  are  called  datos.  At  this  time  Taytay  (in  Laguna) 
had  four  hundred  families  and  was  divided  into  four 
barangayes ;  therefore  there  were  four  datos.  Each  of  the 
datos  had  charge  of  one  barangay." 

The  Freemen. — The  freemen,  called  among  the 
Tagalogs  timaiias  or  maharlica,  were  subject  to  the 
headman,  but  were  not  slaves.  Usually  they  did 
not  pay  tribute,  but  the  headman  could  ask  their 
help  in  time  of  need,  such  as  house-building,  or 
harvest.  They  could  have  their  own  land  and 
houses,  and  possess  slaves. 

Slaves. — Slaves  were  of  two  classes.  The  first, 
called  by  the  Tagalogs  aliping  nanianiahay,  were 
only  partly  slaves.  They  usually  planted  land  which 
their  master  rented  to  them,  and  did  not  live  in  his 
house.  These  people  owed  debts  of  service  to  their 
masters.  They  had  to  work  without  pay  at  seed- 
time, harvest,  house-  or  boat-building;  in  fact, 
whenever  their  owners  called  for  them.  If  they 
had  children,  these  children  became  slaves. 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  23 

The  second  class  of  slaves,  called  sagigilid,  lived 
in  their  master's  house  and  served  him  without 
pay.  These  persons  were  absolute  slaves.  Their 
master  could  kill  them  for  any  offense. 

Yet  slaves  were  not  treated  so  harshly  among  the 
Filipinos  as  in  some  other  countries.  Sometimes 
they  did  so  little  work  that  their  masters  found  it 
hard  to  get  food  for  them.  Favorite  slaves  were 
treated  like  members  of  the  family. 

Causes  of  Enslavement. — Slaves  were  made  such 
by  birth,  captivity,  adoption,  on  account  of  debt,  as 
a  punishment,  and  for  other  reasons. 

Captivity  was  the  chief  of  these  causes.  When 
a  hostile  village  was  captured,  those  who  were  not 
killed  in  battle  were  offered  in  sacrifice  to  the  gods, 
held  for  ransom,  or  enslaved.  Children  and  the 
aeed  were  usually  sacrificed  or  held  for  ransom. 
The  young  and  strong  were  kept  as  slaves.  Mem- 
bers of  the  same  tribe  enslaved  each  other  in  these 
village  wars. 

Many  fell  into  slavery  through  debt.  So  small 
a  debt  as  five  pesos  caused  enslavement  for  life. 
Children  sold  themselves  into  slavery  to  pay  the 
debts  of  their  parents.  Evil  as  the  practice  was,  it 
shows  us  how  faithful  the  Filipinos  were  in  guard- 
ing the  honor  of  their  parents. 

A  very  small  offense  against  a  headman  or  free- 
man was  punished  by  enslavement.  For  passing 
under  the  house  of  a  headman,  crossing  his  fields, 
breaking  a  tool  or  dish,  letting  dust  fall  on  him 


24     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

when  he  passed  under  a  house,  people  were  made 
slaves  for  life.  When  a  man  committed  a  great 
crime,  his  relatives  were  also  enslaved.  All  these 
practices  made  the  hearts  of  the  people  very  hard 
and  cruel. 

Crimes. — Crimes  were  punished  by  fines,  enslave- 
ment, or  death.  There  were  no  prisons,  as  now. 
where  men  were  shut  up  and  made  to  work.  If 
the  punishment  was  the  loss  of  liberty,  the  criminal 
became  the  slave  of  the  person  he  had  wronged  or 
of  the  headman.  Theft  and  robbery  were  usually 
punished  by  enslavement:  in  serious  cases  by 
death. 

Discovery  of  a  Thief. — When  it  was  desired  to 
find  out  who  had  stolen  something,  the  suspected 
thieves  were  given  a  piece  of  cloth  or  a  large  leaf. 
If  one  of  them  returned  the  stolen  object  wrapped 
in  this  covering,  he  was  pardoned.  If  the  object 
was  not  returned,  the  suspected  persons  were  jnit 
under  water,  and  the  one  who  came  to  the  surface 
first  was  considered  guilty.  There  were  other  tests 
like  these.  The  different  tribes  had  different  cus- 
toms. 

Dress  and  Ornaments. — Legazpi  said,  in  1565,  of 
the  people  of  Cibabao,  one  of  the  Visayas : 

"These  people  wear  clothes  but  they  go  barefooted. 
Their  dress  is  made  of  cotton,  or  of  a  kind  of  grass  like 
raw  silk.  .  .  .  The  people  wear  gold  earrings,  bracelets, 
and  necklets.  Wherever  we  went  we  found  a  great  show 
of  these  things." 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  25 

The  natives  of  Luzon  wore  a  blue  or  black  spot- 
ted jacket.  The  head.  legs,  and  feet  were  bare. 
A  narrow  strip  of  cloth  was  bound  about  the  head. 
The  chiefs  wore  a  red  jacket.  Necklaces  of  gold, 
heavy  gold  bracelets  set  with  precious  stones,  and 
anklets  made  of  strings  of  agates  were  worn  by  the 
rich. 

Tattooing. — The  Visayans  and  the  inhabitants  of 
Albay  and  Camarines  practiced  tattooing,  that  is, 
they  marked  pictures  in  their  skin  with  blue  ink. 
Frequently  they  blackened  their  teeth.  Often  they 
made  holes  in  them  and  filled  these  holes  with  gold. 
Slaves  were  not  allowed  to  tattoo  themselves. 

Tattoo  marks  were  signs  that  the  owner  had  done 
brave  deeds.  IMany  of  the  wild  tribes  still  follow 
this  practice. 

Weapons. — Legazpi  said  : 

"The  weapons  generally  used  in  the  Philippines  are 
swords  and  daggers ;  lances  with  iron  points,  one  and  one- 
half  palms  in  length ;  and  a  few  bows  and  arrows.  When- 
ever the  natives  leave  their  houses,  even  if  it  is  only  to 
go  to  the  house  of  a  neighbor,  they  carry  these  weapons; 
for  they  are  always  watchful  and  distrustful  of  one  an- 
other."' 

Besides  the  weapons  mentioned  by  Legazpi,  the 
blow-gun  and  throwing-sticks  were  used.  Among 
the  Tagalogs  and  Moros  a  few  firearms  and  small 
cannon  were  in  use  at  the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards. 
Legazpi  says  the  natives  obtained  these  from  the 
Chinese. 


26     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

For   defensive   armor   the    Filipinos   used   thick 
coverings  of  cotton,  reaching  to  the  feet,  corselets 


A  MoRO  Warrior  in  Coat  of  Mail. 


of  wood  or  buffalo-hide,  long  wooden  shields,  and 
leather  helmets. 

Commerce. — The  Filipinos  of  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury traded  mainly  with  Borneo,  Japan,  and  China. 
From  Nagasaki,  in  Japan,  came  silks,  cotton,  and 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  27 

iron  utensils.     No  money  was  in  use,  but  gold-dust 
was  often  used  in  exchange  for  goods.    The  natives 
carried  little  balances  to  weigh  this  gold. 
Legazpi,  in  a  letter  to  Philip  II,  said : 

"Farther  north  than  our  settlement  are  some  large 
islands  called  Luzon  and  Yindoro  where  the  Chinese  and 
Japanese  come  every  year  to  trade.  They  bring  silks, 
woolens,  bells,  porcelains,  perfumes,  iron,  tin,  colored  cot- 
ton cloths,  and  other  small  wares.  In  return  they  take 
away  gold  and  wax.  The  people  of  these  two  islands  are 
Moros,  and  having  bought  what  the  Chinese  and  Japanese 
bring,  they  trade  these  same  goods  throughout  this  archi- 
pelago of  islands." 

Writing. — The  principal  Filipino  tribes  had  writ- 
ten alphabets,  but  no  books.  They  wrote  from  the 
bottom  of  the  page  to  the  top  in  columns,  and  from 
the  left  to  the  right  side  of  the  page.  There  were 
fourteen  to  seventeen  letters  in  their  alphabets.  It 
is  said  that  many  of  the  people  knew  how  to  write. 
Their  records  were  ver}^  simple.  They  kept  ac- 
counts of  the  number  of  their  animals  and  of  other 
business  matters,  and  wrote  letters. 

The  natives  used  a  sharp  point  of  iron  or  wood 
with  which  they  wrote  on  banana-leaves  or  bamboo 
joints,  ^^^ith  such  frail  paper,  and  houses  which 
burned  so  easily,  it  is  not  strange  that  no  old  Fili- 
pino books  have  been  preserved.  The  Moros  have 
old  family  records  that  tell  the  names  of  their  an- 
cestors for  a  few  generations  past. 


w 
> 

o 
u 


I 


W 


H 
W 

pq 


«|SoGoO(3oj)GoG"y   S>« 


< 


•  d       Si        's  ° 

II  -s  1 1  «  I  s  §  d  _.  ..•  g  .•  .-■  ! 


28 


S   a  -^    «:    g    S.   i    a    5    d      .  •-•    S    c  -S;    S 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  29 

Civilization. — The  simple  natives  whom  the  Span- 
iards found  here  knew  nothing  of  their  past  but  a 
few  traditions  which  were  passed  from  parent  to 
child  by  speech.  In  their  wanderings  from  island 
to  island  they  had  forgotten  the  past.  They  had 
not  been  here  long  enough  to  build  up  a  good  civili- 
zation. They  were  pioneers,  fighting  battles  with 
many  enemies.  Without  books,  roads,  temples,  or 
fine  houses,  they  were  not  what  we  now  call  a 
civilized  people.  But  if  the  early  Filipinos  were 
far  behind  China,  Japan.  India,  and  Europe,  they 
have  since  shown  themselves  willing  to  learn.  The 
ancestors  of  all  the  great  nations  of  to-day  were 
once  ignorant  savages.  It  is  no  more  disgrace  for 
a  people  to  be  young  than  it  is  for  a  child  to  be 
young.  The  Filipinos  need  not  be  ashamed  that 
their  ancestors  four  hundred  years  ago  were  not 
highly  civilized.  The  real  glory  of  any  people  is 
not  in  its  past,  but  in  the  use  it  makes  of  the  pres- 
ent. 

Amusements. — The  amusements  of  the  ancient 
Filipinos  were  few  and  simple.  They  were  fond  of 
music,  singing,  and  dancing.  Their  musical  instru- 
ments were  very  simple,  and  their  dances  such  as 
those  of  the  wild  tribes  to-day.  They  were  fond  of 
feasting  and  of  wine.  Cock-fighting  was  seen  in 
Palawan  by  Magellan's  men.  Some  of  their  amuse- 
ments were  such  as  we  would  not  think  permissible 
to-day. 

Marriage  Customs. — Marriages  were  arranged  as 


30     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  parents  wished.  The  children  were  promised 
in  marriage  at  an  early  age ;  sometimes  before  they 
were  born.  This  custom  still  exists  among  the  wild 
tribes. 


An  Igorot  Dance. 


Marriage  was  not  a  matter  of  love,  but  of  pur- 
chase. The  bridegroom  paid  the  parents  of  the 
bride  a  price  in  slaves,  jewelry,  furniture,  land,  or 
whatever  else  he  had.  The  mother  of  the  bride 
received  a  part  of  this,  called  by  the  Tagalogs  hig- 
aysusu.  The  other  part  was  to  pay  the  expenses  of 
the  wedding  celebration,  and  to  provide  for  the 
rearing  of  a  family.  This  was  called  the  big- 
aycaya. 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  31 

The  bridegroom  was  also  required  to  work  for 
the  parents  of  the  bride  during  several  years  after 
marriage.  He  must  assist  them  at  seed-time  and 
harvest,  and  on  other  occasions.  Many  laws  were 
made  by  the  Spaniards  to  stop  this  practice,  but  it 
lasted  long  after  they  came.  The  Filipinos  of  that 
day  wanted  their  children  to  be  girls  because  of 
the  goods  and  labor  for  which  they  could  be  sold. 

The  ceremony  of  marriage  was  begun  by  killing 
a  pig.  This  was  done  by  a  priestess.  She  then 
blessed  the  bridal  couple.  Old  women  fed  them 
from  the  same  plate.  After  this  followed  a  great 
feast.  At  this  feast  they  ate  and  drank  for  many 
hours. 

In  return  for  the  payment  he  made  and  the 
labor  he  gave  for  his  wife,  the  man  made  the 
woman  work  like  a  slave. 

Among  the  poor,  and  in  the  wilder  tribes,  mar- 
riage was  very  simple.  Sometimes  there  was  no 
ceremony.  In  some  islands  polygamy  was  prac- 
ticed. 

Religion. — To  understand  the  Filipino  fore- 
fathers we  must  not  only  know  about  their  wars 
and  laws,  their  dress  and  commerce.  The  most  im- 
portant fact  about  any  people  is  its  religion.  The 
religion  of  a  people  tells  us  what  they  value  most, 
and  how  well  they  can  think.  So  we  shall  next 
study  the  ancient  religion  of  the  Filipinos. 

The  Filipinos  of  the  sixteenth  century  had  no 
sacred  book  like  the  Bible  or  the  Koran.     The  par- 


22     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

ents  told  the  story  of  the  gods  to  their  children. 
Many  of  their  songs  were  religious  chants.  These 
songs  told  of  the  birth,  relationships,  and  great 
deeds  of  their  gods.  They  sang  these  chants  while 
rowing  boats,  at  feasts,  funerals,  and  while  work- 
ing in  the  fields. 

There  were  no  regular  forms  of  prayer  used  by 
all  alike.  They  had  no  regular  day  and  hour  for 
worship.  There  was  not  in  all  the  Islands  a  church 
or  temple.  Sometimes  they  built  huts,  where  some 
one  of  their  many  gods  was  worshiped.  Usually 
they  prayed  under  the  open  sky. 

The  Great  God — The  Filipinos  believed  that  there 
was  one  great  God  over  many  lesser  gods.  This 
great  God  was  called  Bathdla,  Creator,  by  the  Tag- 
alogs ;  Laon,  Antiquity,  by  the  Visayans ;  and 
Kabiinidn,  the  Sun,  by  the  Ilocanos  and  the  Igor- 
ots.  Some  writers  say  that  the  rainbow  was 
thought  to  be  the  home  of  this  God.  It  was  con- 
sidered a  sin  to  point  at  the  rainbow.  Some  thought 
that  those  who  were  killed  by  lightning  or  the 
sword  traveled  to  Bathdla  by  the  path  of  the  rain- 
bow. 

The  Worship  of  Anitos. — ]\Iost  of  the  prayers  of 
the  Filipinos  were  offered  to  the  lesser  gods.  They 
believed  that  when  any  one  died,  his  soul  entered 
into  some  object,  such  as  a  tree,  rock,  or  river. 
Certain  birds  and  other  animals,  especially  the 
crocodile,  were  thought  to  be  the  home  of  the  de- 
parted spirit.     These  spirits  of  their  dead  ances- 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS. 


33 


tors  were  called  anitos,  or  nonos,  by  the  Tagalogs; 
diiiata  by  the  Visayans ;  and  by  other  names. 

Household  Gods. — The  anitos  of  a  family  were 
often  represented  by  little  idols  made  of  wood  or 
metal  to  show  the  dead  parent  in  his  new  form. 
Thus  they  would  set  the  tooth  of  a  crocodile  in 
gold,   and   crown   it   with   a  head   of  gold.      This 


Taal  Volcano. 


showed  that  the  anito  was  living  in  the  body  of  a 
crocodile.  These  family  anitos  were  their  house- 
hold gods. 

Nature  Spirits.— The  anitos  of  the  trees,  the 
rocks,  and  the  fields  were  not  represented  by  idols. 
Many  of  these  were  not  the  spirits  of  dead  ances- 
tors, but  nature  spirits.     There  was  nothing  which 


34      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

might  not  be  worshiped  as  an  anito.  Useful  ob- 
jects, such  as  salt,  rice,  gold,  silver,  anything  in 
fact  that  interested  the  ancient  Filipino,  might  seem 
to  him  the  home  or  sign  of  a  god. 

Wherever  the  Filipino  turned,  the  gods  were  with 
him.  Nine  hundred  gods  and  superstitious  beliefs 
of  the  early  Filipinos  have  been  counted. 

Prayers. — ^Though  the  Filipinos  had  no  true  re- 
ligion, they  were  full  of  fears  and  hopes  about  the 
unseen  gods.  They  asked  the  help  of  the  anitos  in 
various  undertakings.  From  the  anito  they  sought 
freedom  from  famine,  sickness,  and  other  evils. 
Before  doing  the  following  acts  they  asked  per- 
mission of  the  anitos,  clasping  their  hands  and 
bowing  while  they  prayed :  picking  a  fruit  or  a 
flower,  passing  by  or  cutting  down  a  big  tree,  cross- 
ing a  valley,  river,  or  plowed  field. 

Good  and  Bad  Anitos.- — Some  anitos  were  be- 
lieved to  be  good  and  friendly,  others  evil.  Most 
of  the  Filipinos  did  not  think  that  the  anitos  pro- 
tected them  because  they  were  good  men  and 
women,  but  because  they  gave  the  anitos  offerings 
of  food  and  human  sacrifices.  The  tribes  on  the 
coast  thought  that  the  evil  anitos  were  the  spirits 
of  their  Negrito  enemies,  and  the  good  anitos  the 
spirits  of  their  Malayan  ancestors  who  drove  the 
Negritos  to  the  mountains. 

Heaven. — The  ancient  Filipinos  believed  in  a  life 
after  death.  Some  thought  that  at  death  the  soul 
crossed  a  river  or  lake  in  a  boat  rowed  by  an  aged 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  35 

ferryman.  Then  the  soul  dwelt  in  flowery  fields, 
eating,  drinking,  and  idling  till  it  returned  to  earth. 
It  was  believed  that  the  brave,  the  just,  and  the 
good  entered  heaven,  and  the  bad  a  place  of  pun- 
ishment. 

The  Soul — They  fancied  that  the  soul  was  easily 
separated  from  the  body  and  lost  during  sleep,  or 
while  one  was  walking  in  the  woods.  If  a  man 
became  insane,  it  was  believed  that  his  soul  had 
strayed.  Friends  took  the  insane  person  to  the 
place  where  his  reason  had  left  him.  There  cries 
were  made  to  the  soul,  calling  it  back  to  the 
body. 

Priests  and  Priestesses. — More  women  acted  as 
ministers  of  religion  than  men.  They  were  usually 
old,  and  said  that  they  were  led  by  the  anitos. 
These  old  women  directed  the  ceremonies  at  mar- 
riages and  funerals.  They  tried  to  cure  the  sick. 
At  the  religious  feasts  they  offered  the  prayers  over 
the  sacrifices.  Some  of  them  gained  wealth,  but 
they  were  not  beloved  by  the  people.  There  were 
about  twelve  kinds  of  priests  and  priestesses  among 
the  Tagalogs.  The  most  important  was  called  the 
sonat.  Only  people  of  importance  could  be  sonat. 
They  claimed  the  power  to  forgive  sins,  or  to  con- 
demn people.  They  could  also  appoint  other 
priests.  The  poor  usually  could  not  get  their  ser- 
vices. 

Religious  Customs  of  the  Cebuans. — A  writer  who 
was  with  Legazpi  said  of  the  Cebuans : 


36     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

"They  worship  their  ancestors  as  gods.  When  they  are 
ill,  or  have  any  other  necessity,  they  go  to  their  graves 
with  great  weeping  and  prayer  to  beg  their  ancestors  for 
health,  protection,  and  aid.  They  make  certain  alms  and 
prayers  there.  And  in  the  same  manner  they  call  upon 
the  devil,  and  they  say  that  they  cause  him  to  appear  in 
a  hollow  reed,  and  that  there  he  talks  with  their  priest- 
esses. Their  priests  are,  as  a  general  rule,  women  who 
make  this  prayer  and  talk  with  the  devil,  and  then  give 
his  answer  to  the  people,  telling  them  what  offerings  of 
birds  and  other  things  they  must  make.  When  any  chief 
dies,  they  kill  some  of  his  slaves ;  a  greater  or  less  number 
according  to  his  rank  and  wealth.  They  are  all  buried  in 
coffins  made  out  of  two  boards,  and  they  bury  with  them 
their  finest  clothes,  porcelain  ware,  and  gold  jewels. 
Some  are  buried  in  the  ground,  and  others  of  the  chief 
men  are  placed  in  lofty  houses." 

Conclusions — The  ancient  Filipino  knew  how  to 
govern  a  village,  but  not  a  tribe  or  a  nation.  The 
ancestors  of  the  Christian  Filipinos  of  to-day  were 
not  savages  four  hundred  years  ago.  Many  of 
their  laws  were  just  and  wise.  They  had  learned 
the  first  lesson  of  governtnent,  but  only  the  first. 
No  people  can  become  great  who  depend  upon  the 
labor  of  slaves.  The  great  nations  of  the  world 
have  become  great  because  their  citizens  built  their 
fortunes  by  their  own  industry  and  intelligence. 
They  did  not  despise  labor.  In  Mindanao  and  Jolo 
the  Moros  lived  by  piracy  and  slavery  throughout 
the  period  of  Spanish  rule.  But  their  country  has 
not  become  fruitful  and  rich  like  Luzon  and  the 
Visayas,  where  slavery  was  stopped.     The  ancient 


LIFE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS.  37 

Filipino  was  not  in  the  path  of  progress  four  hun- 
dred years  ago.  The  Igorot,  left  almost  alone  in  his 
mountains  by  the  Spaniard,  is  very  little  different 
from  what  he  was  centuries  ago.  The  ancient 
civilization  of  the  Tagalog  and  the  Visayan  was 
not  much  different  from  that  of  the  wild  tribes 
now.  Had  no  people  come  from  Europe  or  Asia 
with  new  light  for  the  Philippines,  the  Islands 
would  be  far  less  prosperous  and  happy  than  they 
now  are. 

There  were  many  priests  speaking  for  many 
gods.  They  were  not  like  the  priests  of  the  Chris- 
tian religion,  who  believe  and  teach  nearly  alike. 
The  ancient  Filipino  priests  were  like  the  headmen, 
divided  against  themselves.  Any  one  who  could 
persuade  the  ignorant  that  he  had  the  favor  of 
some  strong  anito  could  become  a  pries-t.  Just  as 
there  was  no  one  government  for  all  islands,  so 
there  was  no  united  body  of  priests.  The  priests 
were  like  an  army  without  leaders.  This  is  one 
reason  why  Mahometanism  and  Christianity  made 
such  easy  and  rapid  progress  in  the  Philippines. 

Summary. — The  village  was  the  unit  of  govern- 
ment. Towns  were  hostile  to  each  other.  Robbery 
was  common,  and  commerce  was  small.  The  three 
classes  of  society  were :  the  headmen,  the  freemen, 
and  the  slaves.  Councils  of  old  men  advised  the 
headman.  Some  chiefs  ruled  over  several  villages. 
Slaves  were  of  two  classes,  absolute  slaves  and 
slaves  who  owed  services  in  time  of  need.     Slaves 


38     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

became  such  by  birth,  captivity,  debt,  and  other 
reasons.  Slavery  was  mild  in  form.  There  were 
no  prisons.  There  were  peculiar  "tests"  for  dis- 
covering criminals.  People  wore  many  ornaments. 
Some  were  tattooed.  Daggers,  spears,  and  bows 
were  the  chief  weapons.  Commerce  was  chiefly 
with  China  and  Japan.  The  Moros  were  the  prin- 
cipal traders.  There  were  several  ancient  Filipino 
alphabets.  Many  knew  how  to  write.  There  were 
no  books.  They  had  the  beginnings  of  civilization. 
Music,  singing,  and  dancing  were  their  chief  amuse- 
ments. Marriage  was  by  purchase,  a  part  for  the 
mother  of  the  bride,  a  part  for  the  new  family. 
They  worshiped  the  spirits  of  their  ancestors  and 
of  natural  objects.  They  believed  in  a  great  god 
over  lesser  gods.  The  crocodile  was  especially  re- 
vered. They  believed  in  good  and  evil  anitos. 
There  were  several  kinds  of  priests.  Women  were 
often  priests.  There  were  no  temples  or  sacred 
books. 


CHAPTER    III. 

DISCOVERY     OF    THE     PHILIPPINES    BY     EUROPEANS. 

European  Trade  with  the  East. — Before  the  year 
1500  the  people  of  Europe  brought  goods  from  the 
East  across  Asia  by  caravans.  The  silks,  spices, 
gems,  and  other  luxuries  of  India  and  China  were 
carried  on  the  backs  of  camels  to  the  Black  and  the 
Mediterranean  seas.  There  they  were  put  into 
ships  and  sent  to  Venice  and  Genoa.  This  was  a 
long,  dangerous,  and  expensive  route.  In  1453  the 
Turks  captured  Constantinople.  They  were  the 
enemies  of  the  Christians  of  Europe,  and  they 
would  no  longer  allow  this  traffic  between  the  east 
and  the  west.  So  it  was  now  necessary  to  find 
another  route  to  the  east.  The  search  for  this 
route  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  Philippines. 

A  Sea-route  from  Europe  to  India.— The  Portu- 
guese were  the  best  sailors  in  those  days.  Under 
the  protection  of  the  brave  and  wise  "Prince  Henry 
the  Navigator,"  they  made  voyage  after  voyage 
down  the  west  coast  of  Africa.  At  that  time  people 
thought  that  the  ocean  toward  the  south  grew  hot- 
ter and  hotter  till  the  water  boiled.     It  was  a  great 

39 


40 


A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


surprise  to  them  to  find  that  south  of  the  equator 
the  water  began  to  grow  cooler.  Finally  Vasco  da 
Gama  reached  India  by  sea  in  1498.  Albuquerque 
conquered  Malacca  in  151 1.  He  saw  there  two 
large  boats  from  Luzon,  but  he  did  not  know  where 
that  island  was.  The  next  year  the  Portuguese 
discovered  the  Moluccas,  or  Spice  Islands.  From 
these  islands  came  the  pepper,  cinnamon,  cloves, 
and  other  spices  so  much  liked  in  Europe. 


Ferdinand  Magellan. 


Ferdinand    Magellan.^ — Magellan   was    a    Portu- 
guese nobleman  and  naval  officer.    He  was  a  brave, 


DISCOVERY  OF  PHILIPPINES  BY  EUROPEANS.     41 

ambitions  sailor.  Serrano,  one  of  the  captains  who 
discovered  the  Spice  Islands,  wrote  to  his  friend, 
Magellan,  an  acconnt  of  them. 

Magellan  believed  that  he  could  find  a  western 
sea-route  to  these  islands.  The  lands  which  Colum- 
bus had  discovered  a  few  years  before  were  thought 
to  be  a  part  of  Asia.  Magellan  thought  that  the 
newly  discovered  Spice  Islands  lay  in  the  sea  a 
short  distance  west  of  Mexico.  He  told  his  plan 
to  the  King  of  Portugal,  but  the  king  would  not 
give  him  ships  for  his  voyage. 

The  Demarcation  Lines. — Aftei"  the  discoveries 
of  Columbus,  the  Spanish  and  the  Portuguese  quar- 
reled about  the  possession  of  the  new  lands.  So  in 
1493  Pope  Alexander  VI.  drew  a  line  through  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  from  north  to  south,  one  hundred 
leagues  west  of  the  Azores  Islands.  New  lands 
west  of  this  line  were  to  belong  to  Spain;  those  to 
the  east  of  it  to  Portugal.  The  next  year  the  kings 
of  Spain  and  Portugal  moved  this  line  to  a  point 
three  hundred  and  seventy  leagues  west  of  the  Cape 
Verde  Islands.  The  Spice  Islands  had  been  dis- 
covered by  sailing  east,  but  Magellan  thought  that 
they  were  nearer  by  a  western  route.  If  so,  they 
would  be  on  the  western  side  of  the  demarcation 
line,  and  belong  to  Spain. 

Magellan  and  Charles  I.- — Refused  aid  by  his 
own  king,  Magellan  went  to  Spain.  He  told  King 
Charles  I.  that  the  rich  islands  which  the  Portu- 
guese had  discovered  lay  within  the  part  of  the 


42      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

world  set  aside  for  Spanish  discovery.     He  offered 
-to  find  a  western  route  to  these  islands,  and  to  con- 
quer and  settle  them  for  Spain. 

King  Charles  gave  Magellan  a  fleet  of  five  small 
ships    for  his  voyage   of  discovery  and   conquest. 


Charles  I.  of  Spain. 


The  largest  of  them  was  only  one  hundred  and 
thirty-two  tons  in  size.  That  is  about  half  as  large 
as  one  of  our  little  coast-guard  steamers.  Several 
fleets  like  Magellan's  could  l)e  put  into  one  of  the 
big  steamships  that  come  to  Manila  from  America. 


DISCOVERY  OF  PHILIPPINES  BY  EUROPEANS.     43 

The  king  gave  Magellan  the  sole  right  to  make 
discoveries  for  Spain  in  the  South  Sea  for  ten  years. 
No  one  else  might  do  this.  INIagellan  was  to  have 
a  share  of  the  profits  from  trading  with  the  natives. 
He  was  to  become  governor  of  the  new  lands.  It 
took  much  patience  and  skill  to  make  this  contract 
with  the  king;  for  Magellan  had  many  enemies. 

Magellan  Sails.- — The  fleet  sailed  from  Spain. 
August  10,  1 5 19.  There  were  two  hundred  and 
thirty-five  men.  The  ships  were  filled  with  every- 
thing necessary  for  a  long  voyage  over  unknown 
seas.  The  names  of  these  famous  ships  were :  Vic- 
toria, La  Trinidad,  Concepcion,  San  Antonio,  and 
Santiago. 

Stopping  a  few  days  at  the  Canary  Islands,  they 
reached  Brazil  in  December.  The  sailors  became 
discourap-ed  as  thev  sailed  for  months  toward  the 
south  in  search  of  a  passage.  At  the  mouth  of  the 
broad  Rio  de  la  Plata  they  thought  they  had  found 
the  desired  opening  to  the  west.  Again  disap- 
pointed, a  mutiny  broke  out.  Magellan  was  obliged 
to  punish  several  men  with  death.  One  of  his  cap- 
tains and  a  priest  he  abandoned  on  the  desert  coast 
of  Patagonia. 

Wreck  and  Desertion, — In  April,  1520,  th*e  fleet 
stopped  for  the  southern  winter  at  Port  St.  Julian, 
south  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata.  The  Santiago,  which 
had  gone  ahead,  was  now  wrecked.  This  misfor- 
tune greatly  disheartened  all.  Still  Magellan  sailed 
on.    November  i,  1520,  he  entered  the  strait  which 


44     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

now  bears  his  name.  He  himself  called  it  "Strait 
of  all  Saints."  The  San  Antonio  sailed  ahead  of 
the  other  ships  to  explore  the  strait.  When  she  was 
out  of  sight  of  Magellan,  her  captain  turned  his 
ship  toward  Spain,  and  deserted  his  comrades. 

The  Pacific. — After  a  month's  anxious  battling 
with  the  currents  and  winds,  Magellan  entered  the 
greatest  of  oceans.  He  called  it  the  "Pacific"  be- 
cause of  its  quiet  waters.  No  one  then  knew  how 
broad  it  was.  Had  they  known,  they  might  not 
have  dared  to  cross  it.  Their  voyage  across  the 
Pacific,  of  three  months  and  twenty  days,  was  one 
of  terrible  suffering.  Nineteen  men  died.  They 
boiled  their  food  in  the  salt  sea-water.  They  ate 
rats  and  gnawed  leather.  In  this  long  journey  they 
passed  two  desolate,  rocky  islands,  which  in  their 
grief  they  called  "The  Unfortunates." 

Discovery  of  the  Philippines. — March  6,  1 52 1, 
they  sighted  some  small  islands.  Many  boats  sailed 
to  meet  them  from  the  shore.  So  they  called  these 
islands  the  "Isles  of  Sails."  The  natives  were  such 
thieves  that  they  also  called  the  islands  the  La- 
drones,  or  "thieves." 

Refreshed  by  the  fruits  and  vegetables  which 
they  obtained  here,  they  sailed  westward  till  March 
1 6th.  On  this  day  they  saw  a  lofty  island  called 
Zainal  (Samar).  This  was  probably  near  Cape 
Guiuan.  The  next  day  they  landed  on  the  island 
of  Homonhon,  or  Malhon,  then  called  Hnmiuiu. 
Here  thev  built  two  huts  for  the  sick,  whom  Ma- 


DISCOVERY  OF  PHILIPPINES  BY  EUROPEANS.     45 

gellan  tended  with  his  own  hands.  A  canoe  with 
nine  natives  visited  them  here.  These  were  the 
first  Fihpinos  the  Spaniards  saw. 

After  a  few  days  the  Spaniards  sailed  to  the 
islands  the  "Isles  of  Sails."  The  natives  were  such 
traded  and  feasted  with  two  Moro  chiefs  from 
Mindanao.  They  helped  the  natives  harvest  their 
rice,  exchanged  presents  with  them,  and  treated 
them  as   friends. 

First  Mass  in  the  Philippines. — On  the  last  day  of 
March,  1521,  they  celebrated  on  the  island  of  Lima- 
saua  the  first  mass  said  in  the  Philippines.  Here 
]\Iagellan  erected  a  cross  and  took  possession  of  the 
Islands.  He  plucked  grass  and  broke  off  branches 
of  trees.  By  this  ceremony  he  claimed  the  land 
for  the  King  of  Spain.  He  named  the  islands 
the  Archipiciago  dc  San  Lazaro.  For  many 
years,  however,  they  were  called  the  "Western 
Islands." 

Magellan  at  Cebu. — From  Limasaua  Magellan 
sailed  to  Cebu,  taking  with  him  one  of  the  chiefs 
and  several  other  natives.  The  chief  of  Cebu  was 
Raja  Humabon.  With  him  Magellan  made  a  blood 
compact  after  the  custom  of  those  times.  Each 
drank  blood  taken  from  the  veins  of  the  other  and 
mixed  with  his  own  blood.  Several  days  were  used 
in  making  a  treaty  of  peace.  At  first  the  chief  of 
Cebu  wished  to  make  Magellan  pay  tribute.  Ma- 
gellan refused  to  do  this.  He  told  Humabon  that 
he  would  destroy  his  towns  if  he  did  not  submit  to 


46      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  Spaniards.  The  chief  had  heard  of  the  Portu- 
guese, who  had  taken  the  Spice  Islands,  and  knew 
how  terrible  the  weapons  of  the  Spaniards  were. 
So  he  yielded. 

Magellan  landed  many  goods  for  trade  with  the 
natives.  He  told  his  men  not  to  let  the  Cebuans 
know  how  much  the  Spaniards  valued  gold,  for  the 
natives  were  willing  to  give  a  great  price  for  the 
trifles,  like  mirrors  and  bells,  which  the  Spaniards 
sold. 

Baptism  of  the  Cebuans. — The  Spaniards  at  once 
taught  Humabon  the  Catholic  faith.  The  chief  and 
800  of  his  subjects  were  baptized  in  one  day.  An 
early  writer  says  that  within  eight  days  all  the 
people  of  Cebu  and  the  near-by  islands  were  bap- 
tized. All  of  the  towns  on  Cebu  now  submitted 
to  Magellan,  who  promised  to  help  them  fight  their 
enemies. 

Death  of  Magellan.— The  chief  of  the  island  of 
IMactan,  just  east  of  Cebu,  was  the  sworn  enemy  of 
Humabon.  He  refused  to  accept  the  rule  of  the 
white  conquerors.  Magellan  with  sixty  soldiers  in 
armor  sailed  over  to  Mactan  in  the  night.  At  day- 
light he  was  attacked  by  hundreds  of  natives. 
Twenty  boat-loads  of  Cebuans  went  with  Magellan, 
but  he  would  not  let  them  assist  him,  for  he  wished 
to  show  them  how  well  the  Spaniards  could  fight. 
His  pride  cost  him  his  life.  He  was  soon  wounded 
in  the  leg  with  an  arrow,  and  then  in  the  face  and 
arm  with  a  lance.    Then  his  left  leg  was  cut  with  a 


Magellan   Planting  the  Cross  in  the  Philippines. 

47 


48     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

bolo   and   he    fell.      Eight   other    Spaniards    were 
killed.     Only  fifteen  of  the  natives  fell. 

So  perished  the  bravest  sailor  of  his  day.  A 
monument  marks  the  spot  in  Mactan  where  he  was 
killed.     If  lie  had  been  a  man  of  the  tact  and  pru- 


The  Magellan  Monument,  Manila. 


dence  of  Legazpi,  Spanish  rule  in  the  Philippines 
would  have  begun  forty  years  sooner  than  it  did. 

Massacre  of  Spaniards  at  Cebu. — The  fame  of 
the  Spaniards  was  destroyed  by  this  defeat.  The 
Cebuans  no  longer  thought  it  impossible  to  resist 
them.  A  former  slave  of  Magellan  told  Humabon 
that,  if  he  did  not  kill  the  Spaniards,  they  would 


DISCOVERY  OF  PHILIPPINES  BY  EUROPEANS.     49 

make  slaves  of  him  and  his  people.  The  chief 
therefore  planned  to  kill  them.  He  invited  the 
Spaniards  to  a  banquet.  He  forgot  the  blood  com- 
pact, his  baptism,  and  the  fact  that  Magellan  died 
fighting  the  enemies  of  Cebu.  ^^'hile  the  Spaniards 
were  enjoying  the  feast,  twenty-three  of  them  were 
suddenly  massacred.  Juan  Serrano  escaped  to  the 
beach.  He  called  to  his  companions  in  the  ships 
and  begged  them  to  rescue  him.  They  refused  to 
offer  a  ransom  for  him,  and  sailed  away.  We  can 
not  admire  the  treachery  of  the  natives  or  the 
heartlessness  of  the  Spaniards. 

Elcano  Sails  Around  the  Globe. — The  Victoria,  in 
command  of  Juan  Sebastian  de  Elcano,  sailed  on 
around  the  world  to  Spain,  by  way  of  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope.  She  was  the  first  ship  to  encircle  the 
globe.  Her  voyage  was  the  most  daring  and  inter- 
esting ever  made.  The  vast  Pacific  had  been 
crossed,  a  strait  found  connecting  it  with  the  At- 
lantic, and  a  new  archipelago  discovered.  All  Eu- 
rope now  knew  that  the  world  was  round.  This 
was  the  greatest  discovery,  perhaps,  that  man  ever 
made. 

Demarcation  Line  of  1529.- — Loaisa  and  Saavedra 
followed  Magellan  to  the  Philippines  within  a  few 
years.  Both  of  their  expeditions  were  failures. 
The  value  of  the  Philippines  was  not  yet  under- 
stood. They  produced  few  spices.  The  Moluccas 
were  considered  much  more  valuable.  Portuguese 
and  Spanish  both  claimed  these  islands.     To  end 


50      A  SllORr  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  quarrel,  Charles  I.,  in  1529,  gave  up  his  claim 
to  the  Moluccas  to  the  King  of  Portugal  for  350,- 
000  ducats.  Really,  Spain  had  no  right  to  the 
Philippines,  because  they  were  on  the  eastern  half 
of  the  globe,  in  Portuguese  territory.  A  new  line 
was  now  established  297  leagues  east  of  the  Moluc- 
cas. This  left  the  Philippines  on  the  Portuguese 
side  of  the  line.  Still  Spain  continued  her  attempts 
to  conquer  them.  Thus  she  sold  what  she  did  not 
own,  and  took  by  force  what  she  had  already  sold. 

Expedition  .of  Vill'alobos — This  leader  left  Mex- 
ico in  1542.  King  Charles  sent  him  "For  the  dis- 
covery, conquest,  and  colonization  of  the  islands 
and  provinces  of  the  southern  sea  toward  the  west." 
Villalobos  partly  explored  Mindanao.  After  strug- 
gling with  hunger  and  hostile  natives  for  two  years, 
he  gave  up  the  attempt  to  make  a  settlement  in  the 
Philippines,  dying  at  Amboina,  in  the  Spice  Islands. 

It  was  Villalobos  who  gave  the  name  "Felipinas" 
to  Leyte  and  some  smaller  islands  in  1543.  This 
was  in  honor  of  Prince  Felipe,  son  of  Charles  I., 
who  later,  as  Philip  II.,  sent  Legazpi  to  the  Philip- 
pines. 

Summary. — The  Portuguese  Vasco  da  Gama 
reached  India  via  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  in  1498. 
Albuquerque  conquered  Malacca  in  1 5 1 1 .  This 
diverted  the  trade  with  the  East,  which  the  con- 
quest of  Constantinople  in  1453  had  checked.  Ma- 
gellan tried  to  find  a  western  route  to  the  Spice 
Islands.     Charles  I.  of  Spain  fitted  out  his  expe- 


DISCOVERY  OF  PHILIPPINES  BY  EUROPEANS.     51 

dition.  \Mth  five  ships  he  sailed  through  the 
Straits  of  Magellan,  across  the  Pacific  and  dis- 
covered the  Philippines,  ]\Iarch  6,  1521.  He  first 
landed  on  Homonhon,  celebrated  the  first  mass  in 
the  Philippines  on  Limasaua,  then  settled  in  Cebu, 
and  was  killed  at  Alactan.  Juan  de  Elcano  com- 
pleted the  voyage  around  the  globe  in  the  Victoria. 
Many  natives  were  Christianized  at  this  time,  but 
they  massacred  some  Spaniards  at  Cebu  and  drove 
them  away.  Charles  I  and  the  King  of  Portugal 
established  a  line  297  leagues  east  of  the  Moluccas. 
Islands  west  of  this  line  were  to  belong  to  Portu- 
gal. This  gave  them  the  Philippines.  Neverthe- 
less, Spain  later  on  sent  Villalobos  to  conquer  them. 
Villalobos  named  the  islands  "Felipinas"  in  1543, 
in  honor  of  Prince  Felipe,  son  of  Charles  I. 


CHAPTER   IV. 

THE   CONQUEST   OF   THE    PHILIPPINES. 

The  King's  Command. — Philip  II.,  in  whose 
honor  the  Phihppines  had  been  named,  came  to  his 
throne  in  1556.  He  desired  to  conquer  the  Islands 
Avhich  bore  his  name.  Nearly  forty  years  had 
passed  since  their  discovery  by  Magellan.  Still, 
there  was  no  Spanish  settlement  in  the  Philippines. 
So  in  1559  Philip  wrote  to  the  Viceroy  of  Mexico 
and  commanded  him  to  send  ships 

"for  the  discovery  of  the  western  islands  toward  the  Malu- 
cos  such  as  the  Phelipinas  and  others  which  lie  within  our 
demarcation  and  are  said  likewise  to  contain  spice." 

The  viceroy  replied: 

"It  is  impossible  to  go  to  the  Filipinas  Islands  without 
breaking  the  treaty,  because  the  latter  are  no  less  within 
the  treaty  than  the  Malucos." 

He  meant  that  Philip  would  break  the  promise  his 
father,  Charles  I.,  made  to  the  King  of  Portugal 
in  1529,  if  he  should  send  ships  to  the  Philippines. 
52 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES.         53 

Philip  now  sought  the  opinion  of  the  famous  friar, 
Urdaneta. 

Andres  de  Urdaneta. — This  Augustinian  friar 
was  chosen  by  Phihp  as  the  spiritual  leader  and 
chief  navigator  of  the  expedition  of  Legazpi.  Ur- 
daneta was  born  in  1498.  He  was  formerly  an 
army  captain.  He  was  with  Loaisa's  expedition, 
and  had  spent  ten  years  in  and  near  the  Spice 
Islands.  In  1552  he  became  an  Augustinian  friar 
in  the  city  of  Mexico.  He  was  a  brave  soldier,  the 
greatest  geographer  of  his  time,  and  a  worthy 
priest.  Urdaneta  was  a  friend  and  relative  of 
Legazpi. 

In  reply  to  the  king's  request  that  he  go  with  the 
new  expedition,  Urdaneta  said  that  the  Philippines 
were  not  on  Spain's  side  of  the  demarcation  line 
of  1529.     He  wrote  : 

"Therefore  it  would  not  be  right  for  your  majesty  to 
order  the  said  vessels  to  the  Fijipina  Island  without  show- 
ing some  lawful  or  pious  reason  therefor." 

In  spite  of  the  opinions  of  the  viceroy  and  Ur- 
daneta, Philip  determined  to  send  the  expedition. 

Legazpi. — Aliguel  Lopez  de  Legazpi  was  chosen 
commander  of  the  fleet.  He  was  born  in  1502  in 
Spain.  He  came  to  ]\Iexico  when  a  young  man, 
and  became  secretary  of  the  couiicil  of  the  city  of 
Mexico.  He  was  at  this  time  a  wealthy  land- 
owner.    He  spent  much  of  his  own  money  in  the 


54      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

preparation  of  this  expedition.  Legazpi  was  a  wise, 
just,  and  generous  man.  He  deserves  the  fame  he 
has  gained  in  history. 

The  Voyage  of  Legazpi. — Legazpi's  fleet  sailed 
from  Navidad,  Mexico,  November  21,  1564.  There 
were  five  ships  and  380  men.  Four  Augustinian 
friars  accompanied  Urdaneta.  At  first  the  fleet 
sailed  toward  New  Guinea,  as  Urdaneta  wished. 
When  five  days  from  port  the  course  of  the  ships 
was  changed  to  the  direction  of  the  Philippines. 
Legazpi  did  this  because  sealed  letters  which  he 
carried  from  the  Supreme  Court  ordered  this 
change.     He  said : 

"The  religious  in  the  fleet  were  very  sorry  at  this,  say- 
ing that  they  had  been  deceived ;  and  had  they  known 
while  yet  ashore  that  such  a  route  was  to  be  sailed,  they 
would  not  have  gone  with  the  expedition,  for  the  reasons 
that  Fray  Andres  de  Urdaneta  had  given  in  Mexico." 

Arrival  in  the  Philippines. — Legazpi  reached  Cebu 
February  13,  1565.  He  did  not  land  at  this  time,  as 
the  natives  were  unfriendly,  and  brought  him  little 
food.  For  two  months  he  sent  boats  from  island 
to  island  to  get  provisions  and  find  the  best  place 
to  settle.  Negros,  Panay,  Leyte,  and  Mindanao 
were  visited.  The  Spaniards  had  several  sea-fights 
with  Moros.  In  Butuan  they  traded  with  Luzon 
boats  for  gold  and  wax.  Finally  it  was  decided, 
against  Urdaneta's  wish,  to  settle  in  Cebu.  This 
brave  and  just  friar  was  so  sure  it  was  wrong  to 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


55 


do   this   that   he   would   not   even   talk   about   the 
plan. 

The   Settlement   of   Cebu.— April  27th  the  fleet 
appeared  before  Cebu.     The  natives  were  hostile,  so 


Old  Eokt  at  Cebu. 


Legazpi  landed  soldiers  to  capture  the  town.  The 
Cebuans  fled.  One  hundred  houses  were  burned, 
either  by  a  shot  from  the  vessels,  or  because  the 
Cebuans  set  fire  to  them. 

May  8th  the  fort  was  begun,  and  Legazpi  took 
formal  possession  of  the  town  in  the  name  of  Spain. 
He  called  it  "San  Miguel."  A  palisade  of  stakes 
was  built,  enclosing  a  triangular  village.  A  church 
was  erected.  Tupas.  the  chief  of  Cebu,  was  much 
alarmed  when  reminded  of  the  massacre  of  Magel- 


56     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

lan's  men.     He  was  promised  forgiveness  if  he  re- 
mained peaceable. 

Legazpi's  Treatment  of  the  Cebuans. — Legazpi 
treated  the  natives  kindly  and  justly.  He  was  not  so 
rash  a  man  as  Magellan,  and  he  expected  to  live  all 


The  Harbor  of  Cebu. 


his  life  in  the  Philippines;  so  he  was  very  patient. 
The  natives  were  not  allowed  to  bring  weapons  into 
San  ]\Iiguel.  They  were  required  to  sell  their  goods 
at  a  fair  price.  Legazpi  made  his  men  pay  for 
everything  they  took  from  the  natives.  Gradually 
he  won  the  friendship  of  many  villages.  Martin 
de  Goiti,  his  maestre  de  campo,  or  field  marshal, 
spent  most  of  his  time  sailing  about  looking  for 
food.  Sometimes  the  soldiers  had  to  eat  rats. 
Legazpi's  men  drank  too  much  wine.     He  had  to 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES.         57 

hang  several  to  suppress  a  mutiny.  He  also  for- 
bade them  to  open  the  graves  of  the  natives  and 
steal  the  gold  jewels  and  ornaments  which  they 
buried  with  their  dead.  In  all  things  he  tried  to 
deal   justly. 

Legazpi,  "Adelantado." — In  June,  1569,  Juan  de 
la  Isla  arrived  at  Cebii  from  Cadiz  with  three  ships. 
He  brought  a  letter  from  King  Philip  for  Legazpi, 
ordering  him  to  take  possession  of  the  Philippines 
for  Spain.  Legazpi  was  made  governor  of  all  the 
Philippines  with  the  title  of  Adelantado.  He  im- 
mediately went  to  Cebu  and  organized  a  city  gov- 
ernment. He  appointed  Guido  de  Lavezaris  gov- 
ernor of  the  city,  and  gave  lands  to  the  Spaniards 
who  settled  there.  He  named  the  town  the  "City 
of  the  Holy  Name  of  God." 

First  Expedition  to  Luzon. — The  Spaniards  now 
had  few  guns  and  little  ammunition.  One-third  of 
their  men  were  without  arms.  They  sent  cannon 
to  Mexico  as  ballast  for  ships,  because  there  was  no 
powder  for  them.  The  natives  of  Panay  often  re- 
fused to  plant  their  fields,  hoping  thus  to  starve 
out  the  Spaniards.  Four  years  of  tribute-paying 
and  the  new  religion  had  not  taught  them  to  love 
their  masters.  Boats  had  often  come  with  stories 
of  the  richer  island  of  Luzon  to  the  north.  So 
Legazpi  now  determined  to  send  an  expedition  to 
explore  it. 

On  the  8th  of  ]\Iay,  1570,  one  hundred  and 
twenty   Spaniards  and    fifteen  paraos  manned  by 


58     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Visayans  left  the  River  of  Panay  for  Luzon.    Mar- 
tin de  Goiti  commanded. 

Juan  de  Salcedo. — With  De  Goiti  went  Juan  de 
Salcedo.  Salcedo  was  a  grandson  of  Legazpi.  He 
was  born  in  Mexico  in  1549.  He  reached  Cebu  in 
1567,  at  eighteen  years  of  age.  He  was  a  brave 
and  noble  young  man.  Already  he  had  fought 
successfully  the  pirates  of  IMindoro,  who  had  been 
killing  and  burning  along  the  coasts  of  Panay. 

On  the  way  to  Manila,  Salcedo  went  up  the  Pan- 
sipit  River  to  Bombon  Lake.  Here  he  was  wounded 
in  the  leg  by  a  poisoned  arrow  in  a  fight  with  the 
Moros.  He  went  back  to  De  Goiti  and  they  sailed 
into  ]\Ianila  Bay. 

At  ten  in  the  morning.  May  19th,  they  entered 
the  Pasig  River.  The  town  was  defended  by  a 
palisade  of  stakes,  and  small  cannon  were  at  the 
gates.  Hundreds  of  warriors  waited  at  the  water's 
edge.  De  Goiti  landed,  and  first  met  Lacandola, 
the  chief  of  Tondo,  uncle  of  Soliman.  De  Goiti 
and  the  two  chiefs  pledged  their  faith  to  each  other 
in  a  blood  compact.  A  few  days  later  the  natives 
fired  upon  the  Spanish  boats  without  warning.  It 
is  said  that  Soliman  fired  the  first  cannon-shot  with 
his  own  hand.  The  Spaniards  landed  at  once  and 
captured  the  fort.  They  burned  the  town,  killing 
one  hundred  natives  and  capturing  eighty.  They 
found  the  clay  and  wax  mold  for  a  cannon  over  five 
meters  long.  The  inhabitants  fled  up  the  Pasig  in 
boats,  and  left  Manila  deserted.     De  Goiti,  fearing 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES.        59 

that  the  winds  would  become  contrary,  returned  at 
once  to  Panay.  The  battle  of  Manila  and  the  for- 
mal taking  possession  of  Luzon  occurred  June  6, 

1570. 
Second    Expedition    to    Luzon. — The    day   after 

Easter,  1571,  Legazpi  with  twenty-seven  boats  and 
280  men  again  sailed  for  Luzon.  \Mien  the  people 
of  j\Ianila  saw  another  Spanish  fleet  coming,  they 
burned  the  town,  which  had  been  rebuilt  since  its 
destruction  the  year  before.  Then  they  crossed 
the  river  to  Tondo,  and  sent  back  the  chief  Alcan- 
dora  to  make  terms  with  Legazpi.  The  Adelantado 
promised  forgiveness  and  friendship.  The  next 
day  Soliman  and  Lacandola  met  Legazpi  and  prom- 
ised to  be  subjects  of  the  King  of  Spain. 

Legazpi  Founds  Manila. — June  3,  157 1,  Legazpi 
gave  the  title  "Distinguished  and  ever  loyal  city" 
to  Manila.  June  24th  he  appointed  the  officials  of 
the  new  city.  The  Filipinos  called  the  town  "May- 
nila."  This  means  in  Tagalog,  "There  is  nilad." 
The  nilad  is  a  small  tree  bearing  white  flowers,  that 
grew  abundantly  about  ]\Ianila. 

Death  of  Legazpi. — \\'orn  out  by  the  hardships 
and  anxieties  of  his  life,  the  great  Adelantado 
passed  away,  August  20,  1572.  He  died  in  debt 
because  he  had  spent  all  his  money  in  the  king's 
service  and  in  helping  needy  soldiers.  His  fame  is 
without  stain.  Of  ah  the  monuments  in  the  Philip- 
pines, none  is  more  deserved  than  that  to  Legazpi 
and  his  friend,  the  wise  and  good  Urdaneta. 


6o     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Conquest  of  Luzon  by  Salcedo. — Soon  after  Leg- 
azpi  founded  Manila,  he  sent  Salcedo  to  subdue 
Cainta  and  Taytay  in  La  Laguna.  They  had  re- 
fused to  pay  tribute.  After  a  fierce  battle,  Salcedo 
captured  these  towns.  Then  he  continued  around 
the  south  shore  of  the  lake,  going  as  far  south  as 
the  gold-mines  of  Paracali    in  Camarines. 

Returning  to  Manila,  his  love  of  adventure  led 
him  to  make  another  expedition  at  his  own  ex- 
pense. With  forty-five  men  he  sailed  up  the  west 
coast  of  Luzon,  around  the  north  end  of  the  island, 
and  then  down  the  east  coast  to  the  island  of 
Polillo.  From  here  he  returned  to  Manila  by  land 
across  La  Laguna.  This  journey  took  a  year.  Lie 
arrived  at  Manila  a  few  weeks  after  the  death  of 
Legazpi. 

On  this  trip  of  conquest,  Salcedo  landed  at  every 
important  town.  He  told  the  natives  that  they  must 
accept  Philip  IL  for  their  king  and  pay  tribute.  If 
they  resisted  him,  he  fought.  Generally  he  per- 
suaded them  by  kindness.  In  several  places  he 
left  a  few  of  his  soldiers  to  govern  the  towns.  He 
went  up  the  Cagayan  River  with  thirteen  men,  but 
was  obliged  to  return  quickly.  The  people  of  Vi- 
gan  received  him  kindly.  Later  he  was  given 
charge   of  this  district. 

The  following  year  (1573)  he  took  a  larger  ex- 
pedition by  sea  to  Camarines  and  the  island  of 
Catanduanes.  He  was  very  successful  in  making 
friends  with  the  people. 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES.        6l 

Salcedo  died  of  fever,  near  Vigan,  in  1576.  He 
left  most  of  his  property  to  the  natives  whom  he 
ruled.  He  did  more  than  any  other  man  to  sub- 
ject Luzon  to  the  Spaniards.  Yet  there  were  many 
who  were  unwilling  to  submit  to  Spanish  rule.  The 
mountain  tribes  were  never  fully  conquered. 

•Summary. — Philip  II.  of  Spain  sent  Legazpi  and 
Urdaneta  to  the  Philippines  in  1564.  Legazpi  was 
a  wealthy  landowner  and  official  in  Mexico.  Ur- 
daneta was  an  Augustinian  friar,  who  had  for- 
merly been  in  the  Moluccas  and  was  a  geographer. 
Legazpi 's  expedition  reached  Cebii  February  13, 
1565.  Later  he  captured  the  town.  Here  he  made 
the  first  permanent  Spanish  settlement  in  the  Phil- 
ippines. He  treated  the  Filipinos  kindly  and 
justly.  The  soldiers  often  abused  the  natives.  The 
Spaniards  had  many  hardships.  Legazpi  was  made 
governor  of  the  Philippines  in  1569.  In  1570  he 
sent  the  first  expedition  to  Manila.  After  captur- 
ing the  town  it  returned  to  Cebu.  In  1571  Legazpi 
moved  his  capital  to  Manila.  He  built  a  palace, 
church,  and  many  houses.  Urdaneta  returned  to 
Mexico  soon  after  his  arrival  in  the  Philippines. 
He  discovered  the  northern  return  route.  Legazpi 
died  in  Manila  in  1572.  Juan  de  Salcedo  con- 
quered most  of  Luzon  in  1572-3.  He  left  garri- 
sons in  a  few  towns.  The  mountain  tribes  were 
never  conquered. 


CHAPTER    V. 

THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS. 

Poverty  of  the  Victors — When  the  Spaniards  de- 
cided to  settle  permanently  in  the  Philippines,  they 
had  to  find  some  way  for  so  many  officials  and  sol- 
diers to  live.  At  times  the  soldiers  were  without 
pay  for  years.  King  Philip  had  hoped  that  his  men 
would  find  much  gold  and  spices  in  the  Philippines. 
One-fifth  of  this  was  for  himself.  But  Legazpi 
had  been  able  to  send  the  king  only  a  few  tons  of 
cinnamon,  some  wax,  and  a  few  gold  ornaments. 
The  soldiers  had  become  so  desperate  that  they 
sometimes  robbed  the  natives. 

The  Encomiendas  and  Encomenderos. — There- 
fore when  Legazpi  founded  the  city  of  Cebu  in 
1570,  he  divided  the  Cebuans  among  the  Spanish 
citizens.  Each  of  these  groups  of  natives  must 
support  a  Spaniard.  He  thought  this  better  than 
to  let  the  soldiers  steal  from  the  natives.  Each  of 
these  groups  was  called  an  encomienda,  or  reparti- 
micnto.  There  were  usually  from  300  to  1,000 
natives  in  an  encomienda. 

The  Spaniard  who  ruled  them  was  called  an 
62 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.       63 

encomendcro.  It  was  his  duty  to  care  for  the  na- 
tives under  his  control.  He  must  keep  order,  see 
that  the  laws  were  obeyed,  and  protect  the  people 
from  their  enemies.  It  was  also  his  duty  to  sup- 
port a  priest  for  the  religious  instruction  of  the 


A  Church  at  Cebu. 


natives,  and  to  build  churches.  His  support  came 
entirely  from  the  natives,  who  were  taxed  for  his 
benefit. 

The  Tribute. — Every  male  Filipino  between  the 
ages  of  sixteen  and  sixty  was  compelled  to  pay  an 
annual  tax,  or  tribute,  to  the  encomendero.  When 
Legazpi  settled  in  Alanila  he  fixed  the  amount  of 


64      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

this  tribute  at  a  caz'an  of  rice  and  a  piece  of  col- 
ored cloth  two  varas  long  and  one  wide.  Instead 
of  this,  the  native  could  pay  his  tax  with  six  sil- 
ver reals.  In  other  parts  of  the  Islands  the  tribute 
was  four  varas  of  cloth,  seventy  gantas  of  rice, 
and  one  hen.  In  Ilocos  the  tribute  was  often  col- 
lected in  gold-dust.  The  natives  washed  this  out 
of  the  sands  of  the  rivers,  or  got  it  by  trading 
wnth  the  Igorots.  The  Cebuans  later  were  freed 
from  the  tribute  because  of  their  loyalty  to  the 
Spaniards. 

In  the  early  days  of  the  encomiendas  all  this  tax 
belonged  to  the  encomendero.  If  his  encomienda 
was  small,  or  the  tax  hard  to  collect,  he  sometimes 
found  it  difficult  to  live.  In  other  encomiendas  the 
encomenderos  became  rich.  The  tribute  was  in- 
creased to  ten  reals  in  1590.  In  addition  the  tribute- 
payer  gave  one  real  for  the  support  of  the  church 
and  one  real  for  the  support  of  the  government  of 
his  town.  A  single  man  paid  one-half  the  tax  that 
a  married  man  paid. 

This  tax  seems  small,  but  it  was  difficult  for  the 
Filipinos  of  that  day  to  pay  it.  They  were  not  used 
to  laying  up  goods  for  the  future.  Their  custom 
was  to  get  just  enough  food  to  live  upon  from  day 
to  day.  They  could  not  see  why  they  should  work 
for  these  strangers.  So  their  hearts  were  bitter 
toward  the  encomenderos. 

Injustices  of  the  Encomenderos. — Many  of  the 
encomenderos  tried  to  get  rich  as  quickly  as  pos- 


120° 


1^ 


123' 


121' 


MAI*  OF 

ILUZOX 

Showing   the 

DIVISION  IXTO  PROVIXCBS 
IS   THE  YEAR  1585 

SCALE  OF  MILES 


-19^ 


■2i  30  100 

SCALE  OF  KILOMETERS 


120° 


121     Lonrimde      East   122    fiom      Greenirich    123° 


THE  ENCOMEXDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.       65 

sible.  Few  of  them  cared  for  the  good  of  the 
natives.  Once  a  year  they  went  through  their  en- 
comiendas  with  soldiers,  collecting  the  tribute.  The 
rest  of  the  time  they  usually  left  the  natives  to 
themselves.  There  were  a  few  just  and  kindly 
men,  like  Juan  de  Salcedo,  who  were  loved  by  the 
natives  they  ruled.  IMany  of  the  encomenderos, 
however,  made  the  Filipinos  pay  a  tax  not  only 
for  themselves,  but  also  for  each  of  their  children, 
and  even  for  their  slaves.  Some  natives  did  not 
marry  on  account  of  the  burden  of  the  tribute. 
Others  killed  their  children  to  avoid  the  tax  on 
them.  Some  burned  their  houses  and  fled  to  the 
mountains  when  the  tax-collector  came. 

Often  the  tax-collectors  deceived  the  natives. 
The  collector  of  Dagami,  in  Leyte,  used  a  scale 
that  required  double  the  proper  weight  to  weigh 
the  tribute  of  wax.  At  times,  instead  of  collecting 
the  tax  when  rice  or  wax  was  plentiful  and  cheap, 
the  encomendero  waited  till  these  articles  were  dear 
so  he  could  sell  them  at  a  high  price. 

Early  Revolts — The  first  insurrections  against 
Spanish  rule  were  caused  by  the  hardships  of  the 
tribute  which  the  encomenderos  forced  from  the 
natives.  In  1589  there  were  revolts  in  the  Caga- 
yan  Valley  and  in  Ilocos  Xorte,  in  which  tax-col- 
lectors were  killed. 

The  Protest  of  Rada.  — Father  Rada,  the  pro- 
vincial of  the  Augustinians,  wrote  to  Governor 
Lavezaris,  in  1574,  to  say  that  he  and  other  friars 


66     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

thought  it  wrong  to  ask  so  much  tribute  of  the 
natives.     He  said : 


"Most  of  the  owners  of  encomiendas  have  stocks  in 
which  they  keep  as  prisoners  the  chiefs  or  freemen  who 
do  not  supply  the  amount  of  tribute  from  their  slaves 
when  they  themselves  can  not  obtain  it  from  the  latter." 

He  said  that  the  reason  the  friars  consented  to 
the  encomienda  system  was,  "To  avoid  greater  in- 
juries and  robberies  which  are  done  without  any 
remedy  when  there  are  no  encomiendas." 

Answer  of  Lavezaris. — The  governor  answered 
this  protest  by  saying  that  the  natives  who  did  not 
pay  the  tax  were  too  lazy  to  work,  or  that  they  spent 
their  time  in  drunkenness  and  feasting.  He  also 
said  that  the  increase  of  trade  which  the  Span- 
iards brought  had  made  the  encomiendas  a  benefit 
to  the  natives.  Above  all,  he  said  the  encomien- 
das were  necessary,  because  without  them  the  sol- 
diers would  rob  the  natives.  This  shows  us  why 
one  Filipino  said  he  did  not  wish  to  become  a 
Christian  because  there  were  Spanish  soldiers  in 
heaven. 

King  Philip  Forbids  Encomiendas. — In  1574 
Philip  wrote  to  Governor  Lavezaris : 

"As  for  what  you  ask  concerning  encomiendas  of  In- 
dians— namely,  that  you  have  them  because  you  were  dis- 
coverers of  these  Islands — such  a  thing  has  appeared  to 
me  unsuitable." 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.       67 

Governor  De  Sande  in  1576  ordered  the  encom- 
enderos  to 

"hold  those  encomiendas  as  the  royal  property,  make  col- 
lections, and  have  the  natives  instructed  in  the  teachings 
of  our  holy  Catholic  faith." 

In  spite  of  this  decree  the  encomenderos  continued 
their  rule  for  fifty  years  longer.  Only  a  portion  of 
the  encomiendas  were  transferred  to  the  king. 

It  was  the  duty  of  the  encomenderos  to  see  that 
their  natives  had  religious  instruction.  Yet  some  of 
them  let  the  people  of  their  encomiendas  live  for 
twenty  years  without  priests. 

Progress  of  Religion.- — By  1586  over  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  thousand  Filipinos  had  become 
Christians,  about  one-half  the  total  population  of 
the  Islands  then.  The  friars  had  established  mon- 
asteries in  forty  different  places.  Yet  there  were  in 
this  same  year  one  hundred  encomiendas.  So  it  can 
be  seen  that  there  were  many  who  did  not  have 
religious  teachers.  The  Council  wrote  to  King 
Philip : 

"Many  who  are  already  baptized  are  yet  without  instruc- 
tion or  ministers.  Many  others  pacified,  and  yet  to  be 
baptized,  are  daily  asking  for  baptism.  There  are  an  in- 
finite number  of  others  to  be  pacified  who  have  no  knowl- 
edge of  God." 

The  Encomiendas  in  1591. — By  1591  there  were 
267  encomiendas  of  Filipinos.     Thirty-one  of  these 


68     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

were  for  the  king.  The  others  were  to  support 
officers  and  favorites  of  the  king  or  the  governor. 
The  entire  Cagayan  Valley  was  divided  among  the 
soldiers  who  had  conquered  it. 


Lake  Taal. 


The  encomenderos  made  the  cabcaas  de  harangay 
collect  the  tribute  for  them  when  possible.  In  re- 
turn for  this  service  the  cabezas  and  their  families 
were  free  from  the  tribute. 

The  Pope  Forbids  Slavery. — ]\Iany  of  the  en- 
comenderos had  slaves.  Early  in  the  conquest  when 
the  Spaniards  were  in  Cebii,  they  used  as  slaves 
Negritos  who  had  been  captured  in  battle.    Shortly 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.       69 

after  Legazpi  took  Manila,  Martin  de  Goiti  cap- 
tured several  hundred  natives  in  Butas,  near  Manila. 
These  captives  were  made  slaves  of  the  Spanish 
soldiers.  The  Spaniards  bought  slaves  whom  the 
Portuguese  brought  from  India.  They  also  allowed 
the  Filipinos  to  keep  their  old  slaves,  but  not  to  take 
new  ones. 

When  the  Pope  heard  of  these  things,  he  forbade 
the  Spaniards  in  the  Philippines  to  have  Filipinos  as 
slaves.  They  were  still  allowed  to  have  Negro  and 
Kaffir  slaves.  The  Kaffirs  came  from  India.  It  was 
Pope  Gregory  XIV.  who  forbade  slavery  in  1591. 
He  said: 

"We  order  all  persons  dwelling  in  those  islands  to  set 
wholly  free,  without  any  craft  or  deceit,  whatever  Indian 
slaves  or  serfs  they  may  have;  nor  for  the  future  shall 
they,  in  any  manner  contrary  to  the  edict  of  the  said  King 
Philip,  take  or  keep  captives  or  slaves." 

This  order  was  very  poorly  obeyed. 

The  Arrival  of  the  Friars. — The  Augustinians,  in 
1565,  were  the  first  friars  who  settled  in  the  Philip- 
pines. They  had  charge  of  the  mission  in  Cebu, 
Manila,  and  in  the  districts  now  known  as  Pam- 
panga,  Pangasinan,  Bulacan,  and  Ilocos. 

The  Franciscans  came  next,  in  1577.  They 
labored  in  La  Laguna  and  southern  Luzon.  The 
Jesuits  arrived  in  1581,  and  were  given  charge  of 
the  central  and  southern  islands;  also  a  few  towns 
in  La  Laguna.     Then  came  the  Dominicans,  1587, 


70     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

to  whom  a  part  of  Pangasinan  and  all  of  Cagayan 
were  given.  The  Recollects  were  the  last  of  the 
great  orders  to  arrive,  in  1606.  They  worked  in 
Zambales,  IMindanao,  and  the  smaller  Visayas.  A 
few  friars  of  other  orders  came  in  later  times,  but 
these  five  are  the  chief  religious  orders  that  have 
worked  in  the  Philippines. 

Character  of  the  Early  Friars. — The  friars  who 
came  to  the  Philippines  with  the  conquerors  were 
not  rich  and  powerful.  They  did  not  have  great 
haciendas  and  fine  houses.  Some  of  them  begged 
their  food  from  the  Filipinos.  The  Franciscans  did 
not,  like  the  others,  receive  money  from  the  taxes 
the  government  raised.  They  lived  with  the  natives, 
who  supported  them  by  gifts. 

These  first  missionaries  were  brave,  self-sacrific- 
ing men.  They  labored  patiently  and  lovingly  with 
the  poor,  ignorant,  warring  natives.  They  studied 
the  native  dialects  diligently  so  that  they  might  un- 
derstand the  people  and  preach  to  them.  Often 
after  three  to  six  months'  study  of  Tagalog  or 
Visayan  they  were  able  to  write  and  speak  these 
tongues.  One  young  Jesuit  learned  to  read,  write, 
and  talk  Tagalog  in  seventy-four  days. 

What  the  Friars  Taught. — Besides  the  Catholic 
religion,  the  friars  of  those  days  taught  the  Fili- 
pinos many  things  that  are  necessary  to  civilization. 
They  showed  them  how  to  make  brick,  to  burn  lime 
from  shells  and  coral  rock,  to  build  houses  of  stone, 
to  make  roads,  and  to  do  many  other  things. 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.       71 

At  times  the  convents  were  turned   into  work- 
shops to  teach  various  handicrafts,  like  carpentry. 


St.  Augustine  Convent,  Manila. 

The  friars  took  great  interest  in  agriculture.  They 
preached  sermons  on  the  best  ways  of  planting. 
They  brought  new  garden-seeds  from  Mexico  and 


^2     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Spain.  The  anona,  ate,  chico,  and  papaya,  also 
corn,  cacao,  tobacco,  and  maguey  were  all  brought 
from  Mexico. 

One  of  the  hardest  and  most  useful  of  their  tasks 
was  to  get  the  people  to  move  into  towns  from  their 
little  villages  in  the  woods  and  mountains.  In  these 
larger  villages  they  were  safer.  They  could  hear  the 
gospel.  They  could  see  how  other  people  lived. 
Their  children  could  learn  more,  and  have  a  better 
chance  in  life. 

The  First  Spanish  Schools. — The  friars  did  what 
they  could  to  teach  the  natives  to  read  and  write. 
They  changed  the  old  Filipino  alphabets  for  the 
Roman  alphabet  that  the  nations  of  the  West  nearly 
all  use.  They  wrote  books  for  the  Filipinos  in  the 
native  dialects.  These  books  were  almost  all  about 
religion,  but  they  opened  a  new  world  to  people  who 
had  never  seen  a  book.  Juan  de  Placencia  estab- 
lished many  primary  schools  in  La  Laguna  before 
1590.  These  schools  were  not  like  the  schools  of 
to-day.  Very  little  besides  religion  was  taught  in 
them,  but  they  were  a  good  beginning. 

That  the  friars  were  good  and  "earnest  men,  liked 
by  the  natives,  is  shown  also  by  the  rapid  acceptance 
of  Christianity  by  the  Filipinos. 

Reasons  for  the  Rapid  Conversion  of  the  Fili- 
pinos.— By  1586  half  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Phil- 
ippines had  been  baptized.  Among  the  reasons  for 
this  rapid  change  of  faith  were  these : 

( I )   The  ancient  religion  of  the  Filipinos  was  one 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.        7Z 

of  fear.  They  did  not  love  their  gods.  Their  rehg- 
ion  was  not  one  of  thought,  but  of  foohsh  dreams. 
They  thought  the  God  of  the  Christians  must  be  bet- 
ter than  their  own  because  they  saw  the  Christians 
were  wiser  and  stronger  than  they.  People  are  very 
slow  to  give  up  a  religion  which  they  love.  We  can 
see  from  the  readiness  of  the  Filipinos  to  accept  a 
new  religion  that  they  had  little  love  for  their  old 
religion. 

(2)  The  Filipinos  had  no  books  of  religion,  or 
churches  to  abandon.  They  liked  the  wonderful 
buildings  and  beautiful  clothing  of  the  friars,  the 
decorations  of  the  altar,  and  the  images  of  the 
saints. 

(3)  They  did  not  have  a  society  of  priests  who 
worked  together  to  keep  out  the  new  religion. 
There  was  no  union  among  their  priests.  ]\Iost  of 
them  were  old  women  who  gained  their  living  by 
deceiving  the  natives.  Their  medicines  did  not  heal 
diseases  so  well  as  the  medicines  the  new  teachers 
brought. 

(4)  It  did  not  cost  so  much  to  become  a  Chris- 
tian as  to  worship  the  old  gods.  The  friar  would 
make  long  journeys  over  the  mountains  to  visit  the 
sick  and  the  dying,  yet,  in  those  days,  not  ask  for 
money.  He  was  not  afraid  of  the  demons  that  the 
natives  thought  were  in  the  trees  and  rocks.  They 
no  longer  had  to  pay  to  have  these  spirits  driven 
away  from  their  houses. 

Summary. — An  encomienda  was  a  group  of  na- 


74      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

tives  ruled  by  a  Spaniard,  called  an  encomendero. 
He  kept  order,  collected  taxes,  maintained  religion, 
and  gained  his  fortune.  Males  between  sixteen  and 
sixty  paid  him  an  annual  tax,  equal  to  about  six 
reals.  Many  encomenderos  were  harsh  and  unjust. 
The  first  insurrections  were  caused  by  the  hardships 
of  the  forced  tribute.  The  friars  complained  of  the 
injustice  of  this  system.  King  Philip  forbade  this 
practice  in  1574,  but  it  w'as  continued  for  fifty 
years.  By  1586  half  the  population  of  the  Philip- 
pines was  Christianized.  In  1591  there  were  267 
encomiendas,  31  belonging  to  the  King.  The  Pope 
forbade  the  Spaniards  to  keep  Filipinos  as  slaves. 
The  Augustinians  settled  in  the  Philippines  in  1565. 
The  other  principal  orders  which  worked  in  the 
Philippines  were  the  Franciscans,  the  Jesuits,  the 
Dominicans,  and  the  Recollects.  The  early  friars 
were  as  a  rule  poor,  brave,  self-sacrificing,  and  dili- 
gent. They  showed  the  natives  many  things  about 
industries  and  agriculture.  They  organized  many 
towns.  The  friars  changed  the  old  Filipino  alpha- 
bets for  the  Roman,  wrote  books  in  the  native  dia- 
lects, and  established  schools. 

The  rapid  conversion  of  the  Filipinos  was  due  to 
the  inferior  character  of  their  religion,  their  love 
for  the  ceremonies  of  the  friars,  their  lack  of  a 
united  body  of  priests,  and  the  benefits  of  Chris- 
tianity. 

The  encomenderos  and  the  friars  were  the  two 
classes  from  whom  the  Filipinos  got  their  first  ideas 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS.       75 

of  the  Spaniards.  They  endured  the  rule  of  the 
former,  and  cheerfully  accepted  the  religion  of  the 
latter.  They  still  had  their  headmen,  only  these  had 
become  tax-collectors  for  the  encomenderos.  There 
was  less  war  among  themselves  and  less  slavery. 
The  tribute  was  disliked,  but  taxes  are  necessary  for 
any  people  who  wish  to  rise  above  barbarism.  Their 
commerce  was  increasing,  and  they  were  learning 
better  ways  of  cultivating  the  soil.  Yet  they  were 
far  from  satisfied. 


CHAPTER    VI. 

DREAMS  OF  CONQUEST. 

Lavezaris,  Governor — 1572-1575. —  Guide  de 
Lavezaris  had  been  the  treasurer  of  Legazpi's  expe- 
dition, and  later  the  Governor  of  Cebu.  He  fol- 
lowed Legazpi  as  Governor  of  the  Philippines.  His 
time  was  mainly  spent  in  settling  quarrels  about  en- 
comiendas.  He  gave  encomiendas  in  places  that 
had  never  been  conquered,  or  even  seen,  by  the 
Spaniards.  Lavezaris  was  not  a  strong  governor. 
He  was  easily  flattered  and  influenced  by  those 
about  him. 

Distress  of  the  Spaniards — The  Spanish  colony 
was  now  in  great  distress.  Many  were  sick.  Food 
was  scarce.  The  Filipinos  were  suspicious  and  hos- 
tile. They  paid  the  tribute  very  reluctantly.  Mean- 
time Lavezaris  took  large  encomiendas  for  himself. 

During  his  rule  Manila  was  nearly  lost  to  the 
Spaniards  by  the  attack  of  Limahong,  about  which 
we  shall  study  in  a  chapter  farther  on.  A  strong 
governor  was  now  sent  to  the  Islands. 

De  Sande,  Governor — 1575- 1580. — De  Sande  was 
a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  JNIexico.  From 
76 


DREAMS  OF  CONQUEST.  -jj 

the  time  of  Legazpi,  the  Phihppines  were  ruled 
from  Mexico  as  a  colony  till  that  country  separated 
from  Spain  in  1819.  From  Mexico  came  most  of 
the  governors,  soldiers,  and  officials  of  the  Philip- 
pines. There  many  of  the  laws  for  these  Islands 
were  made,  and  by  its  Supreme  Court  most  impor- 
tant matters  were  settled. 

De  Sande  made  every  one  obey  the  law,  but  the 
country  was  so  poor  that  he  could  not  keep  crimi- 
nals in  prison  long,  because  their  labor  was  needed 
to  obtain  food.  In  his  time  the  first  horses  were 
sent  to  the  Philippines,  from  China.  They  were 
thirteen  in  number,  brought  as  presents  and  to  sell. 
It  was  difficult  for  De  Sande  to  get  servants,  be- 
cause they  were  afraid  of  the  horses.  De  Sande 
had  many  slaves,  and  lived  in  greater  luxury  than 
Legazpi  and  Lavezaris. 

Conquest  of  Brunei — In  1578  De  Sande  went 
with  a  fleet  of  forty  ships,  several  hundred  Span- 
iards, and  about  fifteen  hundred  Filipino  soldiers 
and  sailors  to  the  city  of  Brunei,  capital  of  Borneo. 
After  a  short  battle,  De  Sande  captured  the  city.  He 
did  this  at  the  recjuest  of  the  sultan,  Sirela,  whose 
brother  had  driven  him  from  the  throne.  He  took 
twenty-seven  ships  and  one  hundred  and  seventy 
cannon.  Then  his  men  fell  ill  and  he  was  obliged  to 
return  to  Manila. 

During  this  expedition  he  sent  some  of  his  ships 
to  J0I6  and  the  Rio  Grande  de  Mindanao.  They 
collected  some  tribute,  but  most  of  the  natives  fled 


78      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

to  the  mountains.  The  next  year  the  collector 
found  them  so  poor  that  he  returned  the  tribute. 

Dreams  of  Conquest. — De  Sande  was  very  proud 
of  his  conquest  in  Borneo.  He  had  really  done  very 
little  for  the  Philippines.  It  was  a  great  task  for 
the  Filipinos  to  build  him  a  fleet,  and  go  so  far 
away  to  fight  people  they  had  never  seen.  Then, 
after  all  the  expense  of  conquest,  Borneo  was  not 
kept.  Most  of  the  early  governors  thought  of  little 
but  fleets  and  armies  with  which  they  hoped  to  con- 
quer new  countries.  They  thought  the  business  of 
the  government  was  to  raise  money  by  taxes  for 
the  king  and  themselves.  They  did  not  understand 
that  they  could  do  this  best  by  teaching  the  people 
agriculture  and  other  useful  things.  The  victories 
of  peace  are  greater  than  those  of  war,  but  war 
seemed  to  them  more  glorious. 

Better  Days. — With  all  its  faults  the  Government 
of  Spain  in  those  days  was  much  better  than  the 
condition  of  things  before  the  conquest.  Then 
every  man  was  afraid  of  his  neighbor ;  a  man's  own 
brother  was  his  slave.  Men  feared  the  evil  anitos 
of  the  earth,  the  sea,  and  the  air.  Life  was  hard  and 
very  uncertain.  After  the  Spaniards  came,  life  was 
still  hard,  but  it  was  much  safer.  Trade  was  bet- 
ter; people  were  growing  richer  in  spite  of  the 
taxes;  the  population  was  increasing  faster,  and 
the  Filipinos  were  becoming  more  united. 

Ronquillo  de  Penalosa,  Governor — 1580-1583. — 
Ronquillo  brought  six  hundred  soldiers  to  the  Phil- 


DREAMS  OF  CONQUEST.  79 

ippines  at  his  own  expense.  In  return  for  this  he 
was  to  receive  the  governorship  of  the  Islands  for 
Hfe.  The  king  gave  Ronquillo  this  honor  because 
Spain  had  received  very  Httle  return  for  the  treasure 
spent  in  conquering  the  Islands. 

One  of  Ronquillo's  first  acts  was  to  examine  what 
Governor  De  Sande  had  done.  He  took  away  all 
royal  office  from  De  Sande  by  what  was  called  the 
"residencia." 

The  "Residencia."^ — The  Governor  of  the  Philip- 
pines in  the  old  days  was  very  powerful.  It  was  so 
far  to  Mexico  and  Spain  that  he  was  allowed  to  do 
what  he  thought  best,  like  a  king.  No  one  might 
disobey  him  while  he  held  office.  At  the  close  of 
his  rule,  however,  he  must  stay  in  the  Islands  till  the 
governor  who  followed  him  had  examined  all  he 
had  done.  This  examination  was  called  the  "resi- 
dencia."  At  this  time  all  the  governor's  accounts 
were  searched  to  see  if  he  had  spent  the  public 
money  honestly.  Any  one  who  thought  the  old 
governor  had  treated  him  unjustly  might  come  be- 
fore the  new  governor  and  make  a  complaint.  If  it 
was  found  that  the  old  governor  had  not  ruled 
justly,  he  was  punished.  Sometimes  they  took 
away  all  the  property  of  a  governor  and  put  him 
in  prison. 

Union  of  Portugal  with  Spain. — In  1580  Philip 
II,  conquered  Portugal.  With  this  conquest  all  the 
Portuguese  colonies  in  the  East  Indies  came  under 
the  rule  of  the  Governor  of  the  Philippines.     This 


8o      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

union  of  the  two  kingdoms  lasted  till  1640.  During 
this  period  the  Government  of  the  Philippines 
stretched  from  India  to  Japan.  It  was  a  great  task 
for  the  Filipinos  to  find  the  ships  and  men  to  rule  so 
many  different  and  widely  separated  lands.  From 
this  time  the  governors  began  to  try  to  make  the 


Philip  II.  of  Spain. 


name  of  Spain  respected  in  the  islands  south  of  the 
Philippines. 

Expeditions  to  Borneo  and  Ternate, — In  1582 
Philip  II.  ordered  the  conquest  of  the  Moluccas. 
They  had  been  given  to  him  with  Portugal,  but  actu- 


DREAMS  OF  CONQUEST.  8l 

ally  were  in  the  power  of  the  native  Malayan  tribes. 
Ronquillo  sent  an  expedition  to  Borneo  in  1581, 
when  he  replaced  the  sultan  Sirela  on  his  throne. 

A  second  expedition  under  his  son,  Sebastian 
Ronquillo,  besieged  Ternate,  but  could  not  capture 
it  because  disease  broke  out.  This  little  island  was 
taken  in  later  years  by  the  Dutch.  Its  people  re- 
mained faithful  to  Spain.  A  few  emigrated  to 
Cavite,  and  made  their  home  in  Ternate.  Their 
descendants  still  live  in  this  town. 

Japanese  Pirates. — The  northern  coast  of  Luzon 
was  often  attacked  by  Chinese  and  Japanese  pirates. 
They  would  land,  burn  and  rob  a  town,  and  then 
sail  away.  During  Ronquillo's  rule  a  strong  force 
of  Japanese  pirates  captured  and  held  the  village  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Cagayan  River.  They  were  under 
a  leader  called  Tayfusa,  who  severely  oppressed 
the  natives.  Ronquillo  sent  a  force  which,  after 
heroic  fighting,  drove  them  away.  He  deposed  the 
native  rulers,  who  were  holding  the  people  in 
slavery. 

Near  the  mouth  of  the  Sagayan  he  founded  the 
city  of  Nueva  Segovia,  now  called  Lal-loc.  It  was 
also  in  Ronquillo's  time  that  Iloilo  was  founded. 

Sorrow  and  sickness  ended  Ronquillo's  life  in 
1583.  Neither  he  nor  De  Sande  had  won  the  glory 
they  sought. 

The  Filipinos'  Part  in  Spanish  Conquests. — In  all 
those  expeditions  the  Filipinos  toiled  to  add  glory 
to  the  flag  of  Spain.    They  built  the  ships,  rowed  or 


82      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

sailed  them,  did  all  the  hard  work,  and  often  shared 
in  the  fighting.  Thousands  of  them  perished  from 
disease  and  the  sword  in  the  various  expeditions  of 
the  Spanish.  They  did  not  like  this.  They  were 
not  accustomed  to  the  labor  of  ship-building.  They 
objected  to  the  long,  weary  hours  spent  at  the  oars, 
and  felt  little  interest  in  conquering  the  people  of 
far-off  islands.  Most  of  the  king's  tribute  was 
spent  on  war.  Many  of  these  wars  were  for  glory 
and  plunder.  The  expeditions,  however,  usually 
cost  more  than  the  result  was  worth. 

Summary. — Lavezaris  was  governor  from  1572 
to  1575-  Tn  his  time  the  Spaniards  suffered 
from  poverty  and  sickness,  and  the  natives  were 
hostile. 

From  the  time  of  Legazpi  the  Philippines  were 
ruled  as  a  colony  of  Mexico  till  18 19.  Governor 
De  Sande  ruled  from  1575  to  1580.  In  1578  he 
captured  Brunei  and  made  an  expedition  to  J0I6 
and  Mindanao.  His  conquests  were  a  heavy  bur- 
den. 

Ronquillo  de  Penalosa  was  governor  from  1580 
to  1583.  The  king  made  him  governor  for  life. 
The  residencia  was  an  examination  of  the  deeds  of 
the  last  governor  by  the  incoming  governor.  De 
Sande  was  deprived  of  all  royal  office  by  the  resi- 
dencia. 

In  1 580  Spain  conquered  Portugal  and  the  Portu- 
guese East  Indies  came  under  the  rule  of  the  Philip- 
pines.   This  lasted  until  1640.     In  Ronquillo's  time 


DREAMS  OF  CONQUEST.  83 

several  expeditions  of  conquest  went  to  the  Moluc- 
cas. The  Japanese  pirates,  who  raided  northern 
Luzon,  were  suppressed.  Ronquillo  founded  Nueva 
Segovia  and  Iloilo.  IMost  of  the  tribute  in  these 
days  was  spent  on  war. 


CHAPTER    VTT. 


SAT.AZAR  AND  DE  VERA. 


The  First  Bishop  of  Manila. — Domingo  de  Sala- 
zar,  the  first  bishop  of  Manila,  arrived  in  March, 
1 581.  He  was  a  good  and  earnest  man,  but  not 
greatly  beloved,  because  he  was  very  stern.  In  his 
time  the  quarrels  between  Church  and  State  began 
to  be  serious.  There  was  an  encomendero  in  Min- 
danao who  treated  the  natives  with  great  harshness. 
The  friar  there  reproved  him  and  excommunicated 
him,  but  the  encomendero  laughed  at  him.  When 
Salazar  heard  of  this  quarrel,  he  persuaded  Ron- 
quillo  to  call  the  encomendero  to  Manila.  Here 
he  felt  the  disgrace  of  excommunication.  This 
event  made  the  other  encomenderos  very  angry, 
for  they  feared  their  own  evil  lives  would  be  pun- 
ished in  the  same  way.  So  they  complained  to  the 
governor.  This  was  the  beginning  of  a  strife  be- 
tween bishop  and  governor  that  lasted  till  the  end 
of  Spanish  rule  in  the  Philippines.  Under  the  pres- 
ent form  of  government  such  quarrels  are  impos- 
sible, because  the  duties  of  the  governor  and  the 
84 


SALAZAR  AND  DE  VERA.  85 

bishop  are  separate.  Neither  can  interfere  with  the 
other. 

De  Vera,  Acting  Governor — 1584- 1590. —  Ron- 
quillo  and  Salazar  had  asked  the  king  to  establish  a 
Supreme  Court  in  the  PhiHppines.  It  was  hoped 
that  the  disputes  between  Church  and  State  could 
be  settled  by  such  a  court.  In  1584  three  judges 
arrived  and  set  up  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Phil- 
ippines. De  Vera,  the  chief  justice,  became  acting 
governor,  because  Ronquillo  had  died  the  year  be- 
fore. It  was  long  the  custom  in  the  Philippines  for 
the  chief  justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  fill  a 
vacancy  in  the  governorship. 

Scarcity  of  Food. — Ronquillo  had  brought  so 
many  soldiers  to  the  Philippines  that  it  was  difficult 
to  feed  them.  The  population  of  Manila  was  only 
a  few  thousand  in  those  days.  Many  had  died  in 
the  expeditions  of  conquest;  others  were  employed 
in  the  ship-yards  and  upon  other  public  works. 

IMeantime,  in  1584,  twenty-five  Chinese  ships  ar- 
rived at  Manila  bringing  four  thousand  Chinese. 
These  new  settlers  were  merchants  and  mechanics. 
They  ate  a  great  deal  and  of  the  best  kind  of  food. 
The  prices  of  all  provisions  rose.  In  1577  one 
could  buy  in  IManila  three  hens  for  one  real.  A 
buffalo  could  be  bought  for  four  reals,  and  a  hog 
for  six.  By  1585  one  hen  cost  two  or  three  reals, 
and  a  hog  six  or  seven  pesos.  Both  Spaniards  and 
Filipinos  suffered  hardships. 

Insurrection  in   Pampanga. — In   1585,  while  the 


86     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

soldiers  were  sick  and  hungry  and  many  of  them 
without  weapons,  a  revolt  broke  out  in  Pampanga. 
Certain  men  conspired  with  some  Moros  from  Bor- 
neo, who  were  trading  in  ]\lanila,  to  burn  the  city 
and  kill  all  the  Spaniards.  The  plot  was  betrayed 
by  a  woman,  and  the  disaster  averted. 

Deeds  of  De  Vera. — De  Vera  was  a  wiser  and 
stronger  man  than  most  of  the  governors  who  came 
before  him.  He  did  some  useful  things  for  the 
Islands.  In  his  rule  the  first  stone  houses  were 
built  in  Manila.  He  found  that  stone  could  easily 
be  cut  from  the  ledges  near  the  banks  of  the  Pasig 
and  brought  to  Manila  in  boats.  So  he  had  twenty 
stone  houses  built  that  there  might  be  less  danger 
from  fire.  He  also  built  the  first  stone  fort,  near 
where  Fort  Santiago  now  stands.  It  was  called 
"Nuestra  Senora  de  Guia."  The  artillery  for  this 
fort  was  cast  by  a  Pampangan  native  called  Panda- 
pira.  De  Vera  also  began  to  dig  the  moat  which 
surrounded  the  city.  He  built  a  stone  breastwork 
along  the  river-front.  The  great  wall  was  not  be- 
gun till  later. 

Cost  of  the  Conquest. — All  these  military  works 
cost  a  great  deal  for  those  days.  The  fort  and  moat 
were  paid  for  by  a  tax  of  one  real  on  each  married 
man  and  half  a  real  on  each  single  man.  The  total 
cost  of  conquering  and  holding  the  Philippines  from 
the  time  of  Legazpi  till  1586  had  been  3,000,000 
pesos.  This  was  equal  in  value  to  at  least  15,000,- 
000  pesos  to-day,  because  money  would  buy  much 


SALAZAR  AND  DE  VERA.  87 

more  then  than  now.  Only  a  small  part  of  this 
sum  was  paid  by  the  tribute  from  the  natives.  The 
Islands  were  a  heavy  tax  upon  the  treasury  of 
Spain. 

Aims  of  Spain  in  the  Conquest.- — The  old  Spanish 
kings  who  conquered  and  held  these  Islands  had 
three  aims  in  so  doing.  First,  they  desired  to  make 
money  by  trade  and  taxes.  The  rare  and  costly 
goods  brought  from  the  East  filled  their  minds  with 
visions  of  wealth.  Charles  I.  expected  that  Magel- 
lan's ships  would  return  laden  with  riches.  The 
letters  between  the  kings  and  the  leaders  of  the 
expeditions  say  a  great  deal  about  trade,  spices,  and 
gold-mines.  The  conquerors  hurried  from  island 
to  island,  hoping  for  new  treasures  from  each  newly 
discovered  land.  They  were  bitterly  disappointed 
to  get  so  small  a  reward.  Yet  when  they  had  once 
taken  the  new  lands,  it  was  hard  to  give  them  up. 

A  second  aim  in  the  conquest  was  the  glory  of 
empire.  Spain  was  one  of  the  richest  and  proudest 
of  the  kingdoms  of  Europe  in  those  days.  The 
sailors  and  soldiers  who  raised  the  banner  of  Spain 
in  new  lands  were  richly  rewarded.  The  king  gave 
them  pensions  and  titles  of  nobility.  Both  monarch 
and  subjects  delighted  to  boast  of  the  wide  dominion 
of  the  crown  of  Spain.  There  is  a  feeling  which 
every  great  people  has  that  where  its  flag  is  once 
raised  it  should  never  be  lowered.  So  while  gain 
was  one  of  the  first  thoughts  of  the  Spanish  con- 
querors, it  M'as  not  the  only  one. 


88     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

The  Spanish  monarchs  were  CathoHc  kings.  They 
thought  that  the  cross  must  always  go  with  the  flag. 
Side  by  side  with  the  soldier  went  the  missionary. 
The  king  felt  that  he  was  conquering  for  God  as 


AuGUSTiNiAN  Church,  Manila. 


well  as  for  himself.  This  was  why  he  did  not  ask 
the  inhabitants  of  new  lands  if  they  wished  to  serve 
him.  He  believed  he  had  the  only  true  religion. 
He  was  given  by  the  Pope  the  right  to  teach  pagan 
nations  and  induce  them  to  be  baptized.    So  even  if 


SALAZAR  AND  DE  VERA.  89 

it  cost  vastly  more  to  conquer  these  lands  than  they 
returned  to  his  treasury,  he  could  not  give  them  up. 
He  believed  this  would  mean  the  loss  of  many  souls. 
Reply  of  Philip  II. — ^Vhen  urged  by  some  of  the 
conquerors  of  the  Philippines  to  give  them  up  be- 
cause "the  cost  of  keeping  them  would  be  greater 
than  the  gain,"  Philip  II.  said : 

"For  the  conversion  of  only  a  single  soul  I  would  give 
all  the  treasures  of  the  Indies ;  and  should  that  not  be 
enough,  I  would  give  all  that  I  have  most  precious  in 
Spain.  On  no  account  would  I  cease  to  send  preachers 
and  ministers  to  give  the  light  of  the  holy  gospel  to  all 
newly  discovered  lands,  however  poor,  uncultivated,  and 
barren  they  might  be,  because  to  me  and  my  heirs  the  holy 
Apostolic  See  has  given  the  task  which  the  apostles  had 
of  publishing  and  preaching  the  gospel.  This  must  be 
done  there  and  in  infinite  other  kingdoms,  rescuing  them 
from  the  rule  of  demons,  and  giving  them  knowledge  of 
the  true  God  without  any  hope  of  gaining  riches." 

The  reason  given  by  Philip  III.  for  holding  the 
Philippines  told  of  pride  in  his  empire. 

Philip  III.  and  Moraga. — About  the  year  1619 
some  of  the  counsellors  of  the  king  were  advising 
him  to  give  up  the  Philippines.  Some  thought  they 
were  too  expensive ;  others  said  it  was  not  right  to 
compel  a  people  to  accept  a  new  religion  by  the 
power  of  the  sword.  The  Franciscan,  Moraga,  now 
arrived  at  the  court  of  Philip  III.  When  he  heard 
that  the  Philippines  might  be  abandoned  by  Spain 
he  was  full  of  grief;  for  he  thought  all  the  work  of 


90     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  Catholic  missionaries  there  would  be  lost.  He 
threw  himself  at  the  feet  of  the  king,  and  begged 
him  not  to  give  up  the  Islands.  Philip  III.  replied : 
"Depart  with  God,  Father  Moraga.  certain  that  it 
shall  not  be  said  of  me  that  I  abandoned  what  my 
father  conquered  and  left  to  me." 

The  Memorial  to  the  King. — In  1586  the  General 
Council  of  Manila,  composed  of  all  the  leading  men, 
sent  a  long  letter  to  the  king  asking  for  many  re- 
forms. The  governor,  the  bishop,  and  all  civil  and 
military  officials  united  in  the  choice  of  the  Jesuit, 
Alonso  Sanchez,  to  take  this  memorial  to  the  king. 
Sanchez  went  to  Spain.  After  much  talking,  the 
king  finally  decided  to  change  many  things  in  the 
Philippines.  The  decree  ordering  these  changes  is 
called  the  reform  decree  of  1589. 

Reform  Decree  of  1589. — The  principal  things  in 
this  decree  were  the  following: 

( 1 )  Twelve  thousand  ducats  were  to  be  spent  in 
repairing  and  ornamenting  the  cathedral  and  con- 
vents. The  cathedral  at  that  time  was  built  of 
"wood  and  straw,  poor  and  weather-beaten  and  de- 
prived of  necessities." 

(2)  ]Many  friars  were  to  be  sent  to  the  Islands. 
Thev  must  stav  for  life  unless  excused  bv  the 
bishop.  This  was  ordered  because  the  friars  had 
been  going  to  Japan  and  China  instead  of  staying 
in  the  Philippines.  Like  the  governors,  they  wanted 
to  make  new  conquests  before  the  first  ones  were 
completed. 


SALAZAR  AND  DE  VERA.  91 

(3)  Native  girls  who  should  marry  poor  Span- 
iards were  to  receive  dowries. 

(4)  The  governor  was  forbidden  to  give  an  en- 
comienda  to  any  one  who  had  not  worked  in  it  for 
three  years.  It  was  desired  to  give  the  natives  an 
example  of  industry.  Nor  could  the  governor  give 
encomiendas  to  his  friends,  relatives,  or  servants, 
unless  they  were  worthy.  Some  worthless  people 
from  ]\Iexico  were  getting  encomiendas,  while  men 
who  had  lived  and  fought  for  years  in  the  Philip- 
pines had  none. 

(5)  No  new  slaves  w^ere  to  be  made.  Those 
born  of  slave  parents  were  to  be  free. 

(6)  The  Supreme  Court  was  to  be  taken  away. 
It  had  not  succeeded  in  settling  the  difficulties  be- 
tween Church  and  State.  The  king  now  sent  a 
governor  of  his  own  choice,  in  whom  he  had  full 
confidence. 

Summary, — Domingo  de  Salazar  was  the  first 
bishop  of  ]\Ianila.  Troubles  between  church  and 
state  date  from  his  arrival  in  1581. 

In  1584  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Philippines 
was  established.  De  Vera,  chief  justice,  became 
acting  governor  after  Ronquillo's  death.  In  1584 
four  thousand  Chinese  came  to  Manila  to  live.  Pro- 
visions became  scarce  and  high.  In  1585  there  was 
a  revolt  in  Pampanga.  De  Vera  built  the  first  stone 
houses  in  ]\Ianila. 

The  conquest  of  the  Philippines  up  to  1586  cost 
3,000,000    pesos.      The    Spanish    conquerors    had 


92 


A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


three  aims :  to  make  money,  to  spread  the  power  of 
Spain,  and  to  make  Christian  converts.  Philip  II, 
said  he  would  give  all  the  treasures  of  the  Indies 
for  the  conversion  of  a  single  soul.  Moraga,  a 
friar, -went  to  Spain  in  1619  to  beg  Philip  III.  not 
to  give  up  the  Philippines.  The  king  said  he  would 
not  abandon  his  father's  conquests.  In  1586  the 
Council  of  Manila  sent  a  request  for  reforms  to  the 
king.  This  resulted  in  the  reform  decree  of  1589- 
Among  the  reforms  were  the  spending  of  money 
on  the  cathedral,  sending  more  friars,  giving  dow- 
ries to  native  girls,  reforming  the  encomienda  sys- 
tem, checking  slavery,  and  taking  away  the  Supreme 
Court. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


A   ROYAL    GOVERNOR. 


Gomez  Perez  Das  Marinas — i590-i593-  This 
man  was  the  wisest  and  strongest  of  the  early  gov- 
ernors. Phihp  II.  trusted  Das  Marinas  fully.  The 
king  desired  to  treat  the  Filipinos  justly  and  kindly; 
but  he  was  a  long  distance  from  the  Philippines. 
The  officials  of  Mexico  did  not  always  tell  him  the 
truth  about  these  Islands.  The  governors  and  the 
bishop  had  written  him  different  stories  about  the 
treatment  of  the  Filipinos  by  the  Spaniards.  So 
he  sent  Das  Marifias  from  Spain  to  find  out  the 
truth.  The  governors  before  Das  Marifias  had  been 
chosen  by  the  Viceroy  or  the  Supreme  Court  of 
Mexico.  Das  Marinas  was  a  royal  governor.  The 
king  gave  him  more  power  than  any  governor  be- 
fore him. 

Das  Marinas  worked  very  hard  for  the  good  of 
the  Philippines,  but  he  received  little  help  from 
Mexico,  because  the  rulers  there  were  jealous  of 
him.  Nor  did  he  and  Bishop  Salazar  agree.  The 
new  governor  did  not  think  the  friars  had  treated 
the  natives  of  the  Philippines  justly.     On  the  other 

93 


94     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

hand,  Bishop  Salazar  did  not  think  the  governors 
and  soldiers  had  done  right.  Each  tried  to  prove 
to  the  king  that  he  was  the  best  friend  of  the  na- 
tives. 

Salazar's  Opinion  of  the  Governors. — Salazar 
wrote  to  the  king:  "The  natives  are  so  harassed 
with  public  and  private  undertakings  that  they  are 
not  able  to  take  breath."  He  said  also :  "The 
Spaniards  came  to  this  country  in  name  as  con- 
querors but  in  fact  as  destroyers." 

Neglect  of  Religious  Instruction.- — It  was  the  duty 
of  the  encomenderos  to  give  one-fourth  of  the 
tribute  for  the  support  of  churches  and  friars  in 
their  districts.     Salazar  said  : 

"Of  ten  divisions  of  this  bishopric,  eight  have  no  in- 
struction." 

The  bishop  said  the  fault  for  this  was  the  neglect 
of  the  governor  to  make  the  encomenderos  do  their 
duty.     He  wrote  to  Das  Marinas : 

"Who  doubts  that  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  is  the 
most  important  thing  for  which  we  have  come  here?  But 
yet  I  see  that  we  care  least  for  this.  If  you  do  not  think 
so  look  at  the  progress  of  the  natives.  I  know  very  well 
that  there  is  plenty  of  care  about  temporal  things.  As 
long  as  these  are  present,  religious  instruction  must  stop, 
or  the  Indians  must  support  it  even  if  they  never  under- 
stand it.  So  we  all  say  that  the  gospel  is  the  principal 
thing,  but  our  works  show  what  it  is  that  we  care  most 
about." 


A  ROYAL  GOVERNOR. 


95 


Das  Marinas  wrote  the  king  about  the  friars. 
Each  was  trying  to  tell  the  best  story  possible. 
Probably  neither  the  bishop  nor  the  governor  was 


Fort  Santiago. 


so  much  at  fault  as  each  painted  the  other  to  the 
king. 

Das  Mariiias  said  that  the  friars  and  Bishop  Sala- 
zar  interfered  with  the  governor,  and  took  away 
the  respect  of  the  Filipinos  for  the  king.  Of  the 
natives  he  said :  ''They  recognize  no  other  king  or 
superior  than  the  father  of  the  doctrina  and  are 


96      A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

more  attentive  to  his  demands  than  to  those  of  the 
governor." 

Restitution  to  the  Filipinos  by  the  Conquerors. — 
It  was  the  opinion  of  Salazar  and  of  nearly  all  the 
friars  that  the  early  conquerors  of  the  Philippines 
did  wrong.  They  thought  that  it  was  unjust  to 
conquer  people  without  teaching  them  the  Christian 
religion.  They  said  that  the  natives  ought  to  re- 
ceive Christian  instruction  in  return  for  the  taxes 
they  paid.  King  Philip  II.,  when  he  heard  that 
some  of  the  natives  had  been  paying  taxes  for  many 
years  without  religious  teaching,  was  deeply 
grieved.  He  ordered  in  the  decree  of  1589  that  the 
early  conquerors  pay  back  to  the  Filipinos  the  taxes 
which  they  had  collected  from  them  at  the  time 
when  they  had  no  priests  of   Christianity. 

Salazar  refused  to  confess  and  absolve  the  Span- 
ish encomenderos  who  did  not  do  this.  Some 
money  had  been  collected  to  restore  to  the  Filipinos. 
The  bishop  expended  this  money  for  the  benefit  of 
the  church  and  the  people. 

Das  Marinas  wrote  to  the  king  that  it  would  take 
150,000  pesos  to  make  proper  restitution  to  the  Fili- 
pinos for  taxing  them  without  teaching  them  relig- 
ion. Very  little  of  this  money  was  ever  paid  to 
the  Filipinos.  The  Philippines  were  so  far  away 
that  the  rulers  did  not  always  obey  the  king's  de- 
crees. So  the  restitution  was  never  made.  There 
were,  however,  juster  laws  made  about  taxes.  Das 
Marinas  ordered  that  in  encomiendas  where  there 


A  ROYAL  GOVERNOR. 


97 


were  judges  but  no  priests  only  three-fourths  of 
the  tribute  should  be  collected.  If  there  was  neither 
judge  nor  priest  in  an  encomienda  no  tax  was  to 
be  collected. 

Building  of  the  Walls  of  Manila. — Das  Marinas 
found  the  Philippines  threatened  by  the  Moros,  the 


The  Oldest  Part  of  the  Wall  of  Manila. 


Chinese,  and  the  Japanese.  He  determined  to  build 
a  fort  and  a  wall  at  Manila  as  a  protection  against 
these  enemies.  It  was  difficult  to  get  money  for 
these  works.  He  taxed  playing  cards  for  this  pur- 
pose, also  the  goods  of  all  merchants.  The  bishop 
and  friars  opposed  this  because  they  were  trading. 
They  said  that  the  natives  did  not  ask  for  the  wall. 
But  Das  Marinas  was  determined  to  build  it.     He 


wrote  to  the  king : 


T  have  begun  the  walls  at  the 


98     A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

point  where  the  fort  was  being  built.  It  is  nine 
feet  above  ground  and  the  foundation  is  of  the 
same  depth.  It  is  from  sixteen  to  twelve  and  eight 
feet  wide  on  top,  according  to  the  plan."  It  took 
many  years  to  make  the  walls  as  we  see  them  now. 
Many  different  governors  added  to  them,  so  that 
they  grew  wide  and  thick.  Das  Mariiias  also  built 
Fort  Santiago. 

Decay  of  the  Cotton  Industry. — Before  the  Span- 
iards came,  the  Filipinos  grew  their  own  cotton  and 
made  their  own  cloth.  When  they  began  to  earn 
money  from  the  Spaniards,  they  bought  their  cloth 
of  the  Chinese.  They  still  raised  cotton,  but  they 
sold  it  to  the  Chinese.  This  cotton  was  taken  to 
China,  woven  into  cloth,  then  brought  back  to 
Manila  and  sold  to  the  Filipinos.  By  and  by  the 
Filipinos  did  not  even  raise  the  cotton.  Then  the 
price  of  cloth  was  put  higher  and  higher  by  the 
Chinese.  Thus  an  industry  was  lost  which  was  of 
great  benefit  to  the  Philippines.  Cotton  grows  very 
well  in  these  Islands.  It  is  best  for  a  country  to 
make  all  that  it  needs  for  itself.  At  this  time  the 
Filipinos  were  spending  on  Chinese  goods,  chiefly 
cottons  and  silks,  about  200,000  pesos  a  year. 

A  Change  for  the  Worse. — In  the  time  of  Das 
Marinas  an  inquiry  was  made  about  the  former  hab- 
its of  the  Filipinos.  Several  Filipinos  said,  under 
oath,  that,  before  the  Spaniards  came,  the  natives 
lived  in  villages  and  worked  upon  their  crops.  The 
chiefs  were  obeyed  and  respected,  and  there  was 


A  ROYAL  GOVERNOR.  99 

plenty  to  eat.  But  after  they  found  they  could  get 
money  by  working  for  Spaniards,  they  left  their 
villages  and  gave  themselves  up  to  vice  and  wander- 
ing. The}'  found  it  easy  to  buy  what  they  needed 
after  working  awhile.  Then  they  spent  their  spare 
time  in  evil  ways.  Before  the  conquest  they 
had  to  work  all  the  time.  But  now,  since  so  many 
had  left  the  fields,  food  had  become  scarce  and 
dear.  Civilization  always  brings  some  evils  with 
it.  Those  who  are  not  strong  can  not  stand  the 
freedom  and  the  changes  that  it  brings.  Whatever 
losses  the  Filipinos  suffered,  there  was  much  that 
they  gained. 

Conquest  of  Zambales. — The  Negritos  of  the 
Zambales  mountains  had  for  centuries  robbed  and 
killed  the  Pampangans,  their  neighbors.  So  Das 
]\Iarinas  resolved  to  make  war  on  them.  The  wav 
he  did  it  shows  how  the  Spaniards  used  the  Filipinos 
to  help  them. 

In  1 591  he  sent  six  Spanish  captains  against  the 
Negritos.  Each  captain  led  twenty  Spanish  sol- 
diers and  five  or  six  hundred  Pampangans.  They 
entered  the  Zambales  mountains  by  six  different 
roads.  Then  they  burned  the  houses  and  crops  of 
the  Negritos.  They  captured  2,500  men  and  wom- 
en. Of  most  of  these  they  made  slaves.  Four  hun- 
dred of  them  were  put  as  rowers  into  four  new 
boats  which  Das  Marifias  had  built.  These  boats 
were  propelled  by  fifty  or  sixty  long  oars  each.  It 
was  very  hard  work  to  pull  these  oars  all  day.    The 


100    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Filipinos  never  liked  this  work.  Yet  they  did  a 
great  deal  of  it  for  the  Spaniards.  A  slave  who  was 
used  in  rowing  by  the  Spaniards  was  given  freedom 
after  three  years  of  this  work. 

The  Great  Fleet. — Like  the  governors  before  him, 
Das  Marinas  wanted  to  conquer  the  Moluccas.   The 


The  Cathedral,  Manila. 


king  had  given  a  special  order  that  this  be  done.  So 
Das  Marinas  made  many  natives  cut  trees  in  the 
forests  of  Bulacan.  This  timber  was  taken  to  Cav- 
ite  and  made  into  ships.  By  1593  Das  Mariiias  had 
two  hundred  ships,  large  and  small.  To  build  and 
equip  these  ships  was  a  great  task  for  the  Filipinos. 


A  ROYAL  GOVERNOR.  loi 

It  would  have  been  much  better  for  them  to  culti- 
vate the  fields,  and  learn  to  make  the  things  they 
were  buying  of  the  Chinese. 

Das  Mariiias  sent  the  fleet  ahead  to  Iloilo.  It 
carried  one  thousand  Spaniards,  four  hundred  Tag- 
alog  and  Pampangan  arquebusiers,  one  thousand 
Visayans,  armed  with  lances  and  bows,  and  five 
hundred  Chinese  rowers. 

Death  of  Das  Marinas. — Das  Marifias  with  forty 
companions,  among  them  several  captains  and 
friars,  sailed  a  few  days  later  in  a  boat  propelled 
by  one  hundred  and  fifty  Chinese  rowers.  At  the 
island  of  Maricaban,  near  the  coast  of  Batangas, 
the  Chinese  killed  twenty-one  of  the  Spaniards,  in- 
cluding the  governor.  So  perished  one  of  the  best 
governors  the  Philippines  ever  had. 

Manila  in  Das  Marifias'  Time — Das  Marinas  left 
Manila  a  different  city  from  what  he  had  found  it. 
He  had  surrounded  it  with  a  wall.  He  had  built 
barracks,  storehouses,  hospitals,  public  markets,  and 
the  college  of  Santa  Potenciana.  The  cathedral  was 
completed  by  him.  His  rule  was  a  time  of  great 
activity.  Manila  became  a  city  of  stone  instead  of 
bamboo.  The  foundations  of  Spanish  rule  were  for 
the  first  time  firmly  laid. 

Summary, — Gomez  Perez  Das  Marinas  was  gov- 
ernor from  1590  to  1593.  He  was  appointed  di- 
rectly by  the  king  instead  of  by  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Mexico,  as  was  then  the  custom.  Bishop  Sala- 
zar  said  that  Das  Marinas  oppressed  the  natives. 


102    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Das  Marinas  said  that  the  friars  made  the  natives 
disloyal  to  the  governor.  Salazar  also  said  that 
the  religious  instruction  was  neglected  by  the  en- 
comenderos.  King  Philip  ordered  the  early  con- 
querors to  pay  back  to  the  natives  the  taxes  col- 
lected when  they  had  no  religious  instruction.  One 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  pesos  were  needed  for 
this  purpose.  A  small  amount  was  restored  to  the 
Filipinos. 

Das  Marinas  built  Fort  Santiago  and  the  first 
wall  of  Manila.  This  wall  with  later  additions  still 
stands. 

Before  the  Spanish  conquest  the  cotton  industry 
was  large.  It  passed  away  and  the  Filipinos  bought 
their  cottons  and  silks  from  the  Chinese.  The  in- 
troduction of  money  into  the  Philippines  led  many 
to  wander  for  work  and  to  fall  into  vice. 

Das  Marinas  subdued  the  Negritos  of  Zambales, 
capturing  2,500,  most  of  whom  he  enslaved.  He 
built  200  ships  and  in  1593  started  for  a  conquest 
of  the  Moluccas.  He  was  killed  by  his  Chinese 
crew.  He  built  many  public  buildings  and  laid 
firmly  the  foundations  of  Spanish  rule. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE    CHINESE   IN    PHILIPPINE    HISTORY. 

Arrival  of  the  Chinese. — Long  before  the  Span- 
iards came  to  the  PhiHppines,  the  people  of  China 
traded  with  the  Filipinos.  Only  a  few  Chinese 
made  their  homes  in  the  Philippines  in  those  early- 
days.  The  country  was  not  safe  for  strangers. 
When  Legazpi  came  to  Manila,  there  were  about 
one  hundred  and  fifty  Chinese  living  in  the  town. 
The  Spaniards  in  those  days  encouraged  the  Chi- 
nese to  come  to  Manila  and  settle.  They  wanted 
them  to  build  houses,  row  in  the  boats,  and  make 
and  sell  the  things  which  the  Filipinos  did  not  use. 
Morga  said :  "It  is  true  the  town  can  not  exist 
without  the  Chinese,  as  they  are  workers  in  all 
trades  and  occupations,  very  industrious,  and  work 
for    small    pay." 

In  the  time  of  Lavezaris  (see  Chapter  VI),  a 
danger  threatened  Manila  that  alarmed  the  Span- 
iards. A  Chinese  boat  from  Manila  fell  into  the 
power  of  a  noted  Chinese  corsair.  This  was  Lima- 
hong.  He  decided  to  attack  Manila  when  he 
learned  of  its  wealth  and  defenselessness. 

103 


104    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Limahong. — Limahong  had  defeated  the  fleets  of 
the  Chinese  emperor,  and  burned  cities  on  the  coast 
of  China.  Thousands  of  soldiers  and  many  ships 
were  his.  At  length  he  was  driven  away  by  the 
rulers  of  China.  With  a  fleet  of  sixty  ships  and 
three  thousand  soldiers  and  sailors,  besides  work- 
men and  women,  he  sailed  to  the  Philippines  to 
found  a  kingdom. 

Near  the  coast  of  Ilocos  he  captured  a  boat,  and 
killed  its  crew  of  Spaniards  and  Filipinos.  An  offi- 
cer of  Salcedo's  saw  the  fight  from  the  shore.  He 
hastened  to  Vigan  and  told  Salcedo.  The  young 
captain  sent  three  natives  in  a  boat  to  tell  the  people 
of  Manila  of  the  coming  of  the  pirate.  This  party 
was  nearly  captured  by  Limahong.  It  reached  Ma- 
nila too  late  to  warn  the  Spaniards.  Salcedo  with 
fifty  men  set  out  for  Manila  in  boats  as  soon  as 
Limahong  sailed  south. 

The  First  Attack. — The  pirate  ships  reached 
Mariveles  November  29,  1574.  The  same  night 
Limahong  sent  his  Japanese  captain,  Sioco,  with 
about  seven  hundred  men  to  take  Alanila.  They 
landed  near  Paranaque,  and  marched  toward  the 
city  about  ten  o'clock  the  next  morning. 

De  Sande  describes  the  appearance  of  the  Chi- 
nese soldiers  thus : 

"There  were  seven  hundred  men,  among  whom  were  a 
few  arquebusiers  and  many  pikemen,  besides  men  armed 
with  battle-axes.  They  were  clad  in  corselets,  which  are 
coats  lined  with  exceedingly  thick  cotton.    They  had  dur- 


THE  CHINESE  IN  PHILIPPINE  HISTORY.      105 

able  bamboo  hats,  which  served  as  hehnets.  They  car- 
ried cutlasses  and  several  daggers  in  their  belts;  and  all 
were  barefoot.  One  out  of  every  ten  men  carried  a  ban- 
ner fastened  to  his  shoulders  and  reaching  two  palms 
above  his  head.  There  were  other  and  larger  banners 
also." 

Repulse  of  the  Chinese. — Then  the  Httle  force  of 
forty  Spanish  soldiers  came  out  of  the  wooden  fort 
that  stood  near  where  Fort  Santiago  now  stands. 
They  killed  eighty  of  the  Chinese,  losing  fourteen 
of  their  own  men.  Sioco  retreated  to  Cavite,  where 
Limahong  had  now  moved  with  his  fleet.  This  was 
St.  Andrew's  day,  November  30,  1574.  Manila  had 
no  great  stone  wall  then.  The  fort  was  small,  with- 
out a  moat,  and  surrounded  by  a  palisade  of  stakes. 

The  city  was  filled  with  terror.  Every  one  was 
obliged  to  work  day  and  night  on  the  fortifi- 
cations. 

The  Second  Attack.^ — The  next  day  Limahong 
prepared  for  a  second  attack,  but  he  was  too  slow. 
On  the  evening  of  that  day  Juan  de  Salcedo  sailed 
into  Manila  Bay,  with  six  boats  and  fifty  men,  to  the 
rescue  of  Manila.  All  were  overjoyed  to  see  him. 
At  daybreak  the  next  morning  Limahong's  fleet 
sailed  from  Cavite  to  Manila,  and  began  to  fire  its 
cannon.  Then  the  pirates  landed  near  the  city  and 
attacked  it  in  three  columns,  of  about  five  hundred 
men  each.  Those  on  the  seashore  forced  their  way 
into  the  fort.  About  eighty  of  them  were  killed 
within  its  walls.     Then  the  Chinese  were  driven  to 


io6   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

their    ships.      They   had    burned    the    Augustinian 
church  and  killed  only  half  a  dozen  Spaniards. 

Revolt  of  the  Filipinos. — The  Filipinos  were  glad 
to  see  the  Chinese  attack  the  Spaniards.  They  did 
not  stop  to  think  that  the  Chinese  might  prove  to  be 
worse  masters  than  the  Spaniards.  On  the  day  of 
the  second  attack  they  gathered  in  thousands  before 
Manila  in  their  baiicas,  ready  to  avenge  themselves 
on  the  Spaniards  if  the  Chinese  should  win.  The 
Moros  around  Manila  captured  and  robbed  the 
friars  who  were  outside  of  the  city.  They  killed 
goats  in  the  churches  to  show  their  contempt  for 
the  new  religion.  Several  Spaniards  and  their 
slaves  were  slain.  But  when  the  Moros  saw  that 
the  Spaniards  were  victorious  they  set  the  captured 
friars  free  and  asked  pardon  for  revolting.  Sev- 
eral of  their  chiefs  were  executed  as  a  punishment. 

Limahong  in  Pangasinan. — Limahong  now  sailed 
to  the  mouth  of  the  Agno  River  in  Pangasinan.  He 
built  a  town,  and  conquered  the  surrounding  coun- 
try. What  he  did  shows  how  foolish  it  was  for  the 
Filipinos  to  support  him  against  the  Spaniards.  He 
seized  several  headmen  and  kept  them  as  hostages. 
He  compelled  the  natives  to  bring  him  food  for  his 
army.     He  robbed  them  and  treated  them  badly. 

Salcedo  Expels  Limahong. — Juan  de  Salcedo  was 
now  appointed  field  marshal.  The  Spaniards  were 
called  together  from  all  over  the  Islands  to  repel  the 
Chinese.  In  March,  1575,  Salcedo  set  out  for  Pan- 
gasinan with  a  large  fleet.     He  led  two  hundred 


THE  CHINESE  IN  PHILIPPINE  HISTORY.      107 

and  fifty  Spaniards  and  twenty-five  hundred  na- 
tives, mostly  Visayans.  At  the  mouth  of  the  Agno 
he  was  fortunate  enough  to  surprise  and  burn  the 
Chinese  fleet. 

Instead  of  attacking  the  fort  of  the  Chinese, 
Salcedo  besieged  it  for  four  months.  The  Chinese 
built  thirty  boats  during  this  time,  and  escaped  on 
the  4th  of  August.  Thus  the  Filipinos  were  freed 
from  the  tyranny  of  a  people  who  would  have 
treated  them  cruelly. 

For  a  while  after  the  repulse  of  Limahong,  the 
Chinese  did  not  come  in  large  numbers.  But  the 
great  public  works  undertaken  by  Vera  and  Das 
Marinas  brought  many  of  them  to  the  Philippines. 
They  came  so  rapidly  that  by  1600  there  were  more 
Chinese  than  Filipinos  in  Manila.  It  was  necessary 
to  make  them  live  in  one  place  when  they  became 
numerous.  Then  they  could  be  more  easily 
watched.    Therefore  a  building  was  made  for  them. 

The  Alcayceria  and  the  Parian. — The  Alcayceria 
was  a  huge  house  built  by  Ronquillo  in  1581  for  the 
Chinese.  Its  first  site  was  on  Calle  San  Fernando, 
Binondo.  There  the  Chinese  merchants  who  came 
to  Manila  lived  and  traded.  In  1582  this  building 
was  burned  to  the  ground.  The  following  year  a 
new  Alcayceria,  called  the  Parian,  was  built  where 
the  Botanical  Gardens  now  are.  It  consisted  of 
four  long  rows  of  buildings.  These  structures  were 
built  on  the  four  sides  of  a  square.  In  the  middle 
was  a  small  lake,  long  since  filled  with  earth.     A 


io8    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

creek  led  from  this  lake  to  the  River  Pasig.  The 
Chinese  boats  laden  with  merchandise  would  come 
to  this  lake  and  unload  silks,  cottons,  and  other 
wares.     In  these  great  buildings  lived  thousands  of 


■'■*mmmmmammm^ 


Dominican  Church,  IManila. 


Chinese.  Here  they  carried  on  all  kinds  of  trades 
and  sold  many  things  the  Filipinos  had  never  before 
seen.  The  Parian  had  one  hundred  and  fifty  shops 
and  six  hundred  merchants.  The  Chinese  were 
rapidly  becoming  rich  and  powerful. 


Chinese  Christians. - 


-Das  Marinas  thought  it  was 


THE  CHINESE  IN  PHILIPPINE  HISTORY.     109 

not  well  to  let  the  Chinese  do  all  the  useful  things 
and  get  all  the  money.  He  wished  to  expel  them 
from  the  country.  But  Bishop  Salazar  and  the 
friars  did  not  want  him  to  send  away  the  Chinese, 
because  many  of  them  had  become  Christians.  The 
Dominicans  had  done  a  great  deal  for  the  conver- 
sion of  the  Chinese.  More  would  have  been  con- 
verted, had  not  the  old  bishop  made  every  Christian 
Chinaman  cut  off  his  hair.  After  this  he  could  not 
return  to  his  native  land.  So  the  Chinese  remained 
in  Manila. 

The  Three  Mandarins. — A  strange  thing  hap- 
pened in  the  year  1603,  when  Acufia  was  governor. 
Three  Chinese  mandarins,  as  the  great  men  of 
China  are  called,  arrived  in  Manila.  They  wished 
to  see  if  a  mountain  of  gold  existed  in  Cavite,  as 
they  had  been  told  was  the  case.  Acuna  showed 
them  that  this  was  an  idle  tale,  so  they  went  away. 
The  Spaniards  could  not  believe  that  the  search  for 
a  mountain  of  gold  was  the  real  purpose  of  the 
mandarins.  They  thought  these  men  wished  to  see 
if  jManila  could  be  captured.  The  Chinese  in  Ma- 
nila now  began  to  act  strangely.  Many  of  them 
went  back  and  forth  between  the  city  and  the  coun- 
try. The  Spaniards,  fearing  a  plot,  began  to 
threaten  them.  Then  the  Chinese  became  alarmed 
and  planned  to  kill  off  the  Spaniards. 

Chinese  Revolt  of  1603. — On  the  night  of  October 
3,  1603,  the  entire  Chinese  population  of  Manila, 
nearly  25,000   in  number,   rose    in  revolt.       They 


no   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

burned  many  houses  in  Quiapo,  and  killed  many- 
natives.  There  were  few  Spaniards  in  Manila.  A 
force  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  men  attacked  the 
Chinese.    All  but  four  of  the  Spaniards  were  killed. 

At  dawn,  October  5th,  the  rebels  attacked  the 
walled  city.  The  fight  lasted  several  days.  Every 
Spaniard,  including  the  friars,  armed  himself  and 
fought.  It  is  said  that  Father  Flores  sat  all  day  in 
a  boat  near  the  wall,  firing  two  arquebuses,  and 
killed  many  Chinese. 

Defeat  of  the  Chinese. — Finally  the  Spaniards, 
with  the  aid  of  some  Japanese  and  Pampangans, 
drove  away  the  Chinese.  They  fled  to  the  moun- 
tains of  San  Pablo.  Here  a  large  force  of  Span- 
iards and  Filipinos  surrounded  and  besieged  them. 
Hunger  and  attacks  of  the  natives,  who  hated  the 
Chinese,  caused  the  death  of  about  23,000. 

In  the  case  of  Limahong,  the  Spaniards  saved  the 
Filipinos,  but  in  the  insurrection  of  1603  the  Span- 
iards would  all  have  been  destroyed  without  the 
help  of  the  Filipinos. 

Revolt  of  1639. — Two  galleons  were  wrecked  off 
the  coast  of  Cagayan  in  1639.  This  ruined  the 
business  of  the  Chinese.  The  Spaniards  and  Filipi- 
nos had  no  money  to  buy  their  goods,  because  it  had 
sunk  with  the  galleons.  Hunger  forced  the  Chinese 
to  revolt.  There  were  by  this  time  33,000  of  them 
in  the  Islands,  and  they  were  living  in  the  provinces, 
as  they  had  not  done  in  earlier  times.  They  com- 
mitted many  outrages  in  La  Laguna  and  near  Ma- 


THE  CHINESE  IN  PHILIPPINE  HISTORY,     iii 

nila.  But  they  did  not  attack  the  walled  city  again. 
They  remembered  1603.  An  edict  was  published 
ordering  all  the  Chinese  in  the  provinces  to  be 
killed.  For  a  year  the  battles  lasted.  In  all,  20,000 
of  the  Chinese  were  slain. 

The  Chinese  Question. — Many  times  after  this 
there  was  trouble  with  the  Chinese.  They  were 
taxed  more  heavily  than  the  Filipinos.  They  were 
sometimes  compelled  to  become  Christians  or  leave 
the  country.  But  although  both  Spaniards  and  Fili- 
pinos hated  the  Chinese  they  always  had  to  allow 
them  to  return  to  the  Islands.  The  Chinese  are 
the  most  numerous  people  in  the  world.  They  have 
learned  by  centuries  of  practice  the  virtues  of  in- 
dustry, perseverance  and  economy.  No  people  can 
become  great  without  these  qualities.  In  the  four 
centuries  just  past,  the  Filipinos  have  made  great 
progress  in  learning  these  things.  They  are  now 
engaged  in  many  callings  requiring  skill  and  pa- 
tience. No  more  Chinese  laborers  are  allowed  to 
come  to  this  country.  The  door  of  opportunity  is 
wide  open  for  the  Filipino.  He  may  learn  any 
trade  and  there  is  plenty  of  work.  It  is  the  duty 
of  the  children  of  to-day  to  show  that  they  can  do 
as  good  work  of  all  kinds  for  their  country  as  the 
people  of  any  other  nation.  This  is  a  better  vic- 
tory than  fire  and  sword  can  win. 

Summary. — The  Chinese  traded  with  the  Philip- 
pines centuries  before  the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards. 
The  latter  encouraged  the  Chinese  to  settle  in  the 


112    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Philippines.  Limahong,  a  Chinese  pirate,  attacked 
Manila  in  1574  with  sixty  ships  and  three  thousand 
men.  With  the  aid  of  Juan  de  Salcedo,  the  Span- 
iards drove  them  away.  Limahong  settled  in  Pan- 
gasinan  near  the  mouth  of  the  Agno.  He  op- 
pressed the  people,  but  was  driven  away  by  Salcedo 

in   1575- 

By  1600  there  were  more  Chinese  than  Filipinos 
in  Manila.  The  Alcayceria  was  built  for  them  in 
1 58 1.  Here  the  Chinese  merchants  lived  and 
traded.  The  Parian  had  150  shops  and  six  hun- 
dred merchants. 

In  1603  the  Chinese  of  [Manila  revolted.  They 
burned  houses  and  killed  many  Filipinos.  Finally 
the  Chinese  rebels  were  driven  to  the  mountains 
and  over  20,000  were  killed. 

The  wreck  of  two  galleons  in  1639  ruined  the 
business  of  the  Chinese,  so  many  of  them  revolted. 
At  this  time  there  were  33,000  Chinese  in  the 
Islands.  For  a  year  there  were  battles  around 
Manila,  and  20,000  Chinese  were  slain.  The  Chi- 
nese were  heavily  taxed.  They  were  at  times  com- 
pelled to  become  Christians  or  to  leave  the  coun- 
try. They  are  industrious,  economical,  and  perse- 
vering. Xo  more  Chinese  laborers  are  allowed  to 
come  to  the  Philippines. 


CHAPTER  X. 

THE  VOYAGES  OF  THE  GALLEONS. 

The  Chinese  Trade. — It  is  impossible  to  under- 
stand the  history  of  the  Philippines  unless  we  know 
something  of  the  early  trade  with  Chiria.  In  the 
time  of  Das  Marinas,  twenty  or  thirty  Chinese 
junks  came  to  Manila  every  year.  They  brought 
porcelain,  silks,  cottons,  cloths  ornamented  with 
gold  and  silver,  jewels,  copper  and  iron  vases,  curi- 
ous ornaments  of  ivory  and  wood,  besides  many 
kinds  of  food,  and  buffaloes,  horses,  and  cows. 

Commerce  with  Mexico. — Most  of  the  goods  that 
the  Chinese  brought  were  bought  by  merchants  who 
sent  them  to  Mexico.  Here  they  were  sold  at  a 
very  high  price.  The  profits  of  this  trade  were  so 
tempting  that  everybody  engaged  in  it.  The  gover- 
nor, the  judges,  the  army  officers,  in  fact  all  classes 
tried  to  get  rich  from  the  commerce  with  Mexico. 
There  were  only  one  to  four  ships  a  year  to  Mex- 
ico from  Manila.  There  was  not  room  in  the  ships 
for  the  cargoes  of  all  who  wished  to  engage  in  this 
trade.  So  only  the  rich  and  powerful  could  send 
their  goods.     Therefore  the  Filipinos  did  not  get 

"3 


114    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

much  advantage  from  it.  They  helped  load  and 
unload  the  ships,  and  received  some  of  the  money 
the  Spaniards  spent ;  but  very  few  became  rich  mer- 
chants. The  proper  business  of  the  Islands  was 
neglected.  Manila  became  the  place  where  the 
goods  of  one  foreign  country  were  bought  and  sent 
to  another  foreign  country. 

Yet  the  galleon  trade  was  the  foundation  of  the 
wealth  of  Manila.  The  money  was  made  by  work- 
insr  for  three  months.  Then  the  merchants  lived  in 
ease  and  luxury  the  rest  of  the  year.  The  people 
who  made  money  from  this  trade  often  spent  it  fool- 
ishly, or  else  went  away  to  Mexico  or  Spain.  No 
attention  was  given  to  agriculture  and  the  native 
industries.  IManila  grew  rich  and  powerful,  while 
the  rest  of  the  Philippines  was  neglected. 

The  Galleons. — This  trade  was  so  profitable  that 
the  king  allowed  no  ships  but  his  own  to  carry  goods 
to  Mexico.  Private  merchants  could  not  send  ships 
of  their  own.  The  ships,  built  for  the  trade  between 
Manila  and  Mexico,  were  called  naos  de  Acapulco, 
or  galleons.  They  were  owned  and  sailed  by  the 
government.  In  fact,  they  were  royal  trading  and 
treasure  ships.  They  carried  also  the  goods  of  a 
few  private  merchants.  These  ships  sailed  first 
from  Navidad,  but  after  1602  from  Acapulco.  The 
last  galleon  left  IManila  in  181 1.  The  last  to  come 
from  IVIexico  was  in   181 5. 

The  galleons  were  short,  broad  ships  with  very 
high  bow  and  stern.     For  those   days  they  were 


Spanish  Galleons. 


"5 


Ii6    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

large  ships.  Now  they  would  seem  small.  They 
were  about  the  size  of  the  steamers  which  run  from 
Manila  to  Iloilo  and  Vigan.  Usually  they  were 
built  in  Cavite.  Although  small,  they  had  four 
decks,  and  carried  sometimes  forty  cannon  to  pro- 
tect them  from  enemies. 

The  Voyage  Across  the  Pacific. — The  galleon 
sailed  from  Manila  in  July.  The  voyage  across  the 
Pacific  to  Acapulco  was  long  and  dangerous.  It 
took  from  four  to  six  months.  Often,  in  the  early 
days,  one-fourth  of  the  passengers  died  from  the 
hardships  of  the  voyage.  Nearly  every  one  who 
traveled  from  Spain  to  the  Philippines  came  on  the 
galleons.  Sometimes  four  or  five  hundred  persons 
were  crowded  into  the  ship.  They  were  soldiers, 
friars,  government  officials,  merchants,  and  travel- 
ers. It  cost  from  five  hundred  to  one  thousand 
pesos  each  way  for  a  private  person  to  cross  the 
ocean  in  a  galleon.  Often  the  food  became  scarce. 
The  water,  kept  so  many  months  in  wooden  casks, 
became  hot  and  foul.  Many  galleons  were  wrecked, 
while  others  were  captured  by  English  or  Dutch  cor- 
sairs. It  was  so  difficult  and  dangerous  a  voyage 
that  many  persons  spent  their  lives  in  the  Philip- 
pines because  they  could  not  get  the  money  or  had 
not  the  courage  to  return  to  Spain. 

Arrival  of  the  Galleon. — The  voyage  from  Mex- 
ico to  Manila  was  much  easier.  It  was  made  in  from 
forty  to  sixty  days.  The  galleon  stopped  at  Guam 
for  water.     It  entered  by  the  Strait  of  San  Bernar- 


THE  VOYAGES  OF  THE  GALLEONS.  117 

dino.  A  watchman  on  Mi.  Bulusan,  when  he  saw 
the  ship  on  the  horizon,  sent  the  news  to  ^Manila  as 
quickly  as  possible.  Then  the  bells  rang  for  joy, 
and  all  was  excitement.  The  merchants  were  ex- 
pecting the  money  for  the  cargo  they  had  sent  the 
year  before  to  Mexico.  The  church  looked  for  new 
priests  to  take  the  places  of  those  who  had  died. 
The  army  awaited  fresh  soldiers.  The  governor 
looked  for  replies  from  the  king  to  his  requests,  or 
perhaps  for  the  arrival  of  his  successor.  Friends 
watched  for  those  who  were  coming  for  the  first 
time  to  the  Philippines. 

In  short,  there  was  no  one  in  ]\Ianila  who  did  not 
feel  an  interest  in  the  arrival  of  the  galleon.  In 
years  when  the  galleon  did  not  arrive,  many  articles 
became  scarce  and  high  in  price.  The  wrecking  or 
capture  of  the  galleon  meant  a  hard  year  for  many 
poor  people. 

Loss  of  the  Galleons. — The  officers  of  the  gal- 
leons received  very  high  salaries.  The  commander 
was  called  "General."  His  salary  was  40,000  pesos 
a  year.  The  pilot  received  20,000  pesos.  These 
positions  were  filled  by  the  governor.  Too  often 
he  appointed  favorites.  These  men  were  not  always 
good  sailors.  About  ten  galleons  were  wrecked  at 
different  times  in  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino, 
upon  its  dangerous  rocks  and  shoals.  Several  sailed 
from  ]\Ianila  and  were  never  seen  again.  Hundreds 
of  lives  and  millions  of  pesos  were  thus  lost  to  the 
Philippines.     It  would   have  been  better  to  have 


Ii8    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

smaller  vessels  and  more  of  them.  Then  in  case  of 
loss,  the  Islands  could  have  borne  it  more  easily. 

The  Royal  Subsidy. — The  Philippines  for  many 
years  received  annually  a  sum  of  money  from  the 
royal  treasury  in  Mexico  to  help  pay  the  expenses 
of  the  government  here.  This  was  called  the  real 
situado,  or  royal  subsidy.  The  taxes  collected  from 
the  Filipinos  were  used  to  buy  Chinese  goods. 
These  were  shipped  to  Mexico  in  the  galleons. 
There  they  were  sold,  and  the  money  sent  back  to 
the  Philippines.  Enough  money  or  goods  was 
added  to  pay  the  expenses  of  the  government  here. 
In  1665  the  subsidy  was  fixed  at  250,000  pesos. 
Sometimes  it  was  more ;  sometimes  less.  On  the 
whole  these  Islands  cost  the  treasury  of  Spain  much 
more  than  she  ever  received  from  them.  There 
were  merchants  and  officials  who  made  large  for- 
tunes in  the  Philippines.  Often  they  did  this  by 
dishonesty  to  the  government  and  injustice  to  the 
Filipinos.  But  the  Islands  never  paid  a  lasting 
profit  to  the  king. 

Summary. — In  the  time  of  Das  Marinas  twenty 
or  thirty  Chinese  junks  came  to  Manila  every  year, 
loaded  with  silks,  cottons,  provisions,  etc.  Most 
of  these  goods  were  reshipped  to  Mexico.  One  to 
four  ships  a  year  sailed  from  Manila  to  Mexico. 
They  were  called  galle^  ins.  The  galleon  trade  was 
very  profitable  but  only  the  rich  and  powerful  could 
engage  in  it.  The  king  owned  the  galleons.  The 
last  galleon  to  come  to  Manila  was  in  18 15.     The 


THE  VOYAGES  OF  THE  GALLEONS.  119 

galleons  sailed  from  Manila  in  July,  taking  four  to 
six  months  for  the  journey  across  the  Pacific  to 
Acapulco.  Many  were  wrecked;  others  were  cap- 
tured by  corsairs.  From  Mexico  to  Manila  the 
voyage  was  by  way  of  Guam  and  the  Strait  of  San 
Bernardino,  and  occupied  forty  to  sixty  days. 

The  annual  sum  of  money  sent  from  Mexico  to 
aid  the  Philippine  government  was  called  the  real 
situado.  In  1665  it  was  fixed  at  250,000  pesos. 
The  Philippines  never  paid  a  lasting  profit  to  the 
treasury  of  Spain;  many  officials  became  rich;  some 
by  dishonesty. 


CHAPTER  XL 

THE  WARS  WITH  THE  DUTCH. 

The  Dutch  Conquer  the  Moluccas. — When  Philip 
II.  annexed  Portugal  in  1580,  he  forbade  the  Dutch 
to  buy  Eastern  goods  there.  There  was  no  country 
in  Europe  except  Portugal  where  such  goods  could 
be  bought.  Therefore  the  Dutch  began  to  conquer 
the  Moluccas.  In  1598  they  defeated  the  combined 
fleets  of  Portugal  and  Spain,  and  established  trad- 
ing posts  in  Java  and  Johore.  Then  they  grew 
bold  and  sent  a  strong  fleet  under  Admiral  Van 
Noort  to  attack  Manila.  With  four  large  ships  the 
Dutch  admiral  appeared  in  ^Manila  Bay  in  Decem- 
ber, 1600.  His  was  the  first  fleet  to  attack  Manila 
since  the  days  of  Limahong.  Antonio  de  Morga 
led  the  defense. 

Antonio  de  Morga. — Morga  had  come  to  the 
Philippines  a  few  years  before.  He  served  as 
judge  and  lieutenant-governor  from  1595  to  1596. 
He  is  best  known  by  his  book,  Siicesos  de  las  Fili- 
pinas  (Events  in  the  Philippines).  This  book  was 
published  in  Mexico  in  1609.  It  was  the  first  full 
history  of  the  early  days  of  the  Spanish  rule  in  the 
120 


THE  WARS  WITH  THE  DUTCH.  121 

Philippines.  Jose  Rizal,  the  Fihpino  patriot,  re- 
printed Morga's  work  in  Paris,  1890.  He  added 
notes  of  his  own.  In  these  notes  Rizal  explains  the 
customs  of  the  Filipinos  of  the  sixteenth  century. 
He  shows  that  they  could  make  cannon,  build  large 
boats  well,  carry  on  foreign  commerce  and  do  other 
things  that  place  them  above  the  condition  of  sav- 
ages. We  must  not  think  that  all  the  Filipinos  of 
those  days  were  entirely  without  culture.  Some  of 
the  things  which  make  civilization  had  been  brought 
to  the  Philippines  from  China  and  India  even  at  that 
time,  but  in  the  first  few  years  of  Spanish  rule 
more  progress  was  made  toward  civilization  than 
in  centuries  before. 

The  Defeat  of  Van  Noort.- — Morga  was  made 
commander  of  the  force  that  was  chosen  to  defend 
Manila  against  the  Dutch.  There  were  two  old 
ships  at  Cavite,  the  San  Diego  and  the  San  Bar- 
tolome.  They  were  hastily  prepared  for  battle. 
The  cannon  were  too  heavy  for  the  ships,  and  there 
were  few  sailors.  Several  hundred  Spaniards  and 
Filipinos  sailed  from  Cavite  in  these  ships  to  meet 
the  enemy. 

Morga  with  his  flag-ship,  the  San  Diego,  fought 
the  Dutch  flag-ship  near  Fortun  Island.  He  sailed 
up  to  the  Dutch  ship  and  both  were  fastened  to- 
gether with  chains.  The  Dutch  were  driven  to  one 
end  of  their  ship.  Then  for  several  hours  both 
forces  waited,  not  daring  to  attack  each  other. 
Morga  hid  behind  a  breastwork  of  mattresses  and 


122    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

refused  to  allow  his  men  to  finish  the  battle.  Then 
the  Dutch  ship  escaped.  Morga's  flag-ship  was  de- 
stroyed. Over  one  hundred  Spaniards  and  one 
hundred  and  fifty  Filipinos  lost  their  lives.  Morga 
and  many  others  after  several  hours  in  the  water 
landed  on  the  island  of  Fortun. 

Meantime  two  Dutch  ships  escaped  and  one  was 
captured,  with  thirteen  men  and  some  boys.  The 
friars  persuaded  all  but  one  of  the  men  to  give  up 
their  Protestantism  and  become  Catholics.  Then 
they  were  executed  as  pirates.  Their  captain,  an 
Englishman,  was  "hanged  and  thrown  into  the  sea." 
The  bovs  were  released. 

Silva's  Great  Fleet. — Governor  Juan  de  Silva  now 
determined  to  build  a  fleet  which  should  drive  the 
Dutch  from  the  seas.  For  years  the  natives  of  Pam- 
panga  and  Bulacan  toiled  in  the  forests  cutting 
trees  for  ship-building.  In  the  Cavite  shipyard 
Filipino  mechanics  shaped  the  boats  and  cast  the 
cannon  that  were  to  bring  victory  to  Spain.  In 
1616  Silva  sailed  in  search  of  the  Dutch  fleet.  He 
had  fourteen  large  ships  and  many  small  ones,  car- 
rying three  hundred  cannon.  Two  thousand  Span- 
iards and  three  thousand  Filipinos  manned  this  fleet. 
The  flag-ship  Salvadora  was  two  thousand  tons  in 
size,  perhaps  the  largest  ship  ever  built  in  the  Phil- 
ippines. 

The  Dutch  had  heard  of  the  great  preparations 
to  break  their  power.  They  were  careful  to  keep 
out  of  reach  of  this  mighty  squadron.     Silva  hunted 


THE  WARS  WITH  THE  DUTCH.  123 

the  Dutch  for  two  months  in  vain.  Then  he  died 
in  Malacca  of  fever.  His  ships  returned  to  Manila, 
to  the  joy  of  its  anxious  inhabitants. 

Attack  on  Cavite — 1647. — The  last  great  sea-fight 
with  the  Dutch  took  place  in  1647.  That  year 
twelve  large  ships  sailed  into  Manila  Bay.  The 
flag-ship  went  ahead  to  Cavite  and  fired  at  Fort  San 
Felipe.  The  fort  was  wholly  unprepared  for  an 
attack.  Had  the  Dutch  admiral  fought  that  day, 
Cavite  would  have  fallen.  General  Corcuera  was  a 
prisoner  in  the  fort.  When  he  saw  the  Dutch  ship 
sail  back  to  Mariveles,  he  cried  out,  "Wretched 
soldier,  to-day  you  have  lost  the  victory."  Three 
days  later  when  the  Dutch  fleet  attacked  the  fort, 
all  was  ready.  Their  fleet  fired  more  than  two 
thousand  cannon-balls  at  the  fort,  but  was  driven 
away.  Their  flag-ship  was  wrecked,  and  the  ad- 
miral killed. 

Massacre  of  Abucay.— The  Dutch  now  retreated 
to  Mariveles  and  tried  their  fortune  on  land.  They 
attacked  the  pueblo  of  Abucay,  in  Bataan.  The 
governor  had  six  hundred  Filipino  soldiers.  He 
shut  himself  up  with  them  in  the  convent.  The 
Dutch  surrounded  the  building,  and  demanded  the 
surrender  of  the  force.  On  the  advice  of  some 
friends,  the  governor  yielded  without  fighting.  The 
Dutch  had  promised  to  spare  the  lives  of  the  sol- 
diers. But  when  they  entered  the  convent  they  mas- 
sacred over  four  hundred  of  them.  War  was  very 
cruel  in  those  days,  and  often  carried  on  without 


124    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

honor.     The  Dutch  acted  little  better  than  pirates. 

Defeat  of  the  Dutch. — After  this  massacre  the 
Dutch  grew  very  bold  and  plundered  the  country- 
near  their  camp.  Captain  Chaves  with  three  com- 
panies of  troops,  mostly  Pampangans,  attacked 
them  in  the  pueblo  of  Abucay.  He  slew  the  Dutch 
without  mercy  at  the  same  place  where  they  had 
shown  no  mercy  to  the  Filipinos.  Then  an  epi- 
demic fell  upon  the  Dutch  and  they  sailed  away. 
After  this  defeat  they  gave  up  the  attempt  to  con- 
quer the  Philippines.  Fifty  years  of  war  with  these 
cruel  and  greedy  conquerors  had  cost  the  Filipinos 
many  lives  and  ships.  Spaniards  and  Filipinos 
had  fought  bravely  together  against  the  common 
enemy. 

Filipino  Loyalty. — In  those  days  there  were  many 
Filipinos  who  were  very  loyal  to  Spain  and  proud 
of  the  Spanish  flag.  They  had  never  seen  Spain 
defeated.  They  believed  she  was  the  greatest  na- 
tion on  the  face  of  the  earth.  Pirates  of  many  na- 
tions sailed  the  seas  then,  and  the  Filipinos  were 
glad  of  the  protection  of  a  strong  hand.  The  peo- 
ple were  simple  and  ignorant.  They  knew  nothing 
of  such  words  as  "republic,"  "equality,"  "reform." 
When  they  rebelled,  as  they  sometimes  did,  it  was 
because  of  some  particular  hardship  in  one  locality. 
They  had  no  thought  of  uniting  all  the  islands  under 
a  free,  equal,  and  just  government  by  all  the  people. 
Those  who  took  refuge  from  the  Spaniards  in  the 
mountains  had  no  hesitation  in  robbing  and  killing 


THE  WARS  WITH  THE  DUTCH.  125 

their  fellow  countrymen  as  in  the  days  before  the 
conquest. 

Summary. — In  1 580  Philip  II.  forbade  the  Dutch 
to  buy  eastern  goods  of  Portugal.  So  they  tried  to 
conquer  the  Moluccas.  In  1600  they  attacked  Man- 
ila but  were  driven  off  by  Antonio  de  Morga. 

Governor  Silva  built  a  great  fleet  and  in  1616 
sailed  in  search  of  the  Dutch  fleet.  He  died  in 
Malacca.  In  1647  the  Dutch  again  attacked  Man- 
ila. They  were  defeated  at  Cavite,  and  at  Abucay 
in  Bataan. 

Many  Filipinos  were  loyal  to  Spain  in  the  seven- 
teenth century.  The  revolts  were  not  attempts  to 
gain  independence  for  all  the  i'slands,  but  to  avenge 
local  grievances. 


CHAPTER   XII. 


THE  MORO  PIRATES. 


Introductory. — We  have  studied  the  peoples  of 
the  Philippines  as  they  were  before  the  Spaniards 
came.  We  have  read  how  these  Islands  were  dis- 
covered and  conquered  by  Europeans.  We  have 
learned  how  the  early  governors  laid  the  founda- 
tions of  a  new  rule  in  the  Philippines.  We  have 
seen  how  America  and  Asia  were  connected  by  the 
galleon  service,  which  began  the  commerce  of  the 
Pacific.  We  followed  the  story  of  battles  with 
foreigners,  the  Dutch  and  the  Chinese.  We  shall 
now  study  the  struggles  of  the  islanders  with  one 
another. 

The  Moro  Pirates. — The  pirates  of  Borneo,  Jolo, 
and  Mindanao  had  for  many  years  put  terror  into 
the  hearts  of  the  Visayans  and  the  people  of  Lu- 
zon. Their  boats  were  large  and  swift.  A  hundred 
slaves  sometimes  rowed  them  swiftly  over  the  sea 
at  the  stroke  of  the  master's  lash. 

When  the  southwest  wind  began  to  blow,  they 
would  come  out  from  their  pirate  refuges  in  the 
south.  Along  the  shores  of  Mindoro,  Masbate,  and 
126 


THE  MORO  PIRATES. 


127 


Other  islands  they  would  hide  among  the  nipa 
swamps.  Concealed  in  the  forest-fringed  bays  and 
estuaries,  they  would  cross  in  a  night  to  the  shores 


The  Coast  of  Romblon. 


of  Panay,  Cebu,  or  Luzon.  Then,  while  the  fisher- 
men and  farmers  slept,  the  fierce  cries  of  the  sea- 
rovers  would  ring  out.  People  ran  out  of  their 
houses  and  found  the  villages  in  flames.  Dazed  by 
fire  and  fright,  they  were  slain  if  they  resisted  and 


128    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

enslaved  if  they  submitted.  All  their  goods  of  value 
were  taken  by  the  pirates.  Then  by  the  light  of 
their  burning  homes  they  were  hurried  into  the  boats 
and  rowed  across  the  sea  to  the  retreat  of  the 
Moros.  There  they  remained  till  the  camp  was  full 
of  plunder. 

With  the  coming  of  the  northeast  wind  they 
sailed  away  to  the  south  and  slavery.  If  they  were 
aged  and  weak,  the  Moros  took  them  to  Sandakan 
on  the  coast  of  Borneo.  Here  they  were  sold  to 
the  heathen  tribes,  who  offered  them  as  sacrifices  to 
their  gods.  The  strong  were  sold  as  slaves  or  kept 
by  their  captors.  Families  were  separated  in  this 
way,  never  to  meet  again.  For  centuries  the  camps 
of  the  Moros  were  the  prisons  of  thousands  of 
Christian  Filipinos  whose  friends  and  relatives  wept 
for  them  in  the  northern  islands. 

Spaniards  Fail  to  Destroy  Piracy — After  the 
Spaniards  came  the  Filipinos  became  richer. 
There  was  more  wealth  to  plunder.  Therefore 
the  Moros  came  oftener  than  before.  The  Span- 
iards fought  these  pirates  many  times.  Usually 
the  Moros  escaped  because  their  boats  were 
very  swift.  Often  the  Spaniards  failed  to  pursue 
them. 

When  the  great  fleets  sailed  away  to  the  Moluc- 
cas with  every  man  and  gun  they  could  get,  the 
pirates  came  north  to  rob  and  capture  the  defense- 
less Filipinos.  The  people  of  the  Philippines  have 
suffered  many  times  as  much  from  the  pirates  of 


THE  MORO  PIRATES.  129 

their  own  race  as  from  all  the  invaders  that  have 
come  from  China,  Japan,  and  Europe. 

Had  the  Philippines  never  been  conquered  by  for- 
eigners, the  Islands  would  now  be  thinly  populated 
by  a  poor  and  timid  people.  Civilization  brings  its 
terrible  wars,  but  they  are  often  wars  of  progress. 
The  wars  of  the  pirates  were  unjust.  They  did  not 
lead  to  a  better  government.  Wc  shall  now  study 
some  of  these  piratical  attacks  and  the  attempts  of 
the  Spaniards  to  stop  them. 

A  Raid  on  the  Visayans.— In  the  summer  of  1599 
one  of  the  most  terrible  of  the  Moro  raids  occurred. 
Two  chiefs  with  fifty  boats  from  Mindanao  and 
J0I6  and  three  thousand  armed  men  ravaged  the 
coasts  of  Cebu,  Negros,  and  Panay.  They  captured 
1 .400  natives  in  Bantayan  and  Panay,  burned  many 
villages  and  loaded  their  boats  with  plunder.  The 
inhabitants  of  the  coast  fled  to  the  mountains.  An 
aged  priestess,  called  Dupufigay,  told  them  that  the 
Spaniards  were  helping  the  Moros  to  destroy  the 
peaceful  Filipinos.  With  great  difficulty  they  were 
persuaded  to  come  back  to  their  villages  on  the 
coast. 

The  following  year  the  pirates  returned  with 
eight  thousand  men  in  seventy  boats.  This  time 
they  boldly  attacked  Iloilo.  The  Governor  of  Panay 
with  seventy  Spaniards  and  one  thousand  Visayan 
bowmen  built  a  fort  to  resist  the  Moros.  A  fierce 
battle  followed  in  which  the  Moros  were  defeated. 
The  governor  pursued   them.     Then  the  cunning 


130    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Moros-  surrounded  his  boat  and  killed  him.  Tello 
de  Guzman.  Governor  of  the  Philippines  at  the  time, 
sent  two  hundred  Spaniards  to  Jolo  to  punish  the 
pirates.  They  killed  many  Moros,  but  could  not 
capture  the  fort.  Then  the  pirates  were  as  bad  as 
ever. 

Acufia  and  the  Pirates; — In  Governor  Acuna's 
time  a  large  fleet  of  Moros  sailed  along  the  coast  of 
southwest  Luzon.  They  burned  the  church  and 
convent  of  Calibaya,  and  captured  the  friar  and 
many  natives.  They  took  away  the  bells  of  the 
churches  to  melt  them  into  cannon.  Next  they  went 
to  Balayan,  now  Batangas  Province.  Here  the  na- 
tives repulsed  them  bravely.  Finally  they  sailed 
away  with  their  booty  to  a  desert  island.  Acufia 
heard  of  all  this,  but  instead  of  crushing  the  pirates 
he  sent  an  ambassador  to  make  peace  with  them. 
Then  he  sailed  away  with  his  great  fleet  to  conquer 
the  Moluccas.  Thus,  while  the  Spaniards  were  busy 
with  their  dreams  of  conc[uest.  the  pirates  were 
growing  bolder.  In  1616  they  came  even  to  Cavite. 
Here  they  were  defeated  and  for  some  years  gave 
little  trouble. 

Battle  of  Punta  de  Flechas. — In  1636,  Tagal,  a 
Moro  chief,  brother  of  the  Sultan  of  Mindanao,  at- 
tacked the  islands  of  Cuyo  and  Mindoro.  He  cap- 
tured three  Recollect  friars,  for  each  of  whom  he 
asked  a  ransom  of  two  thousand  pesos  and  thirty 
taels  of  gold.  With  six  hundred  and  fifty  captives 
he  sailed  for  Punta  de  Flechas.     This  is  a  lofty 


< 

pq 
w 

H 


Ph 


131 


132   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

promontory  about  one  hundred  miles  east  of  Zam- 
boanga.  The  Moros  believed  that  in  this  cliff  lived 
a  diuata,  or  god  of  war.  On  departing  for  a  pirati- 
cal trip,  and  on  returning,  they  were  accustomed  to 
shoot  arrows  at  the  cliff  in  honor  of  the  god.  The 
governor  of  Zamboanga  sent  a  fleet  against  Tagal, 
who  was  killed  with  three  hundred  of  his  men. 
Many  captives  were  set  free. 

In  a  letter  to  the  king,  the  archbishop  said  that 
in  the  last  thirty  years  the  Moros  had  carried  into 
captivity  over  twenty  thousand  Filipinos. 

Treaties  with  the  Moros.- — For  a  century  the 
strife  went  on.  At  length,  in  1725,  the  Sultan  of 
J0I6  sent  a  request  for  peace  to  Manila.  A  treaty 
was  made.  By  this  treaty  it  was  agreed  that  Fili- 
pinos and  Moros  should  trade  freely  with  each 
other.  All  Christian  captives  were  to  be  set  free. 
The  sultan  did  not  keep  his  promise.  The  Moros 
never  kept  their  promises  to  the  Spaniards. 

Concentration  of  Villages. — In  1734  it  was  de- 
cided by  the  Council  of  War  at  Manila  to  build 
little  forts  on  the  coasts  of  the  Islands,  as  a  defense 
against  the  pirates.  It  was  ordered  that  the  little 
fishing  villages  unite  to  form  large  towns.  No 
coast  town  could  have  less  than  five  hundred  tax- 
payers, or  about  two  thousand  persons.  It  was  a 
great  hardship  to  make  this  change,  but  it  pro- 
tected the  people,  because  the  Moros  did  not  often 
attack  large  towns. 

Arming  the  Filipinos.- — The  Filipinos  were  now 


THE  MORO  PIRATES.  133 

given  arms  to  defend  themselves.  They  were  al- 
lowed to  make  expeditions  against  the  Moros,  and 
to  make  slaves  of  all  they  captured.  There  was 
quiet  for  a  few  years,  then  the  pirates  again  began 
their  attacks.  Like  many  other  Spanish  decrees, 
the  order  to  unite  the  small  villages  with  the  large 
ones  was  not  fully  carried  out.  So  the  raids  of 
the  pirates  began  again. 

The  governors  of  Cebu,  Leyte,  Iloilo,  and  Negros 
were  now  commanded  to  build  thirty-six  boats  that 
could  carry  one  hundred  men  each.  The  govern- 
ment paid  for  the  food  of  the  men  who  built  these 
boats,  but  the  towns  furnished  the  wood  and  labor 
free.  To  encourage  the  natives  to  fight  the  pirates, 
it  was  decided  that  Filipinos  who  won  victories  over 
the  Moros  should  not  have  to  pay  tribute.  This 
plan  showed  that  the  Spaniards  did  not  feel  strong 
enough  to  defeat  the  pirates  with  their  own  forces. 
But  the  Moro  boats  had  little  of  value  in  them,  so 
the  Filipinos  did  not  wish  to  risk  their  lives  in  the 
attempt  to  capture  them. 

Another  reason  why  this  plan  failed  was  because 
the  governors  used  these  boats  for  their  private 
trade.  The  soldiers  in  the  forts  acted  as  servants 
for  them.  So  when  the  Moros  came,  there  were 
neither  boats  nor  men  to  oppose  them.  Sometimes 
an  expedition  would  go  out  to  attack  the  pirates, 
and  return  laden  with  merchandise,  without  pur- 
suing the  enemy. 

Brave   Defenders. — There  were  times   when  the 


134    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

pirates  met  their  match.  In  1753  the  islands  of 
Tablas,  Banton,  the  Calamianes  and  others  lost 
much  b)^  the  attacks  of  the  Moros.  The  same  Moros 
who  made  these  attacks  were  driven  away  by  the 
people  of  Camiguin.  Romblon,  Culion,  and  Capiz. 
The  people  of  Batangas  were  very  brave.  Several 
times  they  repulsed  the  pirates  from  their  shores. 

The  Coast-Guard  Towers. — On  many  of  the 
beaches  of  the  Philippines,  round  stone  towers  may 
be  seen.  Most  of  these  were  built  in  the  middle  of 
the  eighteenth  century  to  serve  as  watch-towers  and 
forts  for  a  defense  against  the  Moros.  The  parish 
priests  had  charge  of  this  work.  To  their  persever- 
ance and  skill  in  building  these  towers  the  Filipinos 
owe  much.  Unfortunately  the  governors  took  these 
towers  away  from  the  command  of  the  priests  and 
put  lazy  officials  in  charge  of  them.  These  men 
used  the  guards   for  their  own  work  as  servants. 

The  Story  of  Ali-Mudin.— Philip  V.  was  per- 
suaded by  the  Jesuits  to  write  a  letter  to  Ali-Mudin, 
Sultan  of  J0I6,  asking  his  friendship.  The  sultan 
received  the  messengers  of  the  king  peaceably.  He 
decided  to  visit  Manila. 

When  he  went  on  board  of  the  Spanish  ship,  his 
brother  seized  the  throne  and  put  a  price  of  six 
slaves  and  one  thousand  pesos  on  the  head  of  Ali- 
Mudin.  The  sultan  sailed  away  to  ^Manila,  where 
he  was  received  with  the  honors  of  a  king.  He  and 
his  seventy  followers  were  given  a  house  in  Bi- 
nondo. 


THE  MORO  PIRATES.  135 

Conversion  of  the  Sultan.^Governor  Arreche- 
derra,  who  was  formerly  bishop  of  Nueva  Segovia, 
became  greatly  interested  in  the  conversion  of  the 
Mahometan  ruler.  He  ate  with  him.  walked  with 
him,  made  him  presents  of  gold,  emeralds,  and 
rubies,  and  tried  in  every  way  to  make  a  Christian 
of  him.  He  used  to  say  to  the  sultan :  "Sultan,  if 
you  wish  to  return  to  your  kingdom  and  conquer 
your  enemies,  become  a  Christian,  be  converted  to 
Jesus  Christ,  and  you  shall  be  master  of  your  sub- 
jects." 

At  length  the  sultan  became  a  Catholic.  The 
Jesuits  did  not  think  he  was  sincere;  but  the  gov- 
ernor, proud  of  his  success,  determined  to  have  the 
sultan  baptized.  The  ceremony  was  performed  and 
Ali-]\Iudin  was  christened  "Fernando  I.  of  J0I6." 
The  governor  had  little  money  and  few  men,  so 
he  could  not  place  Ali-]\Iudin  upon  the  throne  of 
J0I6. 

Treachery  of  Ali-Mudin. — Governor  Obando, 
who  followed  Arrechederra.  sent  a  fleet  to  replace 
Ali-Mudin  on  his  throne.  This  fleet  was  driven 
away  from  J0I6.  On  the  return  to  Zamboanga  the 
Spaniards  decided  that  Ali-^Iudin  was  a  traitor. 
He  had  written  a  letter  for  the  Spaniards  to  the 
Sultan  of  ^Mindanao  which  proved  to  be  against  the 
Spaniards  instead  of  to  their  advantage.  So  Ali- 
Mudin  and  two  hundred  and  seventeen  of  his  fol- 
lowers were  brought  to  Manila  and  put  in  prison. 

Lessons  of  This   Story. — The  treatment  of  Ali- 


136    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Mudin  shows  how  feebly  the  Spaniards  dealt  with 
the  Moros.  It  was  pitiful  that  the  ruler  of  the  once 
powerful  kingdom  of  Spain  should  beg  the  friend- 
ship of  a  pirate  chief.  It  shows  also  that  the  Span- 


A  MoRo  Warrior. 


iards  were  slow  to  learn  the  treachery  of  the  Moros. 
\\'^ith  all  their  faults,  the  Spaniards  were  usually 
honorable  in  their  treaties.  So  it  was  difficult  for 
them  to  believe  that  the  Moro  chiefs  were  deceiving 
them. 

When  the  Americans  came   to  the  Philippines, 


THE  MORO  PIRATES.  137 

they  made  an  agreement  with  the  Sultan  of  J0I6. 
The  sultan  agreed  to  keep  his  men  from  making 
war  on  the  Americans.  For  this  he  was  paid  a 
pension.  The  sultan  failed  to  keep  his  part  of  the 
treaty.  In  time  of  peace  the  Americans  were  at- 
tacked, in  J0I6,  in  1903.  So  they  had  to  punish  the 
Joloans.  In  1904  America  declared  the  treaty 
ended.  In  1906  and  in  191 3  the  Aloros  of  J0I6 
were  again  punished  for  repeated  breaches  of  the 
peace  and  for  serious  crimes  and 'disturbances  of 
the  public  welfare. 

The  High  Tide  of  Piracy. — The  year  1754  was 
the  high  tide  of  ]\Ioro  piracy.     The  defeat  of  the 
Spaniards  at  J0I6  when  they  tried  to  put  Ali-]\Iudin 
on  the  throne  had  destroyed  all  respect  for  their 
power.      j\Ioro    fleets    attacked    the   towns    of    the 
Christian  Filipinos  from  jMindanao  to  Batangas,  and 
from  Mindoro   to   Samar.      Hundreds  of  villages 
were  burned  in  that  year.     Thousands  were  killed 
and  enslaved.     The  savings  of  years  were  carried 
away  by  the  dreaded  sea-robbers.     The  Islands  lay 
under  a  pall   of  ashes   and  grief.     Ten  thousand 
Christian    Filipinos    toiled    in    slavery    among   the 
bloodthirsty  Moros.     Yet  the  rulers  were  so  weak 
that  they  could  think  of  nothing  better  than  to  send 
Ali-Mudin's  daughter  to  J0I6  to  try  to  make  peace. 
Finally  Governor   Arandia   sent   a   strong  expe- 
dition against  the  Moros.     Some  battles  were  won 
by  the   Spaniards,   many   forts  were  built   in   the 
Visayas,  and  more  treaties  were  made  with  the  pi- 


138   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

rate  chiefs.  But  the  Moro  raids  continued  for  an- 
other century. 

Summary. — Until  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth 
century  Moro  pirates  yearly  raided  the  Filipino 
coast  towns  of  the  Visayas  and  Luzon.  They  car- 
ried thousands  of  captives  away,  and  burned  many 
villages.  In  1599  fifty  boats  and  three  thousand 
Moros  ravaged  the  coasts  of  Cebu,  Negros,  and 
Panay.  The  next  year  they  returned  with  eight 
thousand  men  and  attacked  Iloilo.  They  were  de- 
feated. Governor  de  Guzman  sent  an  expedition 
to  J0I6,  but  it  could  not  capture  the  town.  Gov- 
ernor Acuna  sent  an  ambassador  to  make  terms 
with  the  pirates  while  he  sailed  to  conquer  the 
Moluccas.  In  1636  Tagal  captured  three  friars  and 
six  hundred  and  fifty  other  prisoners.  The  gov- 
ernor of  Zamboanga  sent  a  fleet  against  Tagal  and 
killed  him.  In  the  thirty  years  the  Moros  took  cap- 
tive twenty  thousand  Filipinos.  In  1725  the  Span- 
iards made  a  treaty  with  the  Moros.  The  Moros 
did  not  keep  their  promises  to  free  Christian  cap- 
tives. In  1734  villages  were  concentrated  and  the 
Filipinos  were  armed.  Boats  were  fitted  out  to 
fight  Moros,  but  the  provincial  governors  used  them 
for  private  trade.  Stone  coastguard  towers  were 
built  in  many  places  as  a  defense  against  the 
pirates. 

Ali-Mudin,  sultan  of  J0I6,  visited  Manila  and 
was  converted  to  Christianity.  The  Spaniards  sent 
him  to  J0I6  with  a  fleet,  but  were  unable  to  place 


THE  MORO  PIRATES.  139 

him  on  the  throne.  Finally  they  decided  that  he 
was  a  traitor  and  imprisoned  him  in  Manila.  The 
Americans  made  an  agreement  with  the  sultan 
when  they  came  to  the  Philippines,  but  as  the  sul- 
tan did  not  keep  it  they  ended  the  agreement  in 
1904. 

Seventeen  hundred  and  fifty-four  was  the  high 
tide  of  Moro  piracy.  Hundreds  of  villages  were 
burned  by  the  Moros.  Governor  Arandia  sent  a 
strong  expedition  against  the  Moros,  built  forts  and 
made  treaties. 


CHAPTER    XIII. 

FORCED  LABOR  AND  INSURRECTION. 

The  Dark  Century, — On  the  stage  of  Philippine 
history  there  were  many  years  of  darkness  and  dul- 
ness  in  the  seventeenth  century.  We  shall  raise  the 
curtain  only  now  and  then  to  view  the  scenes  that 
teach  us  most. 

The  Filipinos  had  suffered  from  the  toil  and 
losses  of  war  for  half  a  century.  Much  of  their 
time  had  been  spent  in  building  fleets  and  fighting 
battles  against  the  Moros,  the  Chinese,  and  the 
Dutch.  These  fleets  were  built  by  forced  labor. 
The  hardships  of  this  labor  brought  on  many  re- 
volts against  Spanish  rule. 

The  Labor  Tax.^ — Besides  the  tribute,  the  Filipi- 
nos had  to  pay  a  labor  tax.  During  most  of  the 
period  of  Spanish  rule  this  forced  labor  was  forty 
days  each  year  for  every  man.  This  labor  was  used 
to  build  churches,  convents,  roads,  bridges,  and  all 
kinds  of  public  works.  By  this  forced  and  unpaid 
service  the  timber  was  cut  from  which  the  galleons 
were  built.  There  was  a  force  of  Filipinos  em- 
ployed in  the  shipyard  at  Cavite  who  received  rice 
140 


FORCED  LABOR  AND  INSURRECTION.        141 

and  about  twenty  pesos  a  year  each  for  their  skilled 
labor  as  carpenters  and  smiths.  But  most  of  the 
heavy  work  was  done  by  the  peasants,  who  were 
taken  from  their  fields  to  build  ships  and  forts. 
The  long  succession  of  wars  with  the  Moros,  the 
Dutch,  and  the  Chinese  had  nearly  worn  out  the 
patience  of  the  Filipinos.  At  length  a  governor 
came    whose    rule    was   not    disturbed    by    foreign 

foes. 

Alonso  Fajardo.— This  was  Alonso  Fajardo,  who 
governed  the  Philippines  from  1618  to  1624.  Fa- 
jardo saw  that  the  people  were  overworked.  He 
therefore  lessened  the  labor  tax.  He  said  that  for 
a  while  they  need  not  work  without  pay,  except  at 
making  cannon  and  ships.  In  -this  way  he  won  the 
favor  of  the  Filipinos.  He  was  the  first  governor 
for  a  long  time  whom  they  had  liked.  Still  the 
burden  was  heavy,  and  the  reform  came  too  late 
to  prevent  revolt. 

Insurrection  in  Bohol  and  Leytc — In  i62i,W'hile 
the  Jesuit  fathers  of  Bohol  were  in  Cebu  at  a  fes- 
tival, the  natives  of  Bohol  revolted.  This  revolt 
was  led  by  the  chiefs.  They  told  the  common 
people  that  a  diiiata  ordered  the  expulsion  of  the 
Spanish.  The  real  reason  for  this  revoU  was  the 
desire  to  escape  taxes  and  labor.  Often  the  leaders 
of  the  Fihpinos  have  taken  advantage  of  the  igno- 
rance of  the  people  to  get  them  to  rebel  for  religious 
reasons,  when  the  chiefs  themselves  had  some  other 
reason. 


142  A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Four  towns  were  jjurned  by  the  revolters.  Im- 
ages of  the  Virgin  were  pierced  with  lances.  Nearly 
all  the  natives  joined  the  revolt,  and  fled  to  the 
mountains.  Fifty  Spanish  lancers  and  one  thou- 
sand Cebuans  followed  them  into  the  mountains  for 
five  days.  Then  they  came  to  a  village  of  one  thou- 
sand houses  which  the  rebels  had  built.  Here  fifteen 
hundred  rebels  were  defeated,  but  it  was  six  months 
before  they  were  all  driven  from  their  mountain 
refuges. 

Bancao. — Now  the  insurrection  spread  to  Leyte, 
led  by  the  aged  chief  Bancao,  of  Limasaua.  Philip 
IT.  had  given  a  letter  to  this  old  chief  thanking  him 
for  the  services  he  had  done  for  Legazpi.  But  Ban- 
cao longed  for  his  okl  power,  and  joined  the  rebel- 
lion. He  was  beheaded.  The  revolt  was  soon  sup- 
pressed. 

Death  of  Fajardo. — The  last  days  of  Fajardo's 
life  were  filled  with  sorrow.  Finding  his  wife  un- 
faithful, he  killed  her  in  public  with  his  sword.  The 
power  of  a  governor  of  the  Philippines  in  those 
days  may  be  seen  from  the  fact  that  no  one  tried  to 
punish  him  for  this  deed.  A  few  months  later  he 
died  broken  hearted,  and  was  buried  beside  his  wife 
in  the  Church  of  the  Recollects. 

Tabora,  Governor  — 1626-1632 — Juan  Nino  de 
Tabora  came  to  the  Philippines  from  the  wars  in 
Flanders.  He  brought  six  hundred  soldiers  with 
him.  This  large  force  kept  the  country  peaceful 
for  a  time.     The  Philippines  were  now  prosperous. 


FORCED  LABOR  AND  INSURRECTION.        143 

The  former  age,  with  its  independent  villages  and 
its  neighborhood  wars,  was  fast  passing  away.  The 
Islands  and  their  people  were  now  a  part  of  the 
great  world,  sending  their  products  across  the  seas. 
Shells  and  gold-dust  were  no  longer  their  money. 


The  "Bridge  of  Spain,"  Manila. 


There  were  rich  men  among  the  Filipinos.  For- 
tunes were  being  made  in  the  trade  with  China  and 
Mexico. 

Many  public  works  were  undertaken  by  Tabora. 
Within  six  months  he  built  ten  large  ships  and  sev- 
eral small  ones.  It  was  Tabora  who  built  the 
"Bridge  of  Spain"  in  163 1,  called  at  first  the 
"Puente  Grande."     This  bridge  lasted   for  nearly 


144   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

two  centuries,  till  it  was  destroyed  by  an   earth- 
quake in  1824. 

Diego  Fajardo/ — This  governor  (1644-1653)  was 
a  stern  and  warlike  man.  He  tried  to  establish  a 
shipyard  in  the  Visayas  like  those  in  Tondo  and 
Pampanga.  This  caused  an  insurrection  in  Samar. 
Sumoroy,  the  leader,  was  beheaded.  There  were 
other  revolts  caused  by  the  oppressions  of  the  trib- 
ute and  forced  labor  during  the  following  year. 
The  principal  ones  were  in  Camarines,  Pampanga, 
Ilocos  and  Mindanao.  The  Filipinos  always  showed 
themselves  willing  to  endure  a  great  deal  from  gov- 
ernors who  tried  to  understand  and  benefit  them. 
But  their  lives  were  so  full  of  hardship  that  when 
harshly  treated  the  fire  of  revolt  burned. 
.  Earthquake  of  1645.- — In  the  year  1645,  on  St. 
Andrew's  day,  November  30th,  there  was  a  terrible 
earthquake  in  Manila.  Fire,  it  is  said,  burst  through 
cracks  in  the  ground.  The  Pasig  River  was  thrown 
out  of  its  channel.  Nearly  all  the  churches,  con- 
vents, and  other  large  buildings  of  Manila  fell  in 
ruins.     Six  hundred  persons  were  killed. 

After  this  earthquake  they  built  no  more  great 
houses  of  stone  in  ]\Ianila  for  many  years.  The 
large  and  beautiful  houses  which  stood  before  the 
earthquake  had  gained  for  Manila  the  name  'Tearl 
of  the  Orient." 

Insurrection  of  1660. — ]Manrique  de  Lara  was 
now  governor.  During  his  rule  many  calamities 
had  come  upon  the  Philippines.     Locusts,   famine, 


FORCED  LABOR  AND  INSURRECTION.         145 

smallpox,  pirate  attacks,  shipwrecks,  and  earth- 
quakes had  made  the  lot  of  the  Filipinos  a  hard 
one. 

In  addition  to  all  these  troubles  the  natives  were 
worked  like  slaves  at  ship-building.  In  1660  one 
thousand  Filipinos  were  cutting  timber  for  the  gov- 
ernment in  the  forests  of  Pampanga.  Sometimes 
they  were  whipped  to  make  them  work  harder. 
These  woodmen  now  rebelled.  A  Mexican,  Man- 
ago,  was  their  leader.  They  wrote  to  their  fellow 
countrymen  in  Pangasinan,  Ilocos,  and  Cagayan  to 
get  their  aid.  But  before  it  could  come  they  were 
betrayed  by  their  leader.  They  went  with  arms  to 
the  pueblo  of  Lubao.  Manrique  de  Lara  hurried 
to  Macabebe  with  a  few  soldiers.  Instead  of  fight- 
ing, he  won  over  Mafiago  by  making  him  com- 
mander of  the  Mexicans  in  Manila.  Then  he  built 
forts  in  Arayat  and  Lubao.  He  promised  better 
treatment  to  the  rebels.  Deprived  of  their  leader, 
they  went  back  to  work,  without  bloodshed. 

Revolt  in  Ilocos. — In  Ilocos  the  revolt  had  more 
strength.  Juan  Manzano  was  the  leader.  A  fierce 
battle  occurred  at  Bantay,  near  Vigan.  Eight  hun- 
dred loyal  natives  were  slain.  But  the  rebels  were 
soon  put  to  flight.  They  were  driven  to  Ilocos 
Norte.  From  here  they  crossed  the  mountains  to 
Cagayan.  The  Governor  of  Cagayan,  with  three 
hundred  royal  troops,  drove  the  rebels  back  to  Ilo- 
cos. Then  he  marched  through  Ilocos  to  Pan- 
gasinan.    Here  he  joined  the  Spanish  forces,  and 


146   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

greatly  assisted  them  in  putting  down  the  rebellion. 
As  had  often  happened  before,  the  weakness  of  the 
Filipinos  was  the  lack  of  union  between  the  different 
tribes.  The  Spaniards  held  these  Islands  largely  by 
setting  one  tribe  against  another. 

Summary. — The  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury was  largely  occupied  with  wars.  The  hard- 
ships of  forced  labor  brought  on  revolts.  During 
most  of  the  period  of  Spanish  rule  the  labor  tax  was 
forty  days  a  year  for  each  man.  Tiiis  labor  was 
used  to  build  churches,  roads,  and  other  public 
works. 

Alonso  Fajardo  was  governor  from  1618  to 
1624.  He  lessened  the  labor  tax.  In  1621  there 
was  a  revolt  in  Bohol.  Four  towns  were  burned. 
A  force  from  Cebu  pursued  the  rebels  into  the 
mountains  and  defeated  them.  Bancao  in  Leyte 
led  a  revolt  at  this  time. 

Juan  Nino  de  Tabora  was  governor  from  1626 
to  1632.  He  brought  six  hundred  soldiers.  Tabora 
built  many  ships  and  the  first  Bridge  of  Spain  in 
Manila. 

Diego  Fajardo,  governor  1644-53,  caused  a  re- 
volt in  Samar  by  trying  to  establish  a  shipyard  in 
the  Visayas  like  those  in  Tondo  and  Fampanga. 
Forced  labor  caused  revolts  in  Ilocos,  Mindanao, 
and  elsewhere  in  his  time. 

In  1645  there  was  a  great  earthquake  in  Manila; 
six  hundred  persons  were  killed.  In  1660,  when 
Manrique  de  Lara  was  governor,  many  calamities 


FORCED  LABOR  AND  INSURRECTION.         147 

came,  such  as  famine,  locusts,  pirate  attacks,  and 
earthquakes.  A  revolt  of  woodmen  cutting  timber 
for  ships  occurred  in  Pampanga.  A  similar  re- 
volt occurred  in  Ilocos.  The  lack  of  union  between 
the  different  peoples  of  the  Philippines  made  it  easy 
for  Spain  to  put  down  revolts. 


CHAPTER   XIV. 

THE    STRIFE    BETWEEN    CHURCH    AND    STATE. 

Introductory. — We  have  seen  earlier  in  this  book 
that  the  governors  ami  the  friars  did  not  always 
agree.  Although  the  governors  were  Catholics, 
they  usually  supported  the  king,  while  the  friars, 
though  Spaniards,  looked  rather  to  the  Pope.  Be- 
sides this,  on  the  whole,  the  governors  cared  less 
for  the  good  of  the  Filipinos  than  did  the  friars. 
Perhaps  but  few  Filipinos  understand  what  their 
lot  would  have  been  had  the  friars  not  been  here  to 
protect  them  from  the  selfishness  of  the  governors 
and  the  encomenderos. 

The  fifty  years  following  the  insurrection  of 
1660  are  filled  with  this  strife.  It  lasted  to  the  very 
close  of  Spanish  rule.  But  we  shall  not  study  all  of 
these  struggles.  There  is  no  longer  any  quarrel- 
ing between  church  and  state  in  the  Philippines. 
The  bitterness  of  recent  years  should  be  forgotten. 
Yet  it  is  impossible  to  understand  the  history  of  the 
Philippines  without  some  knowledge  of  those  events. 
The  things  we  shall  study  in  this  chapter  happened 
long  ago.  We  can  think  of  them  now  without 
148 


STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH  AND  STATE.      149 

anger  and  read  them  for  the  light  they  throw  upon 
the  past. 

Two  Kinds  of  Courts.- — In  those  days  there  were 
two  kinds  of  courts;  that  of  the  state  and  that  of 
the  church.     The  roval  court  tried  those  who  had 


Church  at  Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte. 


broken  the  laws  of  the  king.  The  church  court 
tried  those  who  broke  the  laws  of  religion.  Some- 
times crimes  against  religion  are  the  same  as  those 
against  the  state.  Therefore  there  were  times  when 
it  was  difficult  to  know  which  court  ought  to  pun- 
ish the  wrongdoer. 

The  Case  of  Nava. — In  the  governorship  of  Se- 
bastian Hurtado  de  Corcuera  (1635-1644)  such  a 
case  happened.     Corcuera  was  a  man  of  great  en- 


150   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

ergy,  warlike  and  firm.  One  of  his  soldiers,  called 
Nava,  had  a  female  slave.  Later  another  man  ob- 
tained the  woman.  One  day  Nava  saw  her  riding 
along  the  street  with  her  new  master.  He  rushed 
to  the  carriage  and  killed  her.  Then  he  fled  into 
the  convent  of  St.  Augustine  for  refuge. 

The  Law  of  Refuge.- — It  was  the  law  of  those 
days  that  a  criminal  who  took  refuge  in  a  church 
or  other  sacred  place  could  not  be  taken  away  by 
the  civil  rulers.  This  was  called  ''the  right  of  sanc- 
tuary," or  refuge.  When  Governor  Corcuera  heard 
what  had  happened  he  ordered  the  archbishop  to 
give  up  Xava.  The  archbishop  thought  that  Xava 
ought  to  be  tried  by  the  church  court,  so  he  refused 
to  obey  the  governor. 

Then  the  governor  fell  into  a  rage.  He  did  what 
was  at  that  time  thought  a  terrible  thing.  He 
marched  his  soldiers  to  the  convent  and  took  away 
Nava  by  force.  Then  he  punished  him  at  once  with 
death.  The  archbishop  closed  the  churches,  re-'' 
proved  the  governor  severely,  and  fined  the  artillery 
officer  who  arrested  Nava.  For  a  long  time  the 
courts  and  the  bishops  quarreled  over  this  case. 
Such  things  were  very  bad  for  the  country,  for  the 
people  lost  respect  for  both  governor  and  bishop. 
They  did  not  know  which  to  obey.  These  quarrels 
grew  in  number.  Finally  the  Islands  were  left  for 
years  without  an  archbishop.  Then  a  governor 
and  an  archbishop  arrived  who  were  friends. 

The    Pope's    Pardon. — Manrique   de   Lara   ruled 


STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH  AND  STATE.     151 

from  1653  to  1663.  With  him  came  Archbishop 
Miguel  Poblete.  the  first  archbishop  the  Islands  had 
seen  for  twelve  years.  Poblete  found  great  distress 
in  Manila.  The  quarrels  of  the  few  years  preced- 
ing had  filled  the  dungeons  of  Fort  Santiago  and 
the  convents  with  many  prisoners.  Some  of  these 
had  been  unjustly  condemned.  The  city  had  not 
recovered  from  the  losses  caused  by  the  earthquake 
of  1645. 

The  condition  of  things  was  so  bad  that  the  Pope 
in  1654  ordered  that  all  who  had  been  imprisoned 
should  be  pardoned  and  have  his  blessing.  There 
was  great  joy  in  Manila  when  the  dungeon  doors 
opened  and  friends  were  again  united.  To  show 
their  gratitude  all  set  to  work  to  rebuild  the  cathe- 
dral, which  had  been  destroyed  by  the  great  earth- 
quake. 

The  Inquisition  in  the  Philippines. — The  Inquisi- 
tion was  a  church  court.  It  was  founded  several 
centuries  ago  to  discover  and  punish  those  who  be- 
lieved and  taught  ideas  contrary  to  the  doctrines  of 
the  Church. 

The  Inquisition  was  introduced  into  the  Philip- 
pines in  1583.  The  head  of  it  was  called  "the  Com- 
missary of  the  Inquisition."  Sometimes  no  one 
knew  who  that  man  was.  Yet  the  secret  hand  of  the 
Inquisition  was  always  at  work  reaching  out  after 
those  who  were  unfaithful  to  the  king  or  the 
Church.  The  Jesuit,  Sanchez,  recommended  that 
it  be  taken  away  from  the  Philippines.     This  was 


152    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

not  done.  The  Inquisition  was  not  so  cruel  here 
as  in  other  countries.  No  one  was  burned  at  the 
stake,  as  was  the  case  in  Spain.  Yet  it  had  great 
power,  as  we  shall  see. 

Diego  de  Salcedo. — Salcedo  was  governor  from 
1663  to  1668.  He  brought  the  hatred  of  all  the 
merchants  and  friars  upon  him  by  his  selfishness. 
He  wanted  to  be  the  only  one  to  send  goods  in  the 
galleon  to  Mexico.  After  the  king's  goods  were 
put  into  the  ship  he  filled  the  rest  of  the  space  with 
his  private  merchandise.  Although  many  hated 
him,  it  seemed  impossible  to  take  away  his  power. 
Salcedo  quarreled  with  Poblete.  When  the  arch- 
bishop died,  the  governor  forbade  the  church  bells 
to  be  tolled,  and  would  not  allow  the  body  to  be 
embalmed. 

The  enemies  of  Salcedo  then  conspired  with  the 
Commissary  of  the  Inquisition.  This  man  threat- 
ened the  old  Filipina  who  guarded  the  door  of  Sal- 
cedo's  room  when  he  slept.  She  allowed  the  com- 
missary and  others  to  enter.  They  seized  and  bound 
the  sleeping  governor,  and  locked  him  in  a  cell  in 
the  Augustinian  convent.  They  then  sent  him  to 
Mexico  to  be  tried,  but  he  died  in  mid  ocean. 

When  the  Supreme  Court  of  Mexico  heard  of 
this,  it  ordered  the  commissary  to  Mexico  for  im- 
prisonment, but  he,  too,  died  on  the  ocean  at  nearly 
the  same  place  where  Salcedo  had  died. 

De  Vargas  and  Pardo. — When  De  Vargas  was 
governor  (1678- 1684)  it  was  the  State  and  not  the 


STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH  AND  STATE.     153 

Church  that  triumphed.  According  to  the  histori- 
ans of  the  rehgious  orders,  those  were  dark  days 
for  Manila.  There  were  many  lawsuits  and  impris- 
onments. Felipe  Pardo  was  archbishop.  He  and 
the  governor  were  bitter  enemies.  The  archbishop 
disobeyed  twenty  different  royal  decrees.  Then  the 
governor  did  what  no  governor  had  before  dared 
to  do.  He  sent  soldiers  to  the  palace  of  the  arch- 
bishop, and  in  the  early  dawn  led  the  old  man  out  of 
the  city.  As  the  archbishop  passed  out  of  the  gate 
he  shook  the  dust  from  his  feet  and  threw  a  hand- 
ful of  stones  at  the  wall  to  show  that  he  rejected 
the  city.  He  was  sent  to  Lingayen,  where  the  Do- 
minicans cared  for  him.  The  next  governor  re- 
stored Pardo  to  power.  The  archbishop  had  De 
Vargas  put  on  an  island  in  the  Pasig,  where  he  was 
kept  for  four  years  while  his  rcsidencia  was  held. 
Thus  the  high  officials  of  Spain  wasted  their  time 
and  the  money  of  the  Philippines  in  this  unhappy 
strife. 

The  Friars'  Lands.^The  friars  grew  more  and 
more  powerful.  We  have  seen  how  they  overcame 
the  governor.  Now  we  shall  see  how  they  were 
stronger  than  the  governor  and  the  archbishop  to- 
gether. In  1697  Archbishop  Camacho  and  Gov- 
ernor Cruzat  tried  to  make  the  friars  show  the  titles 
to  their  lands.  They  were  now  in  possession  of 
large  estates.  In  those  times  people  were  not  care- 
ful about  the  papers  which  prove  the  ownership  of 
lands.    Some  of  these  lands  had  been  bought  by  the 


154    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

friars;  some  had  been  given  to  them  by  the  State, 
and  other  lands  were  gifts  of  those  who,  dying,  left 
their  property  to  the  Church.  The  growing  wealth 
of  the  friars  made  it  difficult  for  the  archbishop  and 
the  governor  to  make  them  obey. 


Fort  Pilar,  Zamboanga. 


A  judge  was  appointed  to  examine  the  titles  of 
these  lands.  In  some  cases  the  friars  refused  to 
show  the  titles.  Then  the  governor  embargoed  the 
lands;  that  is,  he  took  possession  of  the  lands  till 
the  question  could  be  settled.  Then  all  the  friars 
closed  their  churches  and  refused  to  obey  Arch- 
bishop Camacho.  The  governor  sent  the  soldiers 
to  open  the  churches  by  force.     The  opposition  of 


STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH  AND  STATE.      155 

the  friars  was  so  strong  that  a  rebelhon  was  feared. 
So  the  governor  and  the  archbishop  had  to  yield 
and  allow  the  friars  to  keep  their  lands.  Thus 
the  strife  continued,  sometimes  the  governor  and 
sometimes  the  friars  winning.  Finally  occurred  a 
contest  which  is  one  of  the  darkest  blots  upon  the 
pages  of  Philippine  history. 

Bustamante  and  the  Friars. — Fernando  Manuel 
de  Bustamante  (171 7-17 19)  was  a  stern  and  des- 
potic governor.  Yet  he  was  honest  and  able.  He 
found  the  treasury  empty.  This  was  not  because 
the  country  was  poor.  Many  of  the  citizens  of 
Manila  were  in  debt  to  the  treasury.  To  avoid  pay- 
ing these  debts  they  had  the  money  due  them  from 
the  sale  of  goods  in  Mexico  come  to  their  friends. 
These  friends  secretly  gave  it  to  them.  Then  the 
Sfovernment  could  not  collect  its  debts  from  them. 
Bustamante  made  these  people  pay  their  debts.  In 
this  way  he  added  three  hundred  thousand  pesos  to 
the  treasury  in  one  year. 

Bustamante  Fortifies  Zamboanga. — Bustamante 
also  imprisoned  Torralba,  a  former  governor.  It 
was  said  that,  through  the  neglect  of  Torralba, 
seven  hundred  thousand  pesos  had  been  lost  to 
the  treasury.  With  the  money  he  obtained  by  these 
just  deeds  he  established  a  garrison  in  Zamboanga. 
For  half  a  century  the  government  had  abandoned 
the  Christian  population  of  Mindanao  and  the  Vi- 
sayas  to  the  attacks  of  the  Moro  pirates.  With  their 
own  efforts  the  Visayans  had  built  a  fleet  called  the 


156   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

"fleet  of  the  Pintados"  to  defend  their  homes.  The 
Jesuits  had  for  a  long  time  urged  that  a  garrison 
be  placed  in  Zamboanga.  The  other  orders  were 
opposed  to  this  plan.  But  Bustamante  had  the  cour- 
age to  do  whatever  he  thought  was  right.  So  he 
built  forts  for  the  defenseless  Filipinos  of  the  south. 
All  these  acts  made  him  many  enemies.  These 
enemies  now  plotted  his  destruction. 

Arrest  of  the  Archbishop, — A  galleon  was  about 
to  sail  for  Mexico.  Bustamante  feared  that  this  gal- 
leon was  carrying  letters  with  charges  against  him. 
He  sent  an  officer  to  bring  the  captain  of  the  gal- 
leon ashore.  The  captain  threw  overboard  the  offi- 
cer and  his  men  and  sailed  away.  The  governor 
sent  ships  to  overtake  the  galleon.  He  now  was 
sure  that  there  was  a  conspiracy  against  him. 

Bustamante  then  put  every  one  in  prison  that  he 
believed  to  be  his  enemy.  The  churches  and  con- 
vents were  filled  with  persons  seeking  refuge  from 
the  governor.  Bustamante  demanded  one  of  these 
refugees  from  the  archbishop.  The  archbishop  re- 
fused to  give  up  the  refugee.  Then  the  governor 
arrested  the  archbishop,  and  imprisoned  him  in  Fort 
Santiago.  The  church  bells  tolled  when  this  was 
done.  The  friars  were  filled  with  horror  and  anger. 
Now  the  governor  called  on  the  citizens  of  Manila 
to  defend  the  rights  of  the  king.  At  the  signal  of  a 
cannon-shot  all  were  to  present  themselves  with 
arms  and  aid  the  governor.  Manila  was  filled  with 
noise,  terror,  and  tumult. 


STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH  AND  STATE.     157 

Death  of  Bustamante — October  11,  1719,  was  a 
day  long  to  be  remembered  in  Philippine  history. 
The  friars  resolved  to  rescue  the  archbishop  by 
force.  They  went  through  the  streets  in  proces- 
sion holding  aloft  crucifixes  in  their  hands.  Behind 
them  came  the  refugees,  bearing  arms,  ready  to  fight 
for  their  lives.  Then  followed  a  crowd  of  citizens 
and  the  Jesuits.  All  were  giving  vivas  for  "the 
faith,  religion,  and  the  king."  Never  before  was 
there  such  a  scene  in  the  Philippines.  The  crowd 
rushed  into  the  palace.  They  attacked  Bustamante. 
He  defended  himself  bravely,  but  fell  wounded.  His 
son  came  to  his  rescue,  but  was  dragged  from  his 
horse  and  killed.  The  governor  was  thrown  into 
prison,  where  he  died  the  same  day. 

Archbishop  Cuesta,  Governor. — The  archbishop 
and  other  prisoners  were  released.  The  judges  of 
the  Supreme  Court,  who  had  supported  Bustamante, 
were  put  in  chains.  Many  army  captains  were  ar- 
rested and  the  royal  standard  of  Spain  was  torn 
down.  It  was  a  dramatic  moment  in  the  history  of 
these  Islands.  It  meant  that  after  one  hundred  and 
fifty  years  of  strife  the  Church  had  triumphed  over 
the  king.  The  archbishop,  Cuesta,  now  took  pos- 
session of  the  palace  as  Governor-General  of  the 
Philippines. 

The  religious  orders  gave  a  great  funeral  to  Bus- 
tamante and  a  pension  to  his  six  sons.  They  denied 
that  they  had  planned  the  death  of  the  governor. 
The  king  was  very  angry  when  he  heard  of  the 


15S    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

overthrow  of  the  royal  power  in  the  Philippines. 
The  slayers  of  Bustamante  were  arrested  and  taken 
to  Mexico  for  trial.  They  were  then  returned  to 
the  Philippines  to  be  tried  and  punished  there.  This 
was  not  done,  because  the  confessor  of  Governor 
Torre  Campo  advised  him  to  disobey  the  order  of 
Philip  V.  to  punish  these  men. 

Summary. — There  were  many  quarrels  between 
church  and  state  in  the  Philippines  in  the  last  half 
of  the  seventeenth  century.  There  were  state  courts 
and  church  courts.  Some  cases  belonged  to  one 
court,  others  to  the  other.  A  soldier,  Nava,  had  a 
slave ;  he  killed  a  man  who  took  this  slave.  Then 
Xava  took  refuge  in  the  Augustinian  convent.  The 
archbishop  refused  to  deliver  Nava  to  the  governor, 
who  took  him  by  force  and  executed  him.  For 
some  years  the  Islands  were  left  without  an  arch- 
bishop. 

In  1654  the  Pope  ordered  that  all  who  had  been 
imprisoned  should  be  set  free  and  receive  his  par- 
don.    ■Miguel  Poblete  was  archbishop  then. 

The  Inquisition  was  a  church  court  whose  pur- 
pose was  to  discover  and  punish  those  who  believed 
doctrines  contrary  to  those  of  the  Church.  In  Spain 
the  Inquisition  burned  thousands  at  the  stake.  In 
the  Philippines  it  was  mild.  Diego  de  Salcedo, 
governor  1663- 1668,  was  seized  by  the  authorities 
of  the  Inquisition  and  shipped  to  Mexico  for  trial. 
He  died  at  sea. 

De  Vargas  was  governor  1678- 1684.     The  arch- 


STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH  AND  STATE.     159 

bishop,  Felipe  Pardo,  was  opposed  to  him.  He 
disobeyed  twenty  royal  decrees.  The  governor  ex- 
pelled the  archbishop  from  Manila.  The  next  gov- 
ernor restored  him  and  imprisoned  Vargas. 

In  1697  the  archbishop  and  the  governor  tried  to 
make  the  friars  show  title  to  their  lands.  In  some 
cases  the  friars  refused  to  show  their  titles.  Then 
the  governor  seized  the  lands.  The  friars  closed 
their  churches  and  the  archbishop  and  governor  had 
to  yield. 

Fernando  Manuel  de  Bustamante  was  governor 
from  17 1 7  to  1 7 19.  He  collected  back  taxes,  for- 
tified Zamboanga  and  by  stern  but  honest  methods 
made  many  enemies.  He  imprisoned  his  enemies, 
including  the  archbishop,  who  refused  to  give  up 
a  refugee.  The  friars  marched  through  the  streets 
leading  a  rebellious  procession.  Bustamante  was 
killed  by  the  mob.  The  archbishop,  Cuesta,  then  be- 
came governor-general. 


CHAPTER    XV. 

THE    END    OF    THE    SEVENTEENTH     CENTURY. 

Fausto  Cruzat  y  Gongora,  Governor — 1 690-1 701. 
— Cruzat  found  the  treasury  empty.  He  was  a 
courageous  and  honest  governor.  He  collected 
large  sums  due  the  treasury  from  citizens  of  Man- 
ila. With  this  money  he  repaired  the  palace  and 
other  public  buildings.  Cruzat  found  many  abuses 
in  the  system  of  governing  the  Philippines.  In  or- 
der to  correct  these  he  published  the  "Ordinances 
of  Good  Government."  A  study  of  these  reform 
laws  will  show  us  much  about  the  condition  of  the 
Philippines  two  centuries  ago. 

"Ordinances  of  Good  Government." — The  prin- 
cipal matters  of  which  these  ordinances  spoke  were 
the  following: 

I. — Taxes.  It  was  the  practice  to  make  the  poor 
pay  the  same  tax  as  the  rich.  Cruzat  ordered  that 
the  rich  pay  more  than  the  poor.  This  was  ah  ex- 
cellent law,  but  it  was  not  obeyed.  Instead  of  this, 
the  poor  were  made  to  pay  more  than  the  rich.  The 
reason  for  this  was  that  the  rich  could  bribe  the  tax- 
collector  to  take  less  than  the  just  tax,  while  the 
160 


END  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY.   i6l 

poor,  who  could  not  offer  such  a  bribe,  were  forced 
to  pay  more  than  they  ought. 

2. — The  governors  and  commerce.  The  govern- 
ors were  accustomed  to  engage  in  commerce.  They 
occupied  their  time  more  with  private  business  than 
with  their  duties  as  governors.  Cruzat  forbade 
them  to  engage  in  any  kind  of  commerce.  He  com- 
manded them  to  visit  each  pueblo  six  days  and  the 
large  pueblos  twelve  days  each  year.  The  object  of 
this  was  to  give  the  natives  an  opportunity  to  make 
their  complaints  and  get  justice. 

3. — Industry.  Cruzat  ordered  that  the  Filipino 
farmers  be  obliged  to  work.  They  must  cultivate  a 
certain  amount  of  ground  each  year  and  raise  a  cer- 
tain number  of  animals.  No  one  was  to  be  allowed 
to  lend  more  than  five  pesos  to  a  Filipino.  This 
shows  that  the  people  were  contented  with  just 
enough  to  eat,  and  had  little  ambition  to  provide  for 
the  future. 

4. — Prisons.  It  was  decreed  that  separate  rooms 
be  given  to  women  in  the  prisons.  In  case  of  a  light 
charge  they  must  be  shut  up  in  private  houses,  and 
not  put  in  prison.  The  prisons  of  those  times  were 
filthy,  and  full  of  evil  practices.  This  was  so  even 
in  Europe.  Many  of  the  faults  of  the  Spanish  Gov- 
ernment were  common  to  most  governments  in  those 
days.  It  is  easy  to  see  the  mistakes  of  those  who 
lived  centuries  ago.  We  should  remember  that  if 
we  had  lived  then  we  might  have  made  the  same 
mistakes. 


l62    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

5. — Spaniards.  Spaniards  were  not  to  be  allowed 
to  live  in  the  pueblos  without  permission  from  the 
government.  This  was  because  the  governors 
wanted  all  the  commerce  for  themselves.  Besides, 
the  Spanish  planters  did  not  always  treat  the  Filipi- 
nos justly  when  they  were  far  away  from  the  reach 
of  the  law. 

6. — Wild  tribes.  One  ordinance  forbade  the 
Christian  natives  to  speak  with  or  trade  with  the 
people  of  the  wild  tribes.  The  reason  given  was 
"because  this  makes  their  pacification  impossible." 
There  were  goods  the  wild  tribes  wished  to  get 
from  the  Christians.  It  was  thought  that  they  would 
come  down  from  the  mountains  and  live  in  the 
pueblos  as  Christians  if  they  were  forbidden  to 
trade  while  living  in  a  wild  state.  But  the  Chris- 
tian natives  wished  to  trade  with  these  people, 
so  sometimes  they  would  leave  their  goods  at  cer- 
tain places  in  the  mountains.  When  they  went 
away  the  savages  would  come  and  get  these 
things,  leaving  some  of  their  own  products  in  ex- 
change. 

Evil  Days.-These  laws  and  others  like  them  show 
that  two  hundred  years  ago  there  were  oppres- 
sion and  injustice  in  the  Philippines.  They  -show 
that  the  Spaniards  did  not  trust  each  other;  that 
slavery  still  existed;  that  there  were  still  encomen- 
deros;  that  many  Filipinos  were  idle  and  in  debt; 
that  the  prisons  were  a  disgrace,  and  the  roads  and 
bridges  in  a  bad  state.    After  seeing  how  the  rulers 


END  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY.   163 

in  Manila  had  been  acting  for  half  a  century  we 
can  see  why  these  things  were  so. 

Manila  and  the  Provinces. — In  spite  of  all  the  bad 
government  from  which  the  Philippines  sufTered  at 
this  time,  the  country  prospered.  The  rulers  and 
people  of  Manila  have  been  accustomed  to  think  that 
city  all-important.  Manila  is  more  important  to 
the  Philippines  than  many  capitals  are  to  their  coun- 
try. It  is  the  only  large  commercial  city  in  the 
Islands.  But  most  of  the  people  in  the  Philippines 
live  and  die  without  ever  seeing  Manila.  Most  of 
the  wealth  of  the  Philippines  was  won  from  her 
fields  and  forests  by  the  farmers.  They  knew  little 
of  their  rulers  in  the  capital,  and  most  of  their 
rulers  knew  little  of  them.  Two  hundred  years  ago 
there  were  no  steamers  or  railroads.  Many  of  the 
Islands  saw  no  Spaniards,  except  once  a  year.  Then 
the  tax  collector  came,  took  his  piece  of  cloth,  or 
the  peso  of  tribute,  and  departed.  For  another 
year  all  lived  in  the  country  villages  very  much 
as  they  used  to  live  before  the  Spaniards  came  to 
the  Philippines.  There  was  less  war  between  the 
villages.  There  was  less  practice  of  the  old  religion. 
Still,  the  Filipinos  of  the  barrios  were  governed  by 
their  headmen,  and  saw  little  of  their  Spanish  rulers. 

The  "Laws  of  the  Indies." — The  "Laws  of  the 
Indies"  were  made  for  the  natives  of  Mexico  and 
the  West  Indies  by  Spain.  After  this,  when  the 
Spaniards  conquered  the  Philippines,  they  gave  them 
these  same  laws.     But  the  customs  of  the  Filipinos 


164 


END  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY.   165 

were  different  from  those  of  the  Mexicans,  so  the 
laws  of  the  Indies  were  not  always  good  for  this 
land.  Therefore  the  Filipinos  were  allowed  to  use 
their  old  laws  and  customs  when  these  were  not 
contrary  to  Christianity.  So  they  continued  to  gov- 
ern themselves  in  all  small  matters.  There  are  more 
Filipinos  to-day  ruled  by  ancient  Filipino  laws  and 
customs  than  there  were  when  Legazpi  settled  the 
Islands. 

Most  of  the  Filipinos  were  little  influenced  by 
their  rulers  compared  with  those  who  lived  in  Man- 
ila. Therefore  much  of  the  growth  and  prosperity 
of  the  Philippines  must  have  come  from  the  indus- 
try and  intelligence  of  the  Filipinos  themselves. 

What  the  Filipinos  Did, — In  spite  of  war  and  bad 
government  the  Filipinos  multiplied.  They  broad- 
ened their  fields.  They  increased  their  herds  of 
cattle  and  horses.  They  sent  their  children  to  the 
primary  schools  that  the  friars  established  from 
early  times.  They  were  taught  many  useful  things 
by  the  friars.  Had  they  been  bad  pupils  they 
would  not  have  learned  these  lessons.  But  the  Fili- 
pinos learned  as  rapidly  and  as  well  as  any  primi- 
tive people  could  learn  from  such  teachers  as  the 
Spaniards.  Some  of  the  American  Indians  refuse 
to  accept  the  teachings  of  civilization.  The  Ha- 
waiian Islanders  are  dying  out,  although  every  ad- 
vantage has  been  offered  them.  But  most  of  the 
Filipinos  have  accepted  civilization.  The  pupil  who 
learns  deserves  praise  as  much  as  his  teacher.     To 


i66    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  Filipinos  belongs  great  credit  for  the  steady 
growth  of  their  country  in  population,  wealth,  and 
civilization.  It  was  their  loyalty  that  enabled  Spain 
to  hold  the  Islands.  They  built  ships  for  the  trade 
and  wars  of  their  conquerors.  They  fought  by 
their  side  against  the  Chinese,  the  Dutch,  the  Eng- 
lish, and  against  rebellious  Filipinos.  The  Philip- 
pines grew  greater  and  richer  by  their  efforts. 

Summary. — Fausto  Cruzat  y  Gongora  was  gov- 
ernor from  1690  to  1 70 1.  He  issued  the  "Ordinan- 
ces of  Good  Government."  These  provided  for 
equalizing  the  taxes,  stopping  the  provincial  gover- 
nors from  engaging  in  private  commerce,  compelling 
farmers  to  cultivate  a  certain  amount  of  ground 
each  year,  reforming  the  conduct  of  the  prisons, 
forbidding  Spaniards  to  live  in  the  pueblos,  and 
stopping  intercourse  between  the  Christians  and  the 
wild  tribes. 

Manila  was  long  considered  more  important  than 
the  provinces.  During  much  of  Spanish  rule,  the 
country  people  saw  little  of  their  rulers  and  lived 
nearly  as  before  the  conquest. 

The  "Laws  of  the  Indies"  were  made  by  Spain 
for  her  colonies  in  America.  Later  they  were  ap- 
plied to  the  Philippines.  But  when  ancient  Filipino 
laws  and  customs  were  not  contrary  to  the  Laws  of 
the  Indies,  the  Filipinos  were  allowed  to  use  them. 
The  Philippines  gained  greatly  in  wealth  and  impor- 
tance under  Spanish  rule.  This  was  largely  due  to 
the  industry  and  good  qualities  of  the   Filipinos. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

THE    BRITISH    INVASION     AND     ITS     RESULTS. 

The  Mysterious  Fleet. — In  the  year  1762  Arch- 
bishop Rojo  was  acting  governor  of  the  Phihppines. 
He  was  a  good  man,  but  not  fitted  for  the  great 
trials  that  were  to  come  upon  the  Phihppines.  For 
nearly  one  hundred  years  Manila  had  not  been 
threatened  by  a  foreign  fleet.  There  was  a  small 
garrison,  and  no  readiness  for  the  attack  of  a  pow- 
erful enemy. 

One  day  in  September,  1762,  thirteen  large  ships 
anchored  in  Manila  Bay.  No  one  knew  of  what 
nation  they  were,  or  why  they  had  come.  An  offi- 
cial was  sent  out  to  them  to  make  inquiries.  He 
came  back  with  the  startling  news  that  the  ships 
were  British,  and  that  they  demanded  the  surrender 
of  Manila.  Eight  months  before  the  British  fleet 
sailed  into  Manila  Bay,  England  had  declared  war 
on  Spain.  To-day  news  of  such  an  event  is  flashed 
over  the  telegraph  wires  around  the  world  in  a  few 
minutes.  At  that  time  sometimes  one  ship  and  some- 
times none  in  a  year  brought  tidings  of  Europe. 
Some  American  merchants  had  told  the  archbishop- 

167 


l68    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

governor  that  the  British  in  India  were  preparing 
a  fleet  to  attack  the  PhiHppines,  But  Governor  Rojo 
was  a  man  whose  thoughts  were  not  of  war.  No 
preparations  had  been  made  for  defense. 


Lighthouse  at  Entrance  to  the  Pasig  Rivee. 


Landing  of  the  British. — The  next  day  the  Brit- 
ish landed  at  Malate.  Their  troops  occupied  the 
churches  and  convents  of  Malate,  Ermita,  San  Juan 
de  Bagumbayan,  and  Santiago.  Not  a  shot  was 
fired  at  them  from  the  walls  and  forts  of  Manila. 
The  city  was  dumb  with  surprise  and  fear.  There 
were  nearly  seven  thousand  British  troops,  includ- 


BRITISH  INVASION  AND  ITS  RESULTS        169 

insf  three  thousand  of  their  Indian  alHes.  In  Manila 
there  were  only  six  hundred  soldiers.  With  great 
courage  they  refused  to  surrender.  Messages  for 
help  were  sent  to  the  provinces.  In  a  few  days_ 
seven  thousand  natives,  armed  with  bows  and 
spears,  had  come  to  the  help  of  the  Spaniards. 

The  Capture  of  Manila.- — On  the  5th  of  October, 
1762,  the  British  entered  the  city  through  a  breach 
which  their  guns  had  made  in  the  wall  on  the  east 
side  of   the   city.      General   Draper  led   a  column 


Spanish  Guns,  Fort  Santiago. 


through  the  streets  to  the  plaza,  two  cannon  preced- 
ing him  firing  constantly.  The  officials  of  the 
Church  and  the  government  had  taken  refuge  in 
Fort  Santiago.  The  palace  guard  was  cut  down 
while  fighting  bravely.  The  inhabitants  of  Manila 
were  fleeing  across  the  Pasig  in  boats.  The  British 
turned  the  guns  of  the  wall  upon  them,  and  killed 
many  of  the  fugitives. 


170    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

The  Surrender. — Colonel  Mtinson  now  went  to 
Fort  Santiago,  and  demanded  its  surrender.  Gov- 
ernor Rojo  was  so  terrified  that  he  wished  to  get 
down  on  his  knees  before  the  officer.  The  victors 
promised,  in  return  for  the  surrender  of  the  forts: 

1.  Security  for  the  life  and  property  of  all. 

2.  The  free  exercise  of  the  Catholic  faith. 

3.  Freedom  for  commerce  and  industry. 

4.  The  preservation  of  the  Supreme  Court. 

5.  Military  honors  for  the  soldiers  on  their  surrender. 

Later  the  governor  and  the  judges  signed  a  paper 
giving  up  the  entire  Philippine  Archipelago  to  the 
British. 

Governor  Rojo  was  completely  in  the  hands  of 
the  British.  General  Draper  compelled  him  to  raise 
five  hundred  and  forty-six  thousand  pesos  in  money, 
jewels,  and  silver  plate.  The  British  demanded  four 
million  pesos,  but  could  get  no  more. 

The  Sack  of  the  City. — A  cruel  practice  of  war  in 
those  days  was  the  permission  given  to  soldiers  to 
rob  and  abuse  the  inhabitants  of  a  conquered  city. 
Manila  was  given  over  for  three  hours  to  be  sacked. 
The  robbery  and  murder  went  on  for  forty  hours. 
Across  the  Pasig  in  Binondo  the  natives  did  as 
wicked  deeds  as  the  British.  Finally  Draper  hanged 
several  Chinese  and  stopped  his  soldiers.  About 
one  thousand  lives  were  lost  on  each  side  in  the  tak- 
ing of  Manila. 

Simon    de    Anda    y    Salazar — On    the    Malecon 


BRITISH  INVASION  AND  ITS  RESULTS.       171 

Drive  in  Alanila  stands  a  tall  monument  to  a  brave 
Spaniard  who  would  not  surrender  to  the  British. 
Anda  was  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court.  The 
night  before  the  British  entered  jManila  he  left  the 
city  in  a  canoe  for  Bulacan.     Here  he  proclaimed 


The  Malecon  Drive,  Manila. 

himself  governor.  The  Augustinians  supported 
him. 

Anda  soon  had  a  small  army.  With  this  he  tried 
to  keep  order  in  the  provinces  and  besiege  the  Brit- 
ish in  Manila.  Anda  and  Rojo  each  sent  proclama- 
tions through  the  provinces  calling  the  other  a 
traitor. 

Restoration  of  Spanish  Rule. — January  30,  1 764, 
Governor  Rojo  died.  Shortly  after  his  death,  news 
of  peace  between  England  and  Spain  arrived.     A 


172    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

new  governor,  La  Torre,  was  sent  to  the  Philip- 
pines. The  British  gave  up  Manila  to  the  Spaniards 
after  holding  it  nearly  a  year  and  a  half.  La  Torre 
generously  allowed  Anda  to  make  a  triumphal  entry 
into  ]\Ianila.  March  31,  1764. 

Effects  of  the  Invasion. — When  the  fall  of  Manila 
became  known  in  the  provinces  many  revolts  broke 
out.  Taxes  were  not  collected.  Property  and  life 
were  not  safe.  Bands  of  robbers  roamed  through 
the  provinces.  During  the  period  of  British  occupa- 
tion the  Philippines  suffered  great  distress.  No  one 
knew  who  was  the  real  governor — Rojo  or  Anda. 
Outside  of  Pampanga  and  Bulacan.  where  Anda 
ruled,  there  was  little  law  and  order  of  any  kind. 
In  Batangas,  Laguna,  Tondo,  and  Cavite  provinces 
homeless  and  starving  people  wandered  from  village 
to  village.  The  wild  tribes  of  Negritos  and  Igo- 
rots  descended  boldly  from  the  hills  and  killed  the 
wayfarer. 

Revolt  in  Pangasinan. — Throughout  the  British 
occupation  there  was  a  revolt  in  Pangasinan.  Ten 
thousand  natives  perished  in  battle.  The  popula- 
tion of  the  province  fell  from  sixty  thousand  to 
thirty-six  thousand  in  less  than  four  years.  Many 
had  gone  to  other  provinces,  died  of  hunger,  or  been 
killed  by  savages.  Finally  Anda's  troops  aided  by 
some  Cagayan  soldiers  put  down  the  revolt  and 
hanged  the  leaders. 

Diego  Silan.— One  of  the  fugitives  from  Manila 
when  the  British  took  the  city  was  Diego  Silan.    He 


BRITISH  INVASION  AND  ITS  RESULTS.       173 

was  a  native  of  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur.  This  man  was 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  leaders  the  Filipinos 
ever  had.  At  first  he  took  the  side  of  the  Spaniards, 
saying  that  he  wished  to  arm  the  natives  against  the 
British.  The  Spaniards  became  suspicious  and  im- 
prisoned him.  Some  persons  of  influence  to  whom 
he  promised  to  give  good  positions  released  him 
from  prison.  Now  Silan  boldly  said  he  would  drive 
the  Spaniards  and  mestisos  irom  the  country,  and 
then  the  British. 

Silan  in  Power.- — ]\Iany  joined  the  cause  of  Silan 
As  in  previous  insurrections,  the  oppression  of  the 
local  governor  was  the  main  reason  for  the  revolt. 
This  man  had  abused  the  natives  of  Ilocos.  He  had 
made  them  sell  him  all  their  wax  and  buy  of  him  all 
their  candles.  Silan  drove  him  from  Vigan.  Then 
the  new  leader  set  up  a  shrine  and  claimed  the 
special  favor  of  God.  He  proclaimed  Jesus  Christ 
as  the  head  of  his  rebellion.  Thousands  came  to 
his  support. 

The  bishop  of  Nueva  Segovia  and  some  of  his 
priests  led  a  force  of  natives  from  Ilocos  Norte 
against  Silan.  This  force  was  defeated  by  treach- 
ery. While  they  laid  down  their  arms  to  talk,  the 
Tinguian  allies  of  Silan  attacked  them.  They  were 
driven  back  to  Ilocos  Norte.  Silan  sent  a  force  to 
Ilocos  Norte  and  captured  a  number  of  the  leading 
men  and  friars.  He  raised  large  sums  of  money 
by  setting  these  men  free  for  a  ransom.  This 
created  great  hatred  for  him  in  that  province. 


174    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Alliance  with  the  British. — When  the  English 
general  heard  of  the  success  of  this  revolution  he 
offered  to  make  Silan  his  ally.  The  Ilocano  leader 
did  not  dare  to  refuse.  He  feared  that  Anda  would 
soon  send  a  strong  force  against  him.  The  people 
of  Ilocos  Norte  were  hostile  to  him  also.  So  he  was 
between  two  fires.  He  accepted  the  offer  of  the 
British.  They  sent  him  a  cannon  and  appointed 
him  Governor  of  Ilocos.  This  was  a  great  surprise 
to  the  followers  of  Silan,  but  their  faith  in  him 
was  great. 

Death  of  Silan. — The  bishop  of  Nueva  Segovia 
and  his  friars  were  now  shut  up  in  the  convent  of 
Bantay,  near  Vigan.  Silan  could  not  persuade  his 
followers  to  kill  them.  So  he  was  about  to  allow 
some  of  the  savage  Tinguians  to  massacre  the 
priests.  At  this  time  a  mesti::o,  named  Vicos, 
planned  to  assassinate  Silan.  He  went  to  Silan's 
house  and  shot  him  in  the  back.  The  friars  now  re- 
turned to  their  parishes,  for  the  death  of  Silan  ter- 
rified his  followers  for  a  time.  A  general  pardon 
and  a  remission  of  taxes  was  proclaimed. 

A  Fresh  Outbreak. — Anda  sent  new  officials  to 
Vigan.  By  this  time  the  followers  of  Silan  had  re- 
covered their  courage.  They  rebelled,  making  an 
uncle  of  Silan  governor.  Now  was  the  opportunity 
for  Ilocos  Norte  to  take  revenge.  A  force  of  six 
thousand  from  that  province  invaded  Ilocos  Sur  and 
defeated  the  rebels.  Silan's  wife  fled  with  the 
wealth  he  had  collected  to  the  mountains  of  Abra. 


BRITISH  INVASION  AND  ITS  RESULTS.       175 

She  was  a  brave,  determined  woman.  She  meant  to 
avenge  the  death  of  her  husband.  So  she  hired  the 
wild  Tingiiians  to  attack  Vigan  for  her,  but  the 
bowmen  of  Piddig  drove  her  Httle  army  back  to  the 
mountains. 

Anda  now  made  the  Cagayan  leader,  Arza,  gov- 
ernor of  all  of  Luzon  north  of  Pangasinan.  Arza 
pursued  Silan's  wife  till  he  captured  her.  She  and 
ninety  other  leaders  of  the  revolt  were  hanged. 

Why  the  Revolts  Failed. — It  is  easy  to  see  that 
all  these  revolts  failed  because  the  Filipinos  were 
not  agreed  as  to  what  they  wanted  and  how  they 
wanted  to  get  it.  Each  was  working  for  his  own 
good,  not  for  the  good  of  all  Filipinos.  The  old 
hostile  spirit  of  the  different  tribes  toward  each 
other  was  still  alive.  It  takes  a  long  time  to  make 
one  people  out  of  so  many  different  branches  of  the 
Malayan  race.  The  Filipinos  of  that  day  were 
struggling  for  a  freedom  which  they  did  not  know 
how  to  get;  or  to  use,  if  they  had  obtained  it. 

Summary. — In  1762  a  British  fleet  from  India  at- 
tacked Manila.  War  had  been  declared  between 
England  and  Spain,  but  no  one  in  the  Philippines 
knew  this.  Seven  thousand  British  landed  and  laid 
siege  to  the  city.  Thousands  of  Filipinos  came  from 
the  country  to  help  save  Manila.  After  a  few  days 
the  British  took  the  city  and  sacked  it.  The  gov- 
ernor and  supreme  court  judges  gave  up  the  whole 
Archipelago  to  the  British.  General  Draper  com- 
pelled the  Spaniards  to  pay  an  indemnity  of  546,000 


176    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

pesos.  Anda  proclaimed  himself  governor  in  the 
provinces  and  resisted  the  British.  After  a  year 
and  a  half  the  British  gave  Manila  back  to  the 
Spaniards.  The  new  governor,  La  Torre,  allowed 
Anda  to  make  a  triumphal  entry  into  Manila. 

The  capture  of  Manila  caused  many  evils  in  the 
provinces.  Bands  of  robbers  roamed  about.  Re- 
volts against  Spanish  rule  broke  out  and  thousands 
were  killed  in  battle  or  perished  of  hunger  and  hard- 
ships. Diego  Silan,  an  Ilocano,  was  a  noted  leader. 
He  subdued  Ilocos  and  captured  many  friars.  Then 
Silan  allied  himself  with  the  British.  Finally  he 
was  assassinated. 


CHAPTER    XVIL 

THE    BEGINNING    OF    MODERN     TIMES. 

Governorship  of  Anda — 1770-1776. — Shortly  after 
the  departure  of  the  British,  Anda  had  returned  to 
Spain.  The  governors  who  followed  Rojo  did  not 
repair  the  ruin  caused  by  the  war.  The  old  quar- 
rels between  Church  and  State  were  renewed.  The 
Jesuits  were  expelled  from  the  Philippines.  A 
strong  hand  and  a  clear  head  were  needed.  Several 
times  the  king  asked  Anda  to  take  the  governor- 
ship of  the  Islands.  He  was  weary  of  strife,  but 
finally  yielded  to  the  repeated  requests  of  the  king. 
Anda  was  a  brave  and  honest  man.  Dliring  his 
fight  against  the  British  he  had  spent  only  600,000 
of  the  3,000,000  pesos  which  he  had  received  from 
the  Philipino.  As  governor  he  was  economical  and 
honest.  Although  he  repaired  the  walls  of  Manila 
and  built  many  ships,  the  public  revenue  increased 
to  one  and  one-half  million  pesos  a  year.  He  did 
all  he  could  to  bring  the  Philippines  out  of  the 
wretched  state  into  which  a  century  of  folly  had 
plunged  them. 

Anda  a  Modern  Man.' — Anda  was  different  from 

177 


178   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  governors  who  preceded  him.  At  the  time  of 
his  return  to  the  Phihppines,  Europe  and  America 
were  feeHng  their  way  toward  Hberty  and  progress. 
The  revokitionary  spirit  was  stirring  France  and 
the  North  American  colonies.  New  ideas  filled 
men's  minds.     The  Church  was  losing  control  of 


The  Anda  Monument.  Manila. 


the  State.  Anda,  like  Das  Marinas,  was  a  royal 
governor.  He  was  not  liked  by  the  friars,  because 
he  sent  a  report  to  the  king  charging  them  with 
disloyalty  and  crimes  of  oppression.  Anda  was  not 
a  republican,  but  he  believed  that  the  government 
should  study  to  make  the  country  prosperous.  He 
therefore  encouraged  agriculture,  believing  that  the 
future  prosperity  of  the  Islands  depended  upon  this. 
From  his  time  the  governors  began  to  develop  the 
unused  riches  of  the  Philippines.    The  galleon  trade 


THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIAIES.         179 

was  nearing  its  end,  and  a  new  era  was  beginning 

for  the  Filipinos. 

The  Teaching  of  Spanish.- — During  Anda's  rule  a 
royal  decree  ordered  that  Spanish  be  taught  instead 
of  the  native  dialects  of  the  Philippines.  In  a  great 
church  council  of  1590,  the  friars  had  decided  to 
teach  the  Filipino  tongues  instead  of  Spanish.  This 
was  because  they  believed  it  necessary  to  teach  re- 
ligion to  every  one  as  soon  as  possible.  The  friars 
could  learn  the  languages  of  the  natives  much 
quicker  than  the  natives  could  learn  Spanish.  Very 
old  people  and  little  children  might  die  ignorant  of 
the  gospel  if  it  were  not  quickly  taught  them  in 
their  own  tongue. 

Many  times  the  rulers  of  Spain  ordered  that 
Spanish  be  taught  to  the  Filipinos.  Most  of  the 
friars  were  willing  to  have  this  done.  But  they 
did  not  believe  it  would  ever  be  possible  to  make 
Spanish  the  language  of  the  common  people.  In 
later  days  there  were  some  who  did  not  wish  the 
Filipinos  to  learn  Spanish  because  they  were  afraid 
the  Filipinos  would  become  wise  enough  to  rule 
themselves. 

Death  of  Anda. — Anda  made  many  enemies  by  his 
stern,  just  ways.  These  enemies  fought  against 
him  at  the  court  of  Spain.  He  was  fined  and  some 
of  his  acts  condemned.  \\'earied  with  work  and 
the  ingratitude  of  his  country,  he  fell  ill,  dying  at 
Cavite  in  1776.  His  remains  were  placed  behind 
the  high  altar  of  the  cathedral   in  Manila.     His 


i8o   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

fame  is  secure  to-day  as  one  of  the  most  upright 
governors  that  Spain  ever  sent  to  the  Phihppines. 

Vargas  and  Agriculture. — Jose  de  Vasco  y  Var- 
gas (1778- 1 787)  was  an  intelhgent  and  industrious 
man.  Under  him  a  serious  attempt  was  made  to 
improve  agriculture.  He  pubhshed  a  proclamation, 
offering  prizes  to  those  who  excelled  in  agriculture 
and  industry.  He  encouraged  the  production  of 
silk.  IMulberry  trees,  on  which  the  silkwomi  feeds, 
were  planted  in  large  numbers.  For  some  years 
silk  was  made  in  the  Philippines.  The  mulberry 
and  the  silkworm  flourish  in  these  Islands.  In  the 
end,  however,  the  culture  of  silk  did  not  pay.  The 
plantations  were  abandoned.  The  silk  of  China  and 
Japan  was  produced  and  sold  cheaper  than  that  of 
the  Philippines.  This  was  because  wages  were  less 
in  those  countries  and  men  were  willing  to  work 
more  steadily  than  in  the  Philippines.  Many  things 
have  failed  in  the  Islands  because  Filipino  laborers 
have  beem  satisfied  with  earning  a  little  money. 
Then  they  have  abandoned  their  work  to  spend  or 
gamble  away  what  they  have  earned.  No  country 
can  have  great  industries  till  it  raises  up  an  army  of 
steady  workers  who  will  work  for  months  at  a 
time  at  the  same  rate  of  wages. 

Why  Java  Prospered. — It  is  true  that  one  reason 
for  lack  of  labor  was  because  the  Spaniards  did  not 
always  give  the  Filipinos  a  fair  share  of  the  prod- 
ucts of  their  labor.  In  Java  the  Dutch  compelled 
the  natives  of  the  Island  to  work;  but  in  all  their 


THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIMES.         i8i 

business  dealings  they  treated  the  natives  justly  and 
fulfilled  all  promise's.  Thus  Java  grew  industrious 
and  prosperous  while  the  Philippines  advanced 
slowly.  We  shall  see  an  example  of  this  in  the  way 
the  Spanish  managed  the  tobacco  industry. 


Tobacco  Growing. 


The  Tobacco  Monopoly — For  centuries  the  Phil- 
ippines had  cost  the  treasury  of  Mexico  a  large  sum 
yearly.  The  burden  of  the  royal  subsidy  was  a 
heavy  drain  on  the  Mexican  treasury.  Vargas  now 
thought  of  a  plan  to  make  the  Philippine  Govern- 
ment pay  its  own  expenses.  He  decided  that  all  the 
tobacco  must  be  raised,  manufactured,  and  sold  by 


i82    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  government.  This  plan  was  called  the  Tobacco 
Monopoly.  In  1781  the  Filipino  farmers  were  for- 
bidden to  grow  and  sell  tobacco,  except  at  the  order 
of  the  government.  The  following  year  the  gov- 
ernment began  the  business  of  growing,  manufac- 
turing, and  selling  tobacco.  This  monopoly  con- 
tinued for  exactly  one  hundred  years.  The  revenues 
of  the  government  increased  rapidly.  There  were 
some  years  now  when  it  was  not  necessary  to  send 
a  subsidy  from  Mexico.  But  the  treasury  was 
filled  by  means  of  oppression  and  injustice. 

Abuses  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly. — The  govern- 
ment told  the  farmer  just  how  much  land  he  should 
plant  each  year  with  tobacco.  He  was  ordered  to 
raise  a  certain  amount  from  this  land.  He  could 
not  keep  one  leaf  for  his  own  use.  His  house  was 
searched  for  hidden  tobacco.  If  the  farmer  did  not 
raise  the  required  amount  the  land  was  given  to 
another.     He  was  heavily  fined  if  he  hid  any  away. 

When  the  government  bought  the  tobacco  of  the 
farmer  it  fixed  its  own  price.  Then  it  made  this 
tobacco  into  cigars  and  sold  them  to  the  farmer, 
again  at  its  own  price.  The  government  inspectors 
were  often  dishonest  and  cruel.  They  accepted 
bribes  from  some  natives  who  broke  the  laws.  They 
undervalued  the  tobacco  of  others.  They  treated 
harshly  the  families  of  those  whose  houses  they 
searched.  As  time  passed,  the  government  paid 
less  and  less  for  the  tobacco,  and  the  payments  were 
slow  in  coming.     After  planting  most  of  his  land 


THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIMES.         183 

with  tobacco,  and  working  hard  and  long  to  secure 
the  crop,  the  farmer  often  waited  longer  still  for 
his  pay.  Finally  the  government  began  to  pay  in 
written  promises  instead  of  money.  Men  went 
through  the  country  and  bought  these  pieces  of 
paper  of  the  natives,  giving  them  less  money  than 
they  were  worth. 

End  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly. — Under  Governor 
Primo  de  Rivera  in  1881  the  government  ceased  to 
raise  and  sell  tobacco.  This  monopoly  had  become 
a  disgrace.  Large  sums  were  due  the  farmers  for 
the  tobacco  they  had  raised  for  the  government. 
Since  this  monopoly  has  ceased,  many  Filipinos 
have  succeeded  in  making  a  good  living  by  raising 
tobacco  for  themselves.  It  is  said  that  since  the 
semislavery  days  of  compulsory  tobacco  raising 
ended  the  farmers  have  not  grown  as  good  tobacco, 
or  cured  it  so  carefully  as  before.  But  the  bribery 
and  abuses  of  the  old  days  are  ended.  Free  indus- 
try and  an  honest  government  are  worth  more  than 
tobacco. 

"Royal  Company  of  the  Philippines." — The  great- 
est commercial  enterprise  that  Spain  started  in  the 
Philippines  was  the  "Royal  Company  of  the  Philip- 
pines," in  1785.  The  king,  Charles  III.,  was  an 
investor  in  this  company.  He  and  his  governor, 
Vargas,  did  all  they  could  to  make  it  succeed.  The 
capital  of  the  company  was  six  million  pesos.  It 
had  the  sole  right  to  trade  between  the  Philippines 
and  Spain,  but  not  with  Mexico.    The  company  en- 


i84   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

couraged  the  cultivation  of  silk,  indigo,  sugar,  and 
cotton.  Pepper  was  planted  by  it  in  Luzon,  the 
Visayas,  and  JMindanao.  It  paid  a  higher  price  for 
Philippine  pepper  than  for  that  of  Java  and  Su- 
matra. But  the  Philippines  were  not  so  fit  to  grow 
pepper  as  these  other  islands.  The  governors  wanted 
all  the  trade  of  their  provinces.  They  were  jeal- 
ous of  the  company  and  would  not  assist  it.  So 
this  great  enterprise  which  cost  so  much  and  prom- 
ised so  well  failed.  A  further  reason  for  its  fail- 
ure was  the  unwillingness  of  the  natives  to  work 
steadily. 

"Sociedad  Economica  de  Amigos  del  Pais," — One 
of  the  best  acts  of  \^argas  was  to  establish  the 
"Economic  Society  of  Friends  of  the  Countr3^'' 
Pie  did  this  in  obedience  to  a  royal  decree.  The 
king  ordered  the  formation  of  a  "society  of  select 
persons  capable  of  producing  useful  thoughts." 
This  society  was  founded  in  1781.  In  his  speech 
at  the  first  meeting  of  the  society  Vargas  said  that 
the  backward  condition  of  the  Philippines  was  on 
account  of  too  great  attention  to  the  galleon  trade. 
The  society  included  some  of  the  most  distinguished 
people  of  that  day.  It  lasted  till  the  close  of  Span- 
ish rule.  At  times  it  was  dead  for  years,  but  it  was 
of  some  help  to  Philippine  agriculture  and  industry. 

Vargas  Resigns,- — \^argas  did  many  other  things, 
such  as  the  suppression  of  highway  robbery,  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  hospice,  or  house  of  refuge,  and  the 
creation  of  militia   regiments  of  Filipinos.      Like 


THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIMES.         185 

many  other  good  governors,  Vargas  made  enemies. 
Wearied  with  the  opposition  of  the  judges,  mer- 
chants, and  others,  he  resigned  in  1787.  Some  think 
he  was  the  most  useful  governor  the  Phihppines 
have  ever  had. 

Industry  Better  Than   Conquest. — AUhough  the 

Tobacco  Monopoly  was  oppressive  and  the  Royal 
Company  a  failure,  such  efforts  did  more  for  the 
Philippines  than  did  the  old  expeditions  of  conquest 
to  the  Moluccas.  They  did  more  for  the  permanent 
prosperity  of  the  country  than  the  galleon  trade. 
The  Filipinos  learned  much  about  industry.  The 
country  grew  in  numbers  and  wealth.  So  rich  a 
land,  with  every  variety  of  soil  and  climate,  needed 
but  little  encouragement. 

Rafael  de  Aguilar,  Governor — 1 793-1 806. — Agui- 
lar  was  a  governor  of  intelligence  and  energy.  He 
continued  the  plans  of  Vargas.  The  Tobacco  Mon- 
opoly was  bringing  large  sums  of  money  to  the  gov- 
ernment. By  royal  order  in  his  rule  encouragement 
was  given  to  the  cultivation  of  the  mulberry  tree, 
and  of  cinnamon,  pepper,  cotton,  and  cacao. 

Aguilar  built  a  road  from  Cavite  to  Manila.  He 
was  the  first  to  light  the  streets  of  Manila.  The 
iron  mines  of  Angat  received  his  help.  His  rule 
was  marked  by  only  one  backward  step,  the  exclu- 
sion of  foreigners. 

Aguilar  and  Foreigners. — In  1800  Aguilar  for- 
bade foreigners  to  settle  in  the  Philippines.  This 
policy  was  a  great  loss  to  the  country.     In  a  rich 


i86   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

country,  with  so  small  a  population  as  the  Philip- 
pines then  had,  merchants  of  other  lands,  with  capi- 
tal and  energy,  are  a  benefit.  The  United  States, 
for  example,  has  become  great  and  powerful  in  a 


^-;*:\ 


The  Santa  Lucia  Gate,  Manila,  Built  by  Vargas. 


short  time  by   freely  admitting  industrious   immi- 
grants of  practically  all  nationalities. 

Progress  of  the  Filipinos. — Manila  was  no  longer 
a  village  of  nipa  huts.  Many  of  its  inhabitants 
lived  in  luxury.  The  governor  loved  display.  He 
spent  upon  his  household  60,000  pesos  a  year.  This 
was  three  times  his  salary.  The  Islands  were  en- 
tering upon  a  long  period  of  prosperity.  The  popu- 
lation was  about  one  and  one-half  millions.  The 
Philippines  were  coming  into  better  days.  They 
still  suffered  from  pirates  and  other  evils,  but  their 
condition  was  steadily  growing  better.     The  Fili- 


THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIMES.         187 

pinos  were  learning  their  rights.  From  this  time 
forward  their  protests  had  more  weight  with  their 
rulers.  Instead  of  the  barbaric  chiefs  of  Legazpi's 
day  their  leaders  were  industrious,  successful  farm- 
ers and  merchants.  They  had  learned  much  from 
Spain.  It  was  they  who  were  now  building  her 
ships,  churches,  and  forts.  Filipino  soldiers  were 
the  larger  part  of  Spain's  army  in  the  Philippines. 
Filipino  priests  were  serving  side  by  side  with  the 
Spanish  friars.  Filipinos  were  soon  to  share  in  the 
councils  of  Spain. 

Summary. — Anda  (1770- 1776)  was  an  able  and 
honest  governor.  He  repaired  the  walls  of  Manila 
and  increased  the  revenue  to  one  and  one-half  mil- 
lion pesos  a  year.  He  charged  the  friars  with  dis- 
loyalty, encouraged  agriculture,  but  was  eventually 
fined  for  some  acts  and  died  in  1776.  In  Anda's 
time  it  was  ordered  that  Spanish  be  taught  in  the 
schools  instead  of  the  Philippine  dialects. 

Jose  de  Vasco  y  Vargas  (1778- 1787)  offered 
prizes  to  those  who  excelled  in  agriculture.  The 
production  of  silk  flourished  in  his  administration. 
In  the  end  it  failed  because  labor  was  cheaper  in 
China  and  Chinese  silk  sold  cheaper  than  Philippine 
silk. 

In  1 78 1  the  Philippine  government  took  over  the 
sole  right  to  raise,  manufacture,  and  sell  tobacco. 
This  was  called  the  Tobacco  Monopoly.  It  lasted 
for  a  hundred  years  and  brought  large  sums  to  the 
treasury.    There  were  many  abuses  by  government 


l88    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

inspectors.  The  culture  of  tobacco  was  greatly  ex- 
tended and  improved. 

The  Royal  Company  of  the  Philippines  was 
started  in  1785.  King  Charles  III.  was  an  investor. 
It  encouraged  the  cultivation  of  silk,  indigo,  sugar, 
and  cotton.  The  jealousy  of  the  provincial  gover- 
nors injured  it  and  it  failed. 

Vargas  established  the  Economic  Society  of 
Friends  of  the  Country  in  178 1.  It  was  an  agricul- 
tural society  and  did  much  good. 

Rafael  de  Aguilar  (1793- 1806)  also  encouraged 
agriculture  and  industry.  He  forbade  foreigners  to 
settle  in  the  Philippines.  The  population  was  about 
one  and  one-half  millions  in  1800  and  commercial 
prosperity  was  increasing. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 


REBELLION    AND    REFORM. 


Filipinos  in  the  Cortes — The  Cortes  was  the  body 
of  men  which  made  laws  for  Spain  and  her  colonies. 
In  1810  two  natives  of  the  Philippines  were  chosen 
to  represent  the  Islands  in  the  Cortes.  In  1809  the 
Filipinos  had  been  given  by  Spain  the  right  to  send 
forty  deputies  to  the  Cortes,  but  the  cost  of  sending 
them  was  so  great  that  as  a  rule  only  two  or  three 
were  sent.  Ventura  de  los  Reyes,  of  Manila,  was 
one  of  the  first  deputies.  He  recommended  that 
the  galleon  trade  be  stopped.  This  was  done  in 
1815. 

Another  Filipino  deputy,  liiigo,  in  18 15,  recom- 
mended that  the  taxes  upon  the  poor  people  be  de- 
creased. He  advised  that  the  government  monopo- 
lies of  tobacco,  wine,  and  other  products  be  stopped, 
and  that  every  person  be  allowed  to  raise  what  he 
wished.  He  called  the  attention  of  the  Cortes  to  the 
many  false  land  titles  in  the  Philippines.  He  asked 
that  the  missions  of  the  friars  to  China  be  stopped. 
These  missions  were  costing  the  government  about 
fifty  thousand  pesos  a  year.     He  advised  that  a 

189 


190    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

college  be  started  in  which  Filipino  boys  might 
learn  various  native  languages,  so  that  they  might 
be  fitted  to  hold  government  positions  in  the 
provinces. 

These    were   some   of    the    things   the    Filipinos 


Fernando  VII.  of  Spain. 


wanted.  They  did  not  get  them.  The  reason  was 
because  Spain  did  not  give  the  Filipinos  representa- 
tion in  the  Cortes  in  order  to  learn  how  to  govern 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM.  191 

them  better,  but  to  gain  their  friendship  in  time  of 
trouble. 

The  Constitution  of  1812. — A  new  constitution 
was  proclaimed  in  Spain  in  18 12.  When  this  con- 
stitution was  published  in  the  Philippines  the  follow- 
ing year,  the  people  thought  they  would  now  be  free 
from  the  labor  tax  and  tribute.  The  governor  had 
to  send  out  a  proclamation  to  the  provinces  explain- 
ing that  no  government  could  exist  without  taxes. 

Restoration  of  Fernando  VII.. — In  1814  Fernando 
VII.  was  restored  to  the  throne  of  Spain.  He 
began  his  new  rule  like  a  tyrant.  He  abolished  the 
constitution,  and  began  again  the  Inquisition,  which 
had  been  stopped  the  year  before.  All  who  opposed 
him  were  killed  or  driven  out  of  the  country. 

Revolt  in  Ilocos  Norte. — ^^'hen  the  natives  of  the 
Philippines  were  told  of  these  changes,  they  thought 
the  officials  in  IManila  were  lying  to  them.  They 
believed  they  were  being  robbed  of  the  new  liberties 
which  the  constitution  had  given  them.  Fifteen 
hundred  Ilocanos  revolted  in  Ilocos  Norte.  Their 
attacks  were  directed  mainly  against  the  rich  princi- 
pales.  They  killed  and  robbed  a  number  of  these. 
Convents  and  churches  were  burned  and  sacked. 
The  books  and  papers  in  town  records  were  de- 
stroyed. 

Oppression  of  the  Poor. — One  cause  of  this  revolt 
was  the  oppression  of  the  poorer  natives  by  the  rich.. 
The  latter  used  to  give  raw  silk  or  cotton  to  the  com- 
mon people,  and  require  them  to  make  it  into  cloth. 


192   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

When  the  cloth  was  deHvered  the  rich  would  com- 
plain of  its  poor  quality.  They  would  say  it  weighed 
less  than  it  did.  Then  they  would  pay  the  makers 
less  than  they  ought. 

If  the  Filipinos  had  stopped  oppressing  each  other 


Bell  Tower  and  Theater,  Laoag. 


they  might  have  thrown  off  the  yoke  of  Spain. 
But  as  soon  as  a  few  of  them  got  more  power 
than  the  rest,  they  began  to  oppress  those  under 
them  instead  of  helping  them  to  be  free.  They 
had  not  learned  the  great  fact  that  no  people  can 
ever  be  free  unless  they  are  willing  to  treat  each 
other  justly. 

The  Constitution  Renewed. — The  revolts  in 
Spain  compelled  the  king  to  set  up  the  constitution 
again  in  1820.    The  next  year  it  was  proclaimed  all 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM.  193 

over  the  Philippines.  That  year  four  deputies  were 
elected  to  the  Cortes.  The  people  did  not  rejoice 
much  over  the  renewal  of  the  constitution;  for  they 
had  learned  that  it  made  little  improvement  in  their 
lot.  The  governor  and  the  church  officials  did  not 
want  many  deputies  from  Manila  in  the  Cortes. 
They  had  always  done  as  they  thought  best  in  the 
Philippines.  They  did  not  wish  to  have  their  plans 
and  acts  exposed  and  criticised  in  Spain.  As  for 
the  Filipinos,  they  had  not  received  much  benefit 
from  the  deputies,  so  they  did  not  care. 

The  School  of  Freedom — These  events  show  that 
it  is  very  difficult  for  a  people  who  have  never  been 
free  to  learn  what  freedom  means.  \\'hen  the 
United  States  became  a  free  nation  she  had  already 
spent  centuries  in  learning,  little  by  little,  how  to 
use  freedom.  France,  who  tried  to  free  herself 
about  the  same  time,  soon  lost  her  freedom  be- 
cause her  past  history  had  not  taught  her  people 
how  to  use  liberty.  She  had  to  go  to  school  nearly 
a  century  longer  before  she  established  a  strong 
republic. 

End  of  Representation  in  the  Cortes.- — In  1837, 
in  a  secret  session  of  the  Cortes,  it  was  decided  not 
to  let  the  Filipinos  send  any  more  deputies  to  Spain. 
The  reasons  given  for  this  were  four — -the  distance 
of  the  Philippines,  the  expense,  the  difference  of  cus- 
toms, and  the  lack  of  enough  Filipinos  sufficiently 
well  educated  for  so  high  an  office. 

News  of  this  action  nearly  created  a  revolution  in 


194    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Manila.  The  governor,  however,  agreed  to  make 
no  changes  till  the  Cortes  decreed  them.  It  really 
made  little  difference  at  that  time  whether  there  were 
Filipino  deputies  or  not.  The  Filipino  deputies  were 
so  few  in  number  that  they  could  not  secure  re- 
forms to  which  the  officials  in  the  Philippines  were 
opposed. 

Mariano  Ricafort,  Governor — 1825-1830 Rica- 
fort  was  an  intelligent  and  active  governor.  Manila 
in  his  day  was  full  of  beggars  and  bad  men.  He 
caused  a  house-to-house  visit  to  be  made,  and  drove 
away  many  of  these.  He  also  punished  those  who 
sang  evil  songs,  gambled,  blasphemed,  worked  on 
feast  days,  or  did  not  bring  up  their  children  prop- 
erly. 

Ricafort  gave  much  attention  to  agriculture.  A 
great  evil  in  the  Philippines  had  been  the  taking  of 
all  that  a  man  had  to  pay  a  debt.  Ricafort  ordered 
that  laborers  should  not  be  put  in  prison  for  private 
debts.  If  a  man  could  not  pay  his  debts,  his  creditor 
could  not  take  away  his  tools,  animals,  or  land.  The 
object  of  this  law  was  to  give  a  man  time  to  pay 
his  debts.  He  ordered  that  laborers  who  worked 
steadily  for  many  years  should  be  free  from  tribute. 
These  reforms  were  good.  The  difficulty  was  that 
the  governors  of  the  Philippines  did  not  hold  their 
positions  long  enough  to  carry  out  their  reforms. 
When  a  new  governor  came  to  the  Philippines  he 
did  just  as  he  pleased.  If  he  did  not  agree  with  the 
governor  who  came  before  him,  he  did  not  compel 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM. 


195 


the  people  to  obey  the  laws  that  the  former  governor 

had  made. 

The  Rebellion  of  Dagohoy.- — Ricafort  suppressed 
a  rebellion  that  had  begun  one  hundred  years  before. 
A  century  before  his  time  a  Jesuit  priest  in  Bohol 


Parian  Redoubt. 


ordered  the  capture  of  a  man  who  had  abandoned 
the  Catholic  faith.  The  native  who  tried  to  capture 
him  was  killed.  The  brother  of  the  dead  man 
brought  the  body  to  the  priest  for  burial.  The  priest 
demanded  the  usual  fee.  The  brother,  who  was 
named  Dagohoy,  refused  to  pay  a  fee,  saying  that 
as  his  brother  had  died  in  the  service  of  the  priest 
he  ought  to  be  buried  without  charge.     For  three 


196   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

days  the  body  lay  unburied  while  they  quarreled. 
Then  Dagohoy,  exerting  his  influence  on  the  na- 
tives, started  a  rebellion.  The  people  of  Bohol  had 
always  loved  war.  Three  thousand  people  joined 
Dagohoy.  Then  they  killed  the  priest  who  refused 
to  bury  the  body  without  pay,  and  in  other  ways 
wreaked  their  vengeance  on  the  priests. 

An  Independent  People. — For  nearly  a  hundred 
years  these  people  and  their  descendants  remained 
unsubdued  in  the  mountains  of  Bohol.  It  was  the 
most  successful  rebellion  the  Filipinos  ever  made. 
It  is  a  mistake  to  think  that  the  real  cause  of  this  re- 
bellion was  the  refusal  of  the  priest  to  bury  the  dead 
body.  Many  times  in  the  history  of  the  Philippines 
a  few  Filipinos  have  become  weary  of  the  life  of 
civilization  and  left  it  to  live  the  wild  life  of  the 
mountains.  Sometimes  they  have  done  it  because 
they  were  oppressed ;  at  other  times  simply  because 
they  loved  a  wild  life. 

To-day  the  Filipinos  have  far  more  freedom  than 
they  ever  had  under  Spanish  rule.  All  but  a  few  of 
the  governors  of  the  thirty-eight  provinces  are  Fili- 
pinos. All  the  officers  of  the  more  than  six 
hundred  municipalities  of  the  Philippines  are  Fili- 
pinos. There  is  plenty  of  work  for  all.  No  one 
needs  to  flee  to  the  mountains  and  live  a  wild  life. 
Yet  there  are  still  those  who  do  this.  The  real 
reason  for  this  is  not  because  they  are  oppressed, 
or  because  they  desire  to  help  their  brother  Filipinos. 
It  is  often  because  they  do  not  love  civilization.    The 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM  197 

life  of  a  civilized  man  is  a  life  where  each  respects 
the  rights  of  others.  It  is  a  life  where  each  obeys 
the  laws  that  are  made  for  the  good  of  all. 

But  these  people  of  Bohol  that  withdrew  to  the 
mountains  pre3'ed  upon  other  Filipinos.  They  at- 
tacked the  villages  on  the  coast.  If  they  had  gained 
their  living  by  agriculture  and  industry  we  might 
admire  them.  But  they  robbed  and  killed  their 
neighbors.  No  man  is  obliged  to  live  in  a  country 
if  he  does  not  like  the  government.  He  may  go  to 
some  other  country.  But  if  most  of  the  people  in 
a  country  desire  to  obey  the  law,  nothing  can  be 
worse  than  for  a  few  men  to  rebel  and  live  like 
savages.  It  was  therefore  a  good  thing  that  Rica- 
fort  finally  suppressed  this  rebellion. 

The  New  Pueblos. — Ricafort  determined  to  com- 
pel these  rebellious  mountaineers  to  live  among  and 
like  the  civilized  Filipinos.  They  had  increased  to 
twenty  thousand  in  number.  Under  governor  Raon 
pardon  had  been  offered  to  all  who  would  return  to 
,a  civilized  life.  But  the  leaders  threatened  to  kill 
any  who  accepted  this  pardon.  Ricafort  therefore 
sent  the  Governor  of  Cebu  with  a  large  force  to 
bring  back  the  rebels  to  a  civilized  life.  The  loyal 
Cebuans  and  Boholans  of  this  force  penetrated  to 
the  heart  of  the  mountains  of  Bohol.  It  required 
over  six  thousand  men  and  more  than  a  year  of 
fighting  to  do  this.  In  the  end  five  new  pueblos 
were  formed  on  the  coast  of  Bohol  and  in  these  and 
other  pueblos  the  mountaineers  were  made  to  live. 


198    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Had  this  not  been  done,  Bohol  to-day  would  be  a 
wilderness  populated  with  savage  tribes. 

Pascual    Enrile,    Governor  —  1830-1835 Enrile 

was  another  governor  whose  rule  did  much  for  the 
progress  of  the  Islands.  IMany  of  the  governors 
knew  little  of  the  Islands  outside  of  IManila,  Enrile 
was  a  great  observer.  He  traveled  over  the  prov- 
inces of  northern  Luzon.  The  maps  of  the  Islands 
were  very  imperfect.  Enrile  had  in  his  service  a 
very  intelligent  young  engineer  called  Penaranda. 
The  governor  caused  new  maps  and  charts  to  be 
made  by  Penaranda.  At  this  time  the  great  north 
and  south  highways  of  Luzon  were  begun.  Penar- 
anda made  surveys  for  the  post-roads.  Later  he 
was  Governor  of  Albay.  Here  he  greatly  improved 
the  roads  and  encouraged  agriculture. 

Advantages  of  Good  Roads.- — No  country  can  be 
civilized,  or  in  any  degree  prosperous,  without  roads. 
With  good  roads  there  are  fewer  bandits,  because  it 
is  easier  to  pursue  and  capture  them.  Crops  can  be 
transported  more  cheaply.  Land  that  is  rich  but 
useless,  because  its  products  can  not  be  carried  to 
market,  becomes  valuable.  With  good  roads  it  is 
easy  to  reach  schools  and  churches,  two  of  the  great- 
est helps  to  civilization.  Without  good  roads  the 
people  of  the  Philippines  never  can  understand  each 
other.  As  long  as  the  Filipinos  live  in  the  villages 
where  they  were  born,  and  never  see  or  talk  with 
the  people  of  other  tov/ns  and  provinces,  they  will 
never  become  a  nation. 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM.  199 

Enrile  should  therefore  be  long  remembered  as  a 
wise  and  useful  governor  because  of  the  efforts  he 
made  to  cover  Luzon  with  good  highways. 

Kinds  of  Rebellion. — We  have  studied  all  the  im- 
portant rebellions  in  the  Philippines  for  nearly  three 
centuries  of  Spanish  rule.  We  have  learned  that 
most  of  them  were  due  to  the  abuse  of  the  tribute 
system  and  the  forced  labor  law.  We  have  seen 
how  the  government  monopolies  were  the  cause  of 
others.  Still  others  came  from  the  desire  to  return 
to  the  free,  savage  life  of  the  mountains  and  forests. 
One  or  two  were  begun  by  soldiers  in  revenge  for 
wrongs  or  to  satisfy  ambition.  We  are  now  to  read 
of  a  rebellion  that  had  religion  for  its  cloak  and  in- 
dependence from  Spain  for  its  aim. 

The  Revolt  of  the  Cofradia — 1 840-1 841. — Apoli- 
nario  de  la  Cruz  was  a  donado,  or  helper,  in  the 
Hospital  of  San  Juan  de  Dios.  He  was  a  young 
Tagalog,  slight  in  figure,  silent,  and  religious.  He 
organized  the  "Cofradia  de  San  Jose."  This  was  a 
religious  brotherhood  in  honor  of  St.  Joseph.  None 
but  Filipinos  were  allowed  to  join  this  brotherhood. 
It  soon  had  several  thousand  members  in  La  La- 
guna,  Tayabas,  and  Batangas.  Each  member  paid  a 
tax  of  one  real  a  month.  Secret  meetings  were 
held.  The  authorities  of  Church  and  State  sus- 
pected that  the  real  purpose  of  the  brotherhood  was 
to  start  a  revolution.  Therefore  they  refused  the 
request  for  permission  to  hold  a  novena  in  Tayabas. 
At  the  same  time  they  tried  to  arrest  the  young 


200    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

leader.  But  Apolinaria  fled  from  Manila  to  La 
Laguna. 

Destruction  of  the  Cofradia. — Apolinario  called 
his  people  together,  and  took  refuge  in  Igsaban.  He 
enlisted  the  aid  of  the  Negritos  to  fight  the  Span- 
iards. Governor  Ortega,  of  Tayabas,  attacked  him 
with  a  force  of  three  hundred.  This  force  was  de- 
feated and  Ortega  was  killed. 

The  Spanish  authorities  now  realized  that  a  seri- 
ous rebellion  had  arisen.  A  large  force  of  soldiers 
was  sent  from  Manila  to  destroy  the  Cofradia. 
Apolinario  had  encamped  on  the  peninsula  of  Ali- 
tao  near  the  city  of  Tayabas.  The  river  was  on  two 
sides  of  his  camp  and  a  mountain  in  the  rear.  Here 
he  had  built  a  church.  Strange  ceremonies  were 
held  there.  Apolinario  claimed  to  have  the  special 
protection  of  the  Virgin  Mary.  He  told  his  fol- 
lowers that  when  their  enemies  attacked  them  the 
earth  would  open  and  swallow  their  foes. 

In  the  battle  that  followed  five  hundred  of  the 
Cofradia  were  killed,  after  a  brave  fight.  Apoli- 
nario's  own  men.  filled  with  rage  at  being  deceived, 
tried  to  find  and  kill  him.  But  he  had  fled.  A  few 
days  later  he  was  captured,  tried,  and  executed.  His 
followers  called  Apolinario  "King  of  the  Taga- 
logs."  Most  of  them  were  poor,  ignorant  peasants. 
We  shall  see  how  in  the  next  revolt  Filipinos  of  a 
different  class,  with  new  ideas,  were  the  leaders. 

Summary. — In  i8io  two  Filipinos  were  chosen  to 
represent  the  Philippines  in  the  Cortes.     The  gal- 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM.  201 

leon  trade  ended  in  181 5.  Deputy  Inigo  advised 
that  the  government  monopolies  be  ended,  the  Chi- 
nese missions  stopped  and  a  Fihpino  college  started. 
The  new  constitution  of  Spain  was  proclaimed  in 
18 1 3  in  the  Philippines.  The  next  year  it  was  abol- 
ished and  a  revolt  in  Ilocos  Norte  followed.  One 
cause  of  this  revolt  was  the  oppression  of  the  poor 
Filipinos  by  the  rich. 

The  constitution  was  renewed  in  1820.  It  made 
little  improvement  in  the  Philippines.  The  deputies 
in  the  Cortes  were  of  small  benefit  to  the  Filipinos. 
In  1837  Philippine  representation  in  the  Cortes 
ended. 

Manuel  Ricafort  (1825-1830)  improved  the  mor- 
als of  Manila.  He  forbade  imprisonment  for  debt, 
encouraged  agriculture  and  suppressed  a  rebellion 
in  Bohol.  This  revolt  was  led  by  Dagohoy.  The 
rebels  had  established  a  new  town  in  the  mountains 
and  remained  independent  nearly  one  hundred  years. 
Ricafort  compelled  these  rebellious  mountaineers 
to  live  on  the  plains.  They  had  increased  to  twenty 
thousand.  After  a  year  of  fighting,  these  people 
were  gathered  into  five  new  towns. 

Pascual  Enrile,  governor  1830- 183  5,  had  new 
maps  and  highways  made.  Apolinario  de  la  Cruz 
was  a  Tagalog  religious  leader  who  in  1840  organ- 
ized the  Cofradia  de  San  Jose  with  several  thousand 
members.  They  held  secret  meetings  with  strange 
ceremonies.  After  a  severe  battle  his  followers 
were  subdued  and  Apolinario  was  executed. 


CHAPTER    XIX. 

CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO. 

Changes  of  Governors. — Beginning  with  Claveria, 
twenty  different  governors  ruled  the  Phihppines  in 
twenty-five  years.  In  a  country  where  each  gov- 
ernor had  the  power  to  change  the  plans  of  his 
predecessor,  frequent  changes  were  made.  Many 
reforms  were  begun  by  these  governors,  but  few  of 
them  were  made  efTfective.  Montero,  the  greatest  of 
modern  Spanish  historians  of  the  Philippines,  said : 

"As  hell,  according  to  a  vulgar  proverb,  is  paved  with 
good  intentions,  so  Spanish  legislation  appears  full  of  wise 
laws  and  beautiful  theories  which  are  never  enforced. 
The  very  men  who  proclaim  the  soundest  principles  of 
government  and  thunder  against  the  existing  political  and 
social  evils  are  the  first  to  commit  them." 

The  Friars  and  the  Governors. — A  further  reason 
was  the  ignorance  of  the  governors  of  the  real  needs 
of  the  Filipinos,  and  how  to  .satisfy  them.  The  peo- 
ple who  really  understood  the  country  were  the  par- 
ish priests.  These  men  as  a  rule  spent  their  lives  in 
the  Philippines.     Many  of  them  spoke  the  Filipino 

202 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO.  203 

tongues  fluently.  On  the  whole,  they  had  the  good 
of  the  natives  at  heart.  When  they  saw  laws  pro- 
posed by  men  who  knew  little  of  the  Philippines  and 
the  Filipinos,  they  fought  against  these  laws.  If 
they  could  not  influence  a  governor,  they  persuaded 
his  successor  to  change  the  laws.  Oftentimes  they 
were  in  the  right.  But  right  or  wrong,  no  coun- 
try can  prosper  with  two  ruling  classes  who  do 
not  agree.  Therefore,  though  the  governors  dur- 
ing this  period  were  intelligent  and  active  men, 
they   accomplished    very   little   by   their  numerous 

laws. 

Effect  of  Travel  and  Commerce.- — The  world  ad- 
vanced so  rapidly  during  the  nineteenth  century  that 
it  was  impossible  that  some  light  should  not  reach 
the  Philippines.  In  the  middle  of  that  century  the 
world  began  to  be  girdled  wnth  steamers  and  tele- 
graph-lines. People  traveled  more,  and  commerce 
brought  all  countries  closer  together.  So  in  spite 
of  the  weakness  of  the  Philippine  Government  a  few 
of  her  rulers  who  had  learned  modern  methods  suc- 
ceeded in  helping  the  country.  Among  these  are 
two  whose  names  are  most  worthy  to  be  remem- 
bered— Claveria  and  Urbistondo. 

Narciso  Claveria,  Governor — 1844-1849. — Claveria 
was  a  man  of  "culture,  probity,  and  industry."  He 
traveled  through  many  provinces  trying  to  learn  the 
needs  of  the  Filipinos.  He  encouraged  agriculture, 
improved  the  streets  and  suburbs  of  Manila,  and 
tried  to  give  the  Islands  a  government  as  good  as 


204    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

that  of  modern  Spain.  We  shall  study  a  few  of  his 
acts. 

Reformation  of  the  Calendar. — The  Philippines 
till  1845  were  one  day  behind  the  calendar  of  Fai- 
rope.  When  Magellan  sailed  west  around  the  world, 
he  lost  a  few  minutes  every  day.  He  was  going  the 
same  way  the  sun  seems  to  go,  so  his  day  ended  later 
than  that  of  the  people  who  remained  in  Europe. 
Therefore  he  was  later  in  beginning  the  next  day. 
By  the  time  he  reached  the  Philippines,  he  was  a 
day  behind  Europe  in  his  date.  This  error  had  been 
known  for  centuries.  That  it  was  not  corrected 
shows  how  slow  the  rulers  of  the  Philippines  in 
those  days  were  to  change  a  custom.  Finally  Cla- 
veria  and  the  archbishop  agreed  to  drop  December 
31,  1844,  from  the  Philippine  calendar.  So  the  day 
that  followed  December  30,  1844,  in  the  Philippines 
was  called  January  i,  1845. 

Surnames  of  the  Filipinos. — From  the  days  of  the 
Spanish  conquest  some  Filipinos  had  received  Span- 
ish surnames.  Most  of  the  people,  however,  had 
no  surnames.  This  caused  much  confusion.  So 
in  1849  Claveria  sent  to  the  chiefs  of  the  provinces 
long  lists  of  Spanish  surnames.  These  were  sent 
out  to  the  different  towns,  and  given  to  the  natives 
who  had  no  surnames.  In  many  towns  all  these 
names  began  with  the  same  letter  of  the  alphabet. 

First  Steamers  in  the  Philippines.- — The  first 
steamers  to  sail  regularly  in  Philippine  waters  were 
the  Magallanes,    Elcano,    and   Rcina   de    Castilla. 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO.  205 

They  were  brought  from  London  in  1848.  These 
steamers  were  of  great  vakie,  because  now  it  was 
possible  to  chase  and  capture  the  swift  boats  of  the 
Moro  pirates. 

The  Governors — From  the  earhest  days  the  chief 
of  a  province  had  acted  both  as  governor  and  judge. 
He  also  engaged  in  trade,  of  which  he  had  a  monop- 
oly. With  the  duties  of  three  men  to  perform,  it 
was  not  strange  that  the  governors  were  often  poor 
rulers.  They  knew  little  of  the  law.  Therefore 
they  sent  all  the  important  cases  to  Manila.  For 
this  reason  there  were  often  long  delays  in  deciding 
cases.  Sometimes  it  required  years  to  get  justice. 
This  encouraged  the  strong  to  oppress  the  weak. 
Claveria  therefore  ordered  that  the  governors  be 
men  of  two  years'  experience  in  the  law. 

Gains  of  the  Governors. — Claveria  also  ordered 
that  the  governors  should  not  engage  in  trade. 
This  wise  decree  was  not  fully  obeyed  for  many 
years  after  the  time  of  Claveria.  At  that  time  there 
were  thirty-one  provinces.  The  governor  received 
a  salary  of  from  three  hundred  to  two  thousand 
pesos  a  year.  The  most  common  salary  was  six 
hundred  pesos.  In  return  for  the  privilege  of  con- 
trolling the  trade  of  the  provinces,  the  governors 
paid  the  government  as  high  as  three  thousand  pesos 
a  year.  Yet  they  usually  became  rich.  Men  of  high 
position  tried  to  get  these  places.  Sometimes  they 
returned  to  Spain  with  fortunes,  after  a  few  years 
as  governor.     Too  often  these  fortunes  were  made 


2o6    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

by  dealing  unjustly  with  the  Filipinos.  From  the 
days  of  the  first  encomenderos,  the  Spanish  officials 
looked  upon  the  Filipino  as  a  mine  out  of  which  to 
dig  a  fortune.  They  did  not  see  that  if  the  rulers 
of  a  country  are  to  be  prosperous  they  must  make 
all  the  people  prosperous. 

Urbistondo ;  Conquest  of  Jolo. — Antonio  de  Urbis- 
tondo,  governor  from  1850  to  1853,  demanded  of 
the  Sultan  of  Jolo  the  punishment  of  some  pirates 
who  had  attacked  Samar.  The  sultan  refused  the 
request  and  fired  upon  the  ships  of  Urbistondo. 
Then  the  Spanish  Government  aroused  itself  to 
strike  a  death  blow  at  the  old  enemy  of  the  Fili- 
pinos. The  merchants  of  ]\Ianila  gave  eighty  thou- 
sand pesos  toward  the  expenses  of  an  expedition, 
and  lent  several  ships  to  Urbistondo.  A  great  force 
of  Cebuans  and  Boholans,  under  the  brave  Father 
Ibaiiez,  joined  the  fleet  which  sailed  from  Manila. 
Urbistondo  collected  all  his  forces  at  Zamboanga. 
He  had  three  thousand  Spanish  troops  and  one  thou- 
sand Filipinos.  The  fleet  sailed  to  Jolo.  The  city 
was  filled  with  thousands  of  Moro  warriors,  and 
strongly  fortified.  The  two  days'  battle  that  fol- 
lowed was  one  of  the  bravest  and  bloodiest  ever 
fought  on  Philippine  soil.  Father  Ibanez  fell,  flag 
in  hand,  on  the  walls  of  Fort  Daniel.  Several  hun- 
dred of  the  loyal  forces  were  killed  or  wounded. 
Many  Moros  were  slain,  and  the  city  of  Jolo  cap- 
tured. 

Treaty  with  the  Sultan. — The  sultan  was  com- 


207 


2o8    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

pelled  to  make  a  treaty  with  Spain.  He  agreed  to 
use  the  Spanish  flag,  and  to  allow  freedom  of  com- 
merce and  religion.  But  the  promises  of  these 
pirates  were  never  worth  anything.  The  Spaniards 
agreed  to  pay  the  sultan  a  pension  of  fifteen  hun- 
dred pesos  a  year  and  smaller  pensions  to  several 
of  his  datos.  Tn  reality  the  sultan  had  made  a  good 
bargain.  Spain  showed  her  inability  to  conquer  and 
keep  Jolo.  Still,  the  pirates  long  remembered  their 
defeat.  From  that  day  they  did  less  harm  to  the 
people  of  the  northern  islands. 

The  First  Philippine  Bank. — ^Commerce  is  one  of 
the  pillars  of  modern  civilization.  To  carry  on  a 
srreat  commerce,  banks  are  necessarv.  The  first 
bank  in  the  Philippines  was  due  to  the  energy  of 
Urbistondo.  He  furnished  half  the  money  to  start 
it  from  the  Obras  Pias  and  other  public  funds.  The 
bank  opened  in  1852.  It  was  called  the  Banco 
EspaSiol-Filipino.  Few  Spaniards  or  Filipinos  had 
the  money  or  the  courage  to  deal  with  it.  The  peo- 
ple of  Manila  were  always  slow  to  make  changes  in 
their  way  of  doing  business.  Foreign  merchants 
had  been  shut  out  of  the  Philippines  till  very  recent 
years.  The  merchants  here  had  no  competitors  to 
show  them  and  make  them  use  better  methods. 
Finally  it  became  necessary  to  allow  foreigners  to  do 
business  with  the  bank.  Then  commerce  and  indus- 
try began  to  flourish.  Merchants  could  get  capital 
to  purchase  large  and  fresh  stocks  of  goods.  The 
great  commercial  houses  now  began  to  do  a  large 


209 


210    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

business.  Manila  was  waking  from  the  sleep  of 
centuries.  ' 

The  Next  Ten  Years. — In  the  nine  years  succeed- 
ing Urbistondo,  eight  governors  ruled  the  Philip- 
pines. They  attempted  many  things  but  with  little 
success.  It  was  impossible  for  the  country  to  flour- 
ish when  governors  were  changed  so  often.  Each 
man  was  ambitious  to  become  famous.  So  he  tried 
to  do  something  different  from  the  governor  who 
came  before  him.  Some  of  the  governors  were  sent 
to  the  Philippines  against  their  will  because  the  king 
did  not  want  them  in  Spain.  All  this  was  very  bad 
for  the  Filipinos. 

We  shall  study  only  two  or  three  important  events 
of  these  ten  years. 

Return  of  the  Jesuits.- — -The  Jesuits  had  been  ex- 
pelled from  the  Philippines,  by  order  of  the  king,  in 
1/68.  For  nearly  one  hundred  years  there  had  been 
none  of  this  famous  religious  order  in  the  Islands. 
In  1859  they  began  to  return.  They  were  not  al- 
lowed to  become  parish  priests  in  the  civilized  towns 
or  to  hold  haciendas.  They  could  organize  and 
teach  schools,  and  serve  as  missionaries  among  the 
wild  tribes.  The  special  field  for  their  missionary 
work  was  to  be  Mindanao.  Here  they  taught  many 
savages  to  live  in  towns,  and  instructed  them  in 
religion.  Their  work  since  their  return  has  been 
very  useful. 

The  Recollects  had  to  leave  Mindanao  to  make 
room  for  the  Jesuits.     Then  they  were  given  par- 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO.  211 

ishes  in  Cavite  and  Manila  which  the  FiHpino 
priests  held.  The  native  clergy  felt  that  this  was  un- 
just, and  ajDpealed  to  the  king.  But  the  plan  was 
carried  out  in  spite  of  their  protest.  From  this 
time  hatred  for  the  friars  increased  rapidly  among 
certain  classes  of  Filipinos. 

Reforms  in  Education.- — For  three  hundred  years 
the  schools  of  the  Philippines  had  been  in  charge 
of  the  Friars.  Antonio  Sedeno,  a  Jesuit,  established 
the  first  true  Spanish  school  in  the  Philippines.  The 
friars  decided  what  should  be  taught.  They  selected 
and  trained  the  teachers.  They  gave  as  much  at- 
tention to  education  as  their  other  duties  would  al- 
low. In  doing  this  they  did  a  great  deal  for  the 
Filipinos.  In  the  early  days  the  Spanish  govern- 
ment was  too  poor  to  establish  a  good  system  of 
secular  public  schools.  Besides,  it  was  long  thought 
in  Europe  that  the  charge  of  the  schools  belonged 
to  the  Church,  and  that  religion  should  be  the  chief 
matter  of  instruction.  But  .by  the  middle  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  education  had  become  a  science 
in  Europe.  It  was  now  thought  by  many  to  be  the 
duty  of  the  State  to  educate  all  its  children. 

Educational  Decree  of  1863.- — Therefore  a  royal 
decree  in  1863  placed  the  Governor  of  the  Philip- 
pines in  charge  of  all  the  schools.  He  was  assisted 
by  the  archbishop  and  others.  The  chief  school- 
inspector  of  each  province  was  its  governor,  who 
was  also  assisted  by  a  church  official.  The  town 
inspector  of  schools  was  the  parish  priest. 


212    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

It  was  ordered  that  every  town  should  have  at 
least  one  school  for  boys  and  one  for  girls.  Instruc- 
tion was  free  for  all,  and  all  were  obliged  to  attend. 
Many  schoolhouses  were  built  and  new  studies  were 
introduced  into  the  schools. 

In  1865  the  Jesuit  Normal  School  was  opened  in 
Manila  to  educate  teachers  for  the  primary  schools. 
The  government  tried  to  have  Spanish  taught  in  the 
schools.  Text-books  in  the  Philippine  languages 
were  ordered  translated  into  Spanish.  Teachers 
were  to  be  free  from  the  labor  tax.  Other  wise 
regulations  were  made,  but  these  reforms  were 
poorly  carried  out  because  Church  and  State  did 
not  work  in  harmony.  But  we  should  not  judge  the 
past  by  the  standards  of  the  present.  Spain  did 
more  for  the  education  of  the  Filipinos  than  some 
of  the  other  nations  have  done  for  their  colonies. 
Small  as  the  results  seem,  they  were  of  great  value 
and  were  one  of  the  greatest  benefits  that  the  Fili- 
pinos received  from  the  Spanish  government. 

Earthquake  of  1863.-^ — In  1863  and  the  following 
year,  many  calamities  befell  the  Philippines.  The 
locusts  destroyed  the  crops  in  the  southern  islands. 
Cholera  caused  many  deaths.  Great  fires  burned 
thousands  of  houses  in  Manila,  Batangas,  and  else- 
where. Among  the  losses  was  a  government  store- 
house containing  two  million  pesos'  worth  of  to- 
bacco. 

Most  terrible  of  all  was  the  earthquake  of  1863  in 
Manila.    On  June  3d,  at  7.21  p.  m.,  the  earth  began 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO.  213 

to  tremble.  Rents  opened  in  the  ground.  A  cloud 
of  flame  and  dust  arose  above  the  falling  city.  The 
bells  of  the  churches  clanged  wildly  with  the  first 
shock ;  at  the  second  they  fell  to  the  ground.  More 
than  six  hundred  of  the  largest  and  finest  buildings 
of  Manila  were  destroyed.  A  cry  of  grief  and  ter- 
ror went  up  from  the  stricken  city.  Six  hundred 
persons  were  killed  and  injured.  All  who  were 
able  fled  outside  the  walls  and  lived  for  days  in  the 
native  huts,  afraid  to  return  to  their  homes.  Five 
days  later  another  shock  completed  the  ruin  of  the 
buildings.  The  Augustinian  convent  was  the  only 
public  building  that  was  uninjured. 

Large  sums  of  money  were  collected  in  Spain  and 
the  Spanish  colonies  for  the  relief  of  the  suf- 
ferers from  the  earthquake.  It  was  many  years 
before  this  money  was  distributed.  Much  of  it 
never  reached  the  people  for  whom  it  was  in- 
tended. 

Summary. — Beginning  with  Claveria,  twenty  dif- 
ferent governors  ruled  the  Philippines  in  twenty-five 
years.  The  priests  understood  the  needs  of  the 
Filipinos  better  than  the  governors.  In  the  middle 
of  the  nineteenth  century  the  Philippines  shared  in 
the  growing  commerce  of  the  world. 

Claveria  was  a  man  of  "culture,  probity,  and  in- 
dustry." He  improved  Manila,  encouraged  agri- 
culture and  industry,  reformed  the  calendar,  which 
was  one  day  behind  that  of  Europe,  and  gave  Span- 
ish surnames  to  many  thousands  of  Filipinos.     The 


214    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

first  steamers  to  sail  regularly  in  Philippine  waters 
were  brought  from  London  in  1848. 

The  provincial  governors  from  early  times  had 
acted  as  governor,  judge,  and  private  trader.  Cla- 
veria  forbade  them  to  engage  in  trade.  The  gover- 
nors received  very  small  salaries,  yet  they  usually 
became  rich.    Often  they  were  unjust. 

Urbistondo  (1850-1853)  conducted  a  campaign 
against  the  Moros  and  captured  the  city  of  J0I6. 
The  sultan  made  a  treaty,  agreeing  to  allow  freedom 
of  commerce  and  religion.  From  this  time  ]Moro 
piracy  practically  ceased.  The  first  Philippine  bank, 
the  Banco  Espanol-Filipino.  was  established  in 
1852.  In  the  nine  years  after  Urbistondo,  eight 
governors  ruled  the  Philippines.  In  1859,  the  Jes- 
uits returned  to  the  Philippines.  They  had  been 
expelled  in  1768.  They  were  not  allowed  after 
their  return  to  become  parish  priests,  or  to  hold 
haciendas.  They  conducted  schools  and  served  as 
missionaries  to  the  wild  tribes,  particularly  in  ]\Iin- 
danao.  The  Recollects  who  were  removed  from 
Mindanao  took  the  parishes  of  Filipino  priests  in 
Cavite  and  ]>klanila.     This  caused  much  bad  feeling. 

A  royal  decree  of  1863  placed  the  schools  of  the 
Philippines  under  the  direction  of  the  governor- 
general,  instead  of  the  church.  The  governor  of 
each  province  assisted  by  a  church  official  inspected 
the  schools.  A  free  public  school  was  ordered  for 
each  town.  In  1865  the  Jesuit  Normal  School  was 
opened  in  ^Manila.    The  reforms  were  poorly  carried 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO.  215 

out,  but  Spain  did  more  for  the  education  of  the 
Fihpino  than  any  other  nation  did  for  its  colonies. 
In  1863  a  terrible  earthquake  visited  Manila. 
Six  hundred  were  killed.  Large  funds  were  col- 
lected for  the  sufferers. 


CHAPTER   XX. 

THE    DAWN    OF    REPUBLICANISM. 

Revolution  in   Spain. — In    1868  Isabella  IT.   was 
dethroned.     Many  of  the  revolutionists  wanted  a 


Isabella  II.  of  Spain. 


republic.     Instead,  a  constitutional  monarchy  was 
formed  which  lasted  two  years.     The  event  was  of 
216 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM.  217 

the  greatest  importance  to  the  Phihppines.  A  gov- 
ernor-general with  ideas  of  equahty,  freedom,  and 
democracy  was  now  sent  to  the  Islands.  The  Fili- 
pinos now  began  to  learn  the  meaning  of  a  republic; 
of  the  rule  of  the  people. 

Carlos  de  la  Torre,  Governor — 1869-1871.- — No 
governor  had  ever  come  to  the  Philippines  with  such 
ideas  as  La  Torre  brought.  Philip  II.  had  given 
to  Das  Marinas  a  body-guard  of  halberdiers.  The 
governors-general  were  accustomed  to  appear  in 
public  with  the  pomp  and  display  of  monarchs.  La 
Torre  changed  this  custom.  He  dressed  simply, 
wore  a  straw  hat,  and  went  about  the  city  without 
an  escort.  He  treated  the  Filipinos  as  fellow  citi- 
zens, not  as  beings  far  beneath  him. 

La  Torre's  wife  was  an  invalid,  so  the  wife  of 
Colonel  Sanchez  received  the  guests  of  the  governor 
at  the  palace.  She  was  a  woman  of  culture  and 
ability.  At  the  receptions  at  Malacanan  she  received 
the  Filipinos  so  courteously  and  cordially  that  the 
Spaniards  w^ithdrew.  The  Filipinos  called  her  "la 
madre  de  los  Filipinos" 

"Guias  de  Torre." — The  provinces  near  ^Manila 
w^ere  full  of  robbers  in  those  days.  Torre  was  weak 
in  dealing  with  these  bandits.  He  pardoned  one  of 
their  leaders,  Camerino,  and  gave  him  command  of 
the  "Guias  de  Torre."  This  was  a  police  force 
whose  object  was  to  destroy  brigandage.  Some  of 
its  members  had  themselves  been  bandits.  They 
were  now  taken,  fresh  from  robbery  and  murder, 


2i8    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

and  given  "safe  conducts."  Often  they  aided  the 
robbers  instead  of  attacking  them.  It  soon  became 
necessar}^  to  put  several  provinces  under  martial 
law.  Experience  has  shown  in  the  Philippines  that 
it  is  unwise  to  pardon  men  who  have  gone  about  the 
country  for  years  as  bandits. 


The  Governor's  Palace   (Malacanan),  Manila. 

The  Red  Ribbon. — September  21,  1869,  the  new 
constitution  was  sworn  in  Manila.  To  celebrate  the 
revolution  of  1868  the  governor  held  a  reception. 
Many  Filipinos  attended.  A  procession  with  flags 
and  music,  led  by  Father  Burgos,  Joaquin  Pardo  de 
Tavera,  and  Maximo  Paterno,  marched  to  the  pal- 
ace. Such  a  procession,  in  honor  of  such  an  event, 
would  have  been  impossible  under  former  gover- 
nors. 

At  the  reception  Senora  Sanchez  was  conspicu- 
ous, with  a  red  ribbon  about  her  hair  upon  which 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM.  219 

appeared  the  words,  "Viva  cl  pueblo  sohcrano." 
About  her  neck  was  a  red  tie  bearing  at  one  end  the 
words,  "Viva  la  lihertad,"  and  at  the  other,  "Viva 
el  General  Torre/'  These  were  strange  scenes  for 
the  Phihppines.  The  new  governor  was  fulfilHng 
the  hopes  of  the  revokitionary  leader  who  said  of 
him,  "We  hope  that  under  his  rule  individual  rights 
may  be  proclaimed  in  the  Philippines." 

Spread  of  Republicanism.- — By  the  close  of  La 
Torre's  rule  everything  was  in  confusion.  The 
revolutionary  government  had  sent  new  officials  to 
the  Philippines.  These  men  were  full  of  democratic 
ideas.  They  spread  these  ideas  among  the  Filipinos. 
For  the  first  time,  many  began  to  understand  the  dif- 
ference between  the  rule  of  a  king  and  the  rule  of 
the  people.  Filipinos  were  allowed  to  read  papers 
and  magazines  full  of  republican  ideas. 

The  revenues  of  the  government  grew  smaller  be- 
cause collected  by  inexperienced  men.  La  Torre, 
therefore,  was  recalled  to  Spain.  He  left  the  Fili- 
pinos full  of  hopes  and  ambitions,  but  with  no 
knowledge  of  how  to  realize  them. 

The  Meaning  of  Freedom.  — The  Filipinos 
thought,  and  many  still  think,  that  good  laws  would 
make  the  people  free.  But  no  people  is  made  free 
merely  by  changing  the  laws.  .  In  order  to  use  fre- 
dom  properly,  the  citizens  of  a  country  must  be  intel- 
ligent, industrious,  respectful  of  the  rights  of  others, 
and  obedient  to  the  laws.  Not  until  a  nation  is  com- 
posed of  such  people  is  it  ready  for  political  free- 


220    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

dom.  Spain  had  far  more  citizens  of  this  sort  than 
the  Philippines  had,  yet  it  was  impossible  to  estab- 
lish a  republic  in  Spain.  Peoples  who  have  lived  in 
oppression  and  ignorance  for  centuries  need  a  very 
long  preparation  for  freedom. 


The  Ayuntamiento  (City  Hall),  Manila. 


Rafael  de  Izquierdo,  Governor — 1871-1873.- — A 
stern  and  firm  governor  of  the  old  style  succeeded 
La  Torre.  Republican  ideas  were  losing  ground  in 
Spain.  Amadeo  I.  had  been  proclaimed  king.  The 
ceremony  of  taking  the  oath  of  obedience  to  the  new 
monarch  was  held  in  the  Ayuntamiento.  In  the  old 
days  this  event  was  a  time  of  enthusiasm  and  fes- 
tivity.    But  on  this  occasion  the  spirit  of  loyalty 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM.  221 

was  missing.  New  thoughts  had  come  to  the  FiH- 
pinos.     Respect  for  kings  was  passing  away. 

The  hopes  raised  under  the  Hberal  rule  of  La 
Torre  were  crushed  by  Izquierdo.  He  had  the 
proud  ways  of  the  former  governors.  He  Hstened  to 
the  advice  of  the  enemies  of  free  institutions.  The 
people  felt  that  there  was  no  chance  to  get  their 
liberty  by  peaceful  means.  Therefore  they  secretly 
planned  an  insurrection  against  Spain. 

The  Cavite  Insurrection. — The  night  of  January 
20,  1872,  was  set  by  the  conspirators  for  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Spaniards  in  Cavite  and  ]\Ianila.  Rock- 
ets were  to  be  fired  from  the  walls  of  },Ianila  as  a 
signal  to  the  rebels  in  Cavite  that  the  revolt  had  be- 
gun in  Manila.  Toward  evening  a  native  woman  in 
Manila  told  a  Spanish  officer  that  all  the  Spaniards 
would  be  killed  that  night.  The  officer  at  once  noti- 
fied Governor  Izquierdo.  The  governor  immedi- 
ately visited  all  the  barracks  and  warned  the  officers 
to  be  on  their  guard.  The  native  soldiers  who  were 
in  the  plot  saw  that  their  plans  were  discovered. 
Therefore  they  did  not  rebel. 

Meantime  the  conspirators  at  Cavite  were  watch- 
ing the  horizon  toward  Manila  for  the  sign  of  the 
rockets.  In  Sampaloc  that  evening,  the  fiesta  of  the 
Virgin  of  Loreto  was  being  celebrated.  The  fire- 
works in  honor  of  this  event  were  mistaken  for  the 
promised  signal.  Several  hundred  soldiers  of  the 
Cavite  Arsenal  and  of  Fort  San  Felipe  seized  their 
guns  and  revolted  with  the  cry,  "Death  to  Spain." 


222    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

They  killed  the  commander  of  the  fort  and  some 
other  officers.  The  colonel  of  the  seventh  infantry 
prevented  his  soldiers  from  rebelling.  These  were 
fired  on  from  the  fort  by  the  rebels.  The  latter 
now  held  the   fort,  besieged  by  the  loyal  natives. 


Fort,  C.^wite. 


That  night  the  news  of  the  revolt  reached  Manila 
by  boat.  There  was  surprise  and  fear  among  the 
Spaniards.  Manila  was  garrisoned  by  Filipino  regi- 
ments with  Spanish  ofiicers.  These  regiments  were 
faithful  to  Spain.  They  were  carried  to  Cavite  in 
boats.  The  rebels  refused  to  surrender.  The  fort 
was  taken  by  storm  on  the  second  day,  and  most  of 
the  rebels  were  put  to  the  sword. 

Cause     of     the     Insurrection. — The     Spaniards 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM.  223 

thought  that  the  native  priests,  jealous  of  the  friars, 
planned  this  insurrection.  Others  say  that  the  friars 
secretly  stirred  up  the  insurrection  so  that  they 
might  accuse  the  native  clergy  of  a  crime  that  would 
prevent  their  advancement.  This  seems  unlikely. 
Whether  the  revolt  was  planned  by  the  Filipino 
priests  or  not,  the  object  of  the  insurrection  was 
freedom  from  what  the  Filipinos  considered  the 
tyranny  of  Spain.  To  some,  this  freedom  meant 
the  expulsion  of  the  friars.  Many  would  have  been 
satisfied  with  reform,  without  independence  of 
Spain.  Others  wished  independence  and  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  Filipino  republic. 

The  importance  of  this  insurrection  was  great, 
though  it  had  small  success.  x-\  more  intelligent 
class  of  Filipinos  planned  it  than  the  leaders  of 
previous  insurrections.  It  was  the  first  revolt  of 
importance  in  which  hatred  of  the  friars  strongly 
appeared. 

Burgos,  Zamora,  and  Gomez.- — These  three  men 
were  Filipino  priests.  Burgos  and  Zamora  were 
curates  of  the  Cathedral  of  Manila.  Gomez  was 
parish  priest  of  the  pueblo  of  Bacoor,  Cavite.  All 
had  long  been  suspected  of  treachery  to  5pain.  They 
had  striven  for  the  rise  of  the  Filipino  clergy.  Their 
ability  and  influence  had  aroused  jealousy.  The 
Spaniards  arrested  them,  and  charged  them  with 
being  the  authors  of  the  insurrection.  Some  of  the 
captured  rebels  said  they  were  urged  by  these  priests 
to  revolt.     On  the  15th  of  February,  the  Council  of 


224   A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

War  condemned  them  to  die  by  the  garrote.  The 
unhappy  trio  declared  their  innocence  to  the  last. 
No  proofs  of  their  guilt  have  ever  been  published. 
Most  Filipinos  believe  they  were  martyrs  to  the 
cause  of  freedom. 

The  Execution. — At  sunrise,  on  the  17th  of  Feb- 
ruary,  1872,  the  three  priests  were  led  out  to  the 


The  Luneta,  Manila. 


Bagumbayan  Field  to  receive  the  death  penalty. 
Clad  in  humble  suits  of  black,  they  walked  between 
files  of  soldiers  to  meet  their  fate. 

Gomez  was  possessed  of  property  valued  at  two 
hundred  thousand  pesos.  Just  before  he  went  forth 
to  death  he  calmly  dictated  his  will,  leaving  most 
of  his  wealth  to  a  young  man.  On  his  knees,  about 
to  die,  he  said  to  the  officer  of  police  at  his  side  that 
he  had  forgotten  a  bag  of  money  which  lay  under 
his  pillow.    He  asked  that  this  be  given  to  the  poor. 

The  large  field  of  Bagumbayan  and  the  Luneta 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM.  225 

were  filled  with  an  immense  and  solemn  throng. 
Batteries  of  artillery  faced  the  crowd,  ready  to  fire 
at  the  least  sign  of  revolt.  Gomez  met  death 
calmly.  Burgos  and  Zamora  are  said  to  have  wept. 
The  multitude  went  quietly  to  their  homes.  The 
threat  of  the  cannon  had  stilled  their  hands,  but 
not  their  hearts. 

The  "Mailed  Hand." — Many  others  were  con- 
demned to  death  or  imprisonment.  The  trials  were 
swift  and  secret;  the  sentences  promptly  executed. 
Fear  and  rage  filled  the  hearts  of  the  rulers.  Iz- 
quierdo  sent  to  Spain  for  a  regiment.  Henceforth 
the  Philippines  felt  the  weight  of  the  "mailed 
hand."  There  was  peace  in  the  land  for  years  after 
this,  but  beneath  the  surface  a  deeper  and  more  ter- 
rible revolt  than  the  Islands  had  ever  known  be- 
fore was  forming. 

Peace. — In  the  years  from  1872  to  1896  there  was 
no  serious  insurrection  in  the  Philippines.  Gradu- 
ally the  Filipino  soldiers  were  replaced  with  Span- 
iards. The  rulers  no  longer  had  confidence  in  the 
loyalty  of  the  native  troops.  For  centuries  the  Fili- 
pinos had  fought  the  battles  of  their  conquerors 
against  both  natives  and  foreigners.  If  the  rule  of 
Spain  had  been  just  and  generous,  the  Philippines 
might  still  be  hers.  But  she  had  abused  the  faith 
and  disappointed  the  hopes  of  the  Filipinos.  They 
no  longer  had  confidence  in  promises  of  reform 
which  never  came  true.  Peace  during  these  years 
was  therefore  kept  at  the  cannon's  mouth. 


226    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Commercial  Growth. — Peace,  even  of  this  sort, 
was  better  for  the  commerce  and  industry  of  the 
country  than  war.  The  Suez  Canal  was  opened  in 
1868.  Steam  navigation  was  rapidly  growing.  A 
direct  mail  service  between  the  Philippines  and 
Spain  was  begun  in  1874.     At  the  same  time  Le- 


The  Manila-Dagupan  Railroad. 

gazpi,  Tacloban,  and  other  ports  were  opened  to 
foreign  commerce.  Telegraph  lines  were  construc- 
ted in  some  parts  of  the  Islands  in  1873.  The 
Manila-Dagupan  railroad  was  opened  in  1891. 
Capital  from  other  countries  was  invested  in  busi- 
ness undertakings.  All  these  changes  brought  the 
Philippines  nearer  the  great  markets  of  Europe  and 
America.  The  governors  no  longer  monopolized  the 
trade  of  the  provinces.  Wealth  began  to  be  dis- 
tributed among  many  instead  of  remaining  in  the 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLTCANISM.  227 

hands  of  a  few.  With  a  wise  government,  this  pros- 
perity would  have  been  much  greater.  The  reason 
the  Philippines  advanced  in  this  period  was  because 
the  commerce  of  the  great  world  outside  grew  so 
fast  that  the  riches  of  the  Philippines  could  no 
longer  be  hidden.  Small  credit  is  due  to  the  gov- 
ernment. 

Municipal  Councils.- — In  1893  a  change  was  made 
in  the  way  of  governing  towns.  For  a  long  time 
the  head  of  the  government  in  each  town  was  the 
gohcrnadorcillo.  This  man  was  the  only  official 
with  much  power.  He  did  what  the  alcalde-mayor 
ordered  him  to  do.  But  the  alcaldes  seldom  visited 
the  pueblos,  and  in  all  small  matters  the  gohernador- 
cillo  acted  like  a  little  king.  He  was  chosen  by  thir- 
teen men  only.  One  of  these  was  the  last  gobcrna- 
dorcillo.  Six  were  men  who  had  been  in  the  past 
gohcrnadorcillos.  The  remaining  six  were  cabccas 
dc  baraiigay.  The  gohernadorcillo  must  be  a  native, 
or  a  Chinese  mestizo.  The  alcaldes-mayor  were 
Spaniards.  So  the  power  to  choose  the  gohernador- 
cillo was  in  the  hands  of  a  very  few.  This  was  a 
poor  school  in  which  to  learn  self-government. 

The  new  law  of  1893  was  an  improvement.  In- 
stead of  thirteen  men,  all  the  principalia  were  al- 
lowed to  choose  the  head  of  the  town.  This  head 
was  now  called  the  capitan-mnnicipal.  Four  tenien- 
tes,  or  lieutenants,  were  elected  to  assist  him  in  his 
duties.  But  there  were  not  many  who  belonged  to 
the  principalia.    To  be  a  principal  a  man  must  have 


228    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

been  a  cahcza  de  barangay,  capitan-miinicipal,  te- 
niente,  or  rich  enough  to  pay  an  annual  land  tax 
of  fifty  pesos.  These  men  elected  from  themselves 
twelve  delegates.  The  delegates  chose  the  capitan 
and  his  four  assistants.  Some  things  were  decided 
by  this  council  of  five  alone;  others  by  the  council 
and  the  delegates  together.  The  capitan  was  not 
obliged  to  follow  their  advice. 

Small  as  this  increase  of  the  power  of  the  people 
was,  it  taught  them  a  little  about  self-government. 

Progress  in  Education. — During  this  period  the 
schools  were  slowly  becoming  secular  instead  of 
religious.  The  administration  of  the  schools  was 
passing  from  the  hands  of  the  friars  to  that  of  the 
Filipino  officials.  At  first  the  schools  were  not  so 
well  managed  in  some  ways  as  before.  It  requires 
great  education  and  experience  to  conduct  schools 
wisely.  The  officials  of  the  government  were  not  so 
well  qualified  to  teach  as  the  friars,  and  had  not 
always  the  same  interest  in  the  schools.  But  it  was 
better  that  the  Filipinos  should  learn  to  have  a  share 
in  the  conduct  of  their  schools.  The  things  that  a 
people  learns  to  do  for  itself  are  worth  the  most  to 
it.  To-day  the  American  Government  is  making 
every  possible  eff^ort  to  train  the  Filipinos  to  carry 
on  their  system  of  education  by  their  own  efforts. 
They  are  put  into  positions  of  importance  in  the 
schools  as  soon  as  they  qualify  for  the  duties  of 
those  positions.  It  is  only  just  to  say  that  they  have 
made  and  are  making  rapid  progress  in  the  knowl- 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM.  229 

edge  of  what  makes  a  good  school,  and  of  proper 
methods  of  teaching. 

Summary. — A  constitutional  monarchy  was 
formed  in  Spain  in  1868.  Carlos  de  la  Torre  was 
governor  1 869-1 871.  He  was  animated  by  revolu- 
tionary ideas.  He  formed  the  Guias  de  Torre,  com- 
posed of  ex-bandits.  In  1869,  at  a  palace  reception, 
democratic  ideas  were  encouraged.  Filipinos  were 
allowed  to  read  revolutionary  books.  La  Torre 
stimulated  the  ambitions  of  the  Filipinos  but  gave 
them  no  means  of  satisfying  them.  Political  free- 
dom is  of  no  value  to  people  who  have  not  learned 
self-control,  industry,  and  consideration  of  the 
rights  of  others. 

Izquierdo  (1871-1873)  listened  to  the  advice  of 
enemies  of  free  institutions.  He  crushed  the  hopes 
which  La  Torre  had  raised.  This  led  to  a  secretly 
planned  revolt.  In  1872,  the  Cavite  insurrection 
broke  out.  The  Filipino  soldiers  in  the  Cavite  ar- 
senal and  fort  mutinied.  Filipino  regiments  brought 
from  Manila  put  down  this  revolt. 

The  Spanish  authorities  accused  three  Filipino 
priests  of  fomenting  this  rebellion  and  executed 
them.  They  were  Burgos,  Zamora,  and  Gomez. 
The  Spanish  army  in  the  Philippines  was  increased 
and  from  1872  to  1896  there  was  no  serious  revolt. 

In  1874  direct  mail  service  between  Spain  and 
the  Philippines  via  the  Suez  canal  was  begun,  and 
several  ports  were  opened  to  foreign  commerce. 
The  first  railroad  was  opened  in  1891. 


230    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

In  1893  the  new  municipal  law  went  into  effect. 
All  members  of  the  principalia  shared  in  electing 
the  head  of  the  town,  who  was  called  capitan- 
mnnicipal.  He  had  four  assistants.  The  schools 
were  placed  more  under  government  control  in  this 
period. 


CHAPTER    XXI. 

THE    LAST    STRUGGLE    AGAINST    SPAIN. 

New  Leaders. — In  most  of  the  revolts  that  we 
have  studied,  the  ignorant  classes  were  the  actors. 
The  leaders  were  usually  religious  fanatics,  or  men 
who  selfishly  deceived  the  people  for  their  own  gain. 
Such  men  knew  nothing  of  the  principles  of  repub- 
lican government.  Had  they  succeeded  in  their 
plans,  the  Filipinos  would  have  been  the  losers. 
Often  their  revolts  were  just,  but  they  were  always 
poorly  planned  and  feebly  carried  out. 

In  the  entire  history  of  the  Philippines  up  to 
1896,  the  power  of  Spain  was  never  in  real  danger 
of  destruction  from  revolution.  But  in  the  years 
since  the  Cavite  insurrection,  a  new  class  of  men 
had  joined  the  struggle  for  freedom.  The  educated, 
the  rich,  and  the  powerful  were  secretly  enrolled 
'under  the  banner  of  rebellion. 

The  Secret  Societies. — In  many  places  secret  so- 
cieties were  formed  to  teach  and  prepare  for  revo- 
lution. Blood-compacts  were  made  and  solemn 
oaths  taken  to  fight  for  the  liberty  of  the  Filipinos. 
The  best  known  of  these  societies  was  the  Katipii- 

231 


232 


A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


nan.  The  founder  and  director  of  this  was  Andres 
Bonifacio.  The  members  of  the  Katipunan  were 
nearly  all  Tagalogs.  They  believed  themselves  to 
be  patriots.  Cruel  and  wicked  deeds  have  often 
been  done  under  the  name  of  libertv,  and  the  meth- 


JoSli    RlZAL. 


ods  of  the  Katipunan  were  not  those  of  honorable 
foes.  No  people  ever  found  the  way  to  freedom 
by  means  of  assassination  and  massacre.  The  cause 
of  freedom  is  so  high  and  holy  that  even  those  who 
seek  it  by  secret  revolution  should  employ  honorable 
means.  The  first  blood  shed  by  the  katipiineros  was 
that  of  some  helpless  Chinese  in  Caloocan,  who  had 
nothing  to  do  with  the  wrongs  from  which  the 
Filipinos  suffered. 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN.       233 

Jose  Rizal. — Rizal,  whom  so  many  Filipinos  love 
to  honor,  was  a  man  of  a  different  sort  from  Andres 


^^^K                               j^f'-; 

«*  - 

^0^^ 

M 

t»V-            Tit;     ,  ^ 

|P|.      /:' -^^ 

v--^^»aA-'s^fi'^i 

A  Waterfall  Near   Calamba. 


Bonifacio.  He  was  born  in  1861,  at  Calamba,  on 
the  south  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay.  From  early 
youth  he  was  a  brilliant  scholar.  He  obtained  his 
bachelor's  degree  at  the  Ateneo  Municipal,  of  Ma- 


234    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

nila.  Then  he  studied  medicine  at  the  University 
of  Santo  Tomas.  After  this  he  went  to  Spain  and 
graduated  at  the  University  of  Madrid.  Later  he 
studied  and  traveled  in  France,  Germany,  and  other 
parts  of  Europe.  Rizal  was  a  fine  hnguist  and  a 
good  physician.  He  wrote  two  novels  against  the 
friars.  Noli  mc  Tangcre  and  El  Filihusterismo. 

Calamba  Lands  Trouble.- — Rizal's  family  lived  on 
lands  held  by  the  Dominicans,  in  Calamba.  His 
people,  with  others,  believed  that  the  friars  did  not 
possess  a  good  title  to  this  land.  They  were  de- 
feated in  the  courts  of  law  by  the  friars.  Governor 
Weyler  sent  soldiers  who  drove  the  Filipinos  from 
the  lands,  burning  some  of  their  houses.  This  event 
fanned  the  flame  of  insurrection. 

Banishment  of  Rizal. — Rizal  returned  to  Manila 
from  Hongkong  in  1892.  It  was  said  by  the  Span- 
ish authorities  that  seditious  papers  were  found  in 
his  trunk.  He  was  therefore  banished  to  Dapitan, 
in  northern  Mindanao,  where  he  lived  four  years. 

Meantime  the  plot  of  the  Katipunan  was  ripening. 
Valenzuela,  one  of  the  leaders,  visited  Rizal  at 
Dapitan.  Rizal  advised  him  not  to  begin  the  insur- 
rection at  that  time.  He  did  not  think  the  Filipinos 
were  prepared  to  win.  He  believed  that  it  was  bet- 
ter to  try  to  secure  reforms  before  using  force. 

Death  of  Rizal.— Wearied  with  his  lonely  life  in 
Dapitan,  Rizal  asked  permission  to  go  to  Cuba  as 
an  army  surgeon  to  the  Spanish  forces  then  fighting 
against  the  Cuban  rebels.    Governor-General  Blanco 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN.       235 

granted  this  request.  Rizal  received  from  him  let- 
ters of  recommendation  to  the  authorities  in  Spain, 
saying  that  he  was  not  connected  with  the  insurrec- 
tion which  had  just  broken  out. 

During  the  voyage  his  enemies  cabled  to  Spain, 
and  on  his  arrival  there  he  was  imprisoned  for  a 
time,  then  sent  back  to  the  Philippines.  A  new 
governor,  Polavieja,  was  in  power.  Rizal  was  tried 
by  a  court-martial  for  "sedition  and  rebellion,"  and 
condemned  to  die.  He  was  shot  on  the  Luneta, 
Manila,  at  six  in  the  morning,  December  30,  1896. 
A  favorite  saying  of  his  was :  "What  is  death  to 
me?  I  have  sown  the  seed;  others  are  left  to 
reap." 

Discovery  of  the  Plot — During  Rizal's  captivity, 
the  secret  societies  had  completed  their  plans  for 
revolution.  The  night  set  for  the  attack  was  Au- 
gust 20,  1896.  At  the  last  moment  a  woman  be- 
trayed the  plot  to  Father  Gil,  of  Tondo.  The  pris- 
ons were  soon  crowded  with  suspected  persons. 
The  leaders  of  the  revolution  fled  from  the  city 
and  prepared  to  begin  the  rebellion. 

There  were  only  seven  hundred  European  troops 
in  Manila.  Blanco  at  once  telegraphed  for  more. 
After  that  every  steamer  brought  soldiers.  Within 
a  few  months  there  were  ten  thousand  Spanish 
soldiers  in  the  Islands. 

The  Rise  of  Aguinaldo.— The  insurrection  soon 
centered  in  Cavite,  at  Silan,  among  the  mountains. 
Emilio  Aguinaldo,  former  capitan-municipal  of  the 


236    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

town  of  Cavite  Viejo,  soon  became  the  leader,  An- 
dres Bonifacio  having  been  killed  a  short  time  be- 
fore. August  31st,  Aguinaldo  issued  the  first  rebel 
proclamation. 

The  rebels  took  possession  of  the  friars'  estate  at 
Imus,  fourteen  miles  south  of  Manila.  Here  they 
captured  thirteen  friars.  Some  of  these  were  put 
to  death  in  a  most  cruel  manner.  The  whole  prov- 
ince of  Cavite,  except  the  town  of  Cavite,  was  in 
the  power  of  the  insurgents  for  several  months. 
At  Noveleta,  trenches  were  made  and  several  at- 
tacks of  the  Spaniards  were  repulsed. 

The  Rebellion  in  the  North. — In  Pampanga  and 
Bulacan,  a  mestizo  Llanera  commanded.  When- 
ever the  Filipinos  were  pursued  by  the  Spanish 
troops,  they  retired  to  San  ]\Iateo  or  Angat  for 
refuge  in  the  mountains.  By  December,  thousands 
of  men  were  fighting  on  the  rebel  side.  They  were 
masters  of  the  provinces  around  ]\Ianila. 

Campaign  of  Polavieja.- — In  December,  1896,  the 
new  governor-general,  Polavieja,  took  command. 
He  soon  had  28,000  troops  ready  for  the  field.  His 
army  fought  several  battles  with  Aguinaldo's  forces 
in  Cavite.  \\'ithin  three  months  the  revolutionists 
were  driven  out  of  Cavite.  Their  army  was  broken 
into  small  bands. 

Spread  of  the  Insurrection. — After  Aguinaldo 
was  driven  out  of  Cavite,  he  joined  Llanera  in  the 
north.  The  rebellion  now  spread  to  Zambales,  Pan- 
gasinan.    Ilocos,    Nueva    Ecija,    and   Tarlac.      The 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN.       237 

country  people  suffered  terribly.  Towns  and  crops 
were  burned  to  make  the  peaceful  inhabitants  join 
the  insurrection.  The  Filipinos  were  robbed  and  ill- 
treated  by  their  own  people.  Many  had  become  so 
dulled  by  oppression  that  they  had  not  the  heart  to 
fight  against  tyranny.  The  rebels  felt  that  these 
people  were  traitors.  Therefore  they  treated  them 
harshly.     This  was  a  great  wrong. 

The  Right  to  Revolt. — Those  who  claim  the  right 
to  revolt  should  remember  that  their  neighbors  have 
the  right  to  keep  the  peace.  War  should  be  carried 
on  against  people  in  arms,  not  against  those  who 
wnsh  to  live  in  peace. 

The  insurrection  of  1896  was  a  Tagalog  rebeUion. 
There  were  few  who  belonged  to  the  Katipunan  out- 
side of  the  Tagalog  provinces.  As  the  Tagalogs 
went  among  other  tribes,  they  tried  to  make  them 
join  the  rebellion.  Many  did  not  wish  to  do  this, 
yet  they  were  compelled  to  assist  the  revolutionists, 
under  penalty  of  death  for  refusing.  Some  cruel 
wrongs  were  committed  by  the  rebels;  and  it  is 
doubtful  that  people  who  did  such  things  would  have 
made  good  rulers  had  they  gained  control  of  the 
government. 

Rivera's  Campaign.^ — Early  in  1897  Primo  de 
Rivera  became  governor.  Spain  at  this  time  felt 
the  burden  of  supporting  200,000  soldiers  in  Cuba. 
The  Filipino  forces  were  also  suffering  from  the 
hardships  of  war.  Rivera  therefore  tried  to  make 
peace.     He  offered  pardon  to  all  who  would  sur- 


238    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

render.  Many  Filipinos  gave  up  the  fight.  Others 
fought  on  desperately. 

Rivera  now  continued  the  war  with  energy.  Gen- 
eral Monet  marched  through  Zambales  and  Pangasi- 
nan.  It  is  said  that  the  Spanish  soldiers  killed  men, 
women  and  children,  whether  guilty  of  rebellion  or 
not.  His  native  troops  and  even  some  of  the  Span- 
iards deserted  him  by  the  time  he  reached  Ilocos. 

General  Nunez  succeeded  in  driving  the  rebels  out 
of  Nueva  Ecija,  though  they  fought  very  bravely. 
The  Spaniards  suffered  heavy  losses.  Their  best 
soldiers  were  in  Cuba.  The  troops  that  fought  the 
Filipinos  were  mostly  boys.  They  were  poorly  fed 
and  clad,  and  had  little  knowledge  of  war. 

Katipunan  Proclamation  of  1897.- — There  were 
still  many  bands  of  revolutionists.  Rivera  now  is- 
sued a  proclamation  forbidding  any  one  to  leave  his 
town  except  with  a  pass.  Unfortunately  the  corrupt 
officials  made  the  Filipinos  pay  for  these  passes,  and 
in  other  ways  oppressed  them.  Many  went  over  to 
the  rebels. 

The  Katipunan  in  July  published  an  answer  to 
this  proclamation.  This  document,  addressed  "to 
the  brave  sons  of  the  Philippines,"  demanded  the 
expulsion  of  the  friars,  the  restoration  to  the  natives 
of  the  friars'  lands,  and  equality  of  treatment  for 
all  classes.  The  revolutionists  did  not  at  this  time 
ask  to  be  separated  from  Spain.  Some  wished  for 
independence,  while  others  believed  that  the  Fili- 
pinos were  not  yet  strong  enough  to  stand  alone 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN.       239 

as  an  independent  nation.  Yet  a  little  later,  Aguin- 
aldo  said :  "We  aspire  to  the  glory  of  obtaining  the 
liberty,  independence,  and  honor  of  the  country." 
So  the  leaders  were  divided  against  themselves. 

Pact  of  Biac-na-bato; — In  August,  1897,  Gov- 
ernor Rivera  sent  Pedro  Paterno,  a  distinguished 
citizen  of  Manila,  to  make  peace  with  Aguinaldo. 
The  peace  commissioner  and  the  insurgent  leader 
met  in  Biac-na-bato,  a  rocky  cave  in  Bulacan.  Here 
an  agreement  was  made.  It  was  settled  that  the 
war  should  stop  on  certain  conditions. 

The  Filipino  leaders  promised : 

1.  To  surrender  to  the  Spaniards  1,000  rifles  and 
their  forts. 

2.  To  stop  fighting  and  plotting  against  Spain. 

3.  That  Aguinaldo  and  his  leading  officers  should 
leave  the  Philippines. 

Governor  Rivera  promised : 

1.  To  pay  Aguinaldo  800,000  pesos.  This  sum 
was  to  be  divided  among  the  revolutionary  leaders. 
Later,  900,000  pesos  were  to  be  paid  to  Filipino  citi- 
zens who  had  lost  property  through  the  war. 

2.  To  send  away  the  friars  from  the  Philippines, 
or  else  make  them  live  in  the  convents. 

3.  To  give  the  Filipinos  representation  in  the 
Cortes. 

4.  To  judge  Filipinos  and  Spaniards  by  the  same 
laws,  and  give  Filipinos  high  positions  in  the  civil 
government. 

Rivera  had  received  authority  from  the  Spanish 


240    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

government  to  make  the  payments  of  money.  The 
promised  reforms  were  not  written  down  in  the 
agreement.  It  is  claimed  that  Rivera  gave  his  word 
of  honor  that  they  should  be  granted.  It  is  certain 
that  Spain  gav^,  him  no  authority  to  make  these 
promises. 

Departure  of  Aguinaldo. — On  the  27th  of  Decem- 
ber, 1897,  Aguinaldo  and  thirty-four  other  leaders, 
including  eight  of  his  generals,  sailed  from  Sual. 
a  port  of  Pangasinan,  for  Hongkong.  Aguinaldo 
was  paid  400,000  pesos.  Two  Spanish  generals 
were  kept  in  the  cave  of  Biac-na-bato  as  hostages 
until  Aguinaldo  arrived  in  Hongkong.  Other  Fili- 
pino officers  remained  to  fulfil  the  promises  that  had 
been  made. 

Broken  Promises.— The  Filipinos  kept  their  part 
of  the  agreement  of  Biac-na-bato.  The  1,000  rifles 
were  delivered  to  the  Spaniards.  The  attacks  on 
the  Spanish  forces  ceased.  The  insurrection  was 
ended.  January  23,  1898,  peace  was  proclaimed  in 
Manila  with  great  rejoicings.  The  Filipinos  be- 
lieved that  they  had  obtained  the  reforms  for  which 
so  many  of  their  countrymen  had  died.  Their  joy 
was  soon  turned  into  sorrow. 

The  Spanish  government  failed  to  pay  the  re- 
mainder of  the  promised  money.  It  had  offered 
pardon  to  all  who  had  taken  part  in  the  rebellion. 
Instead  of  keeping  this  promise  it  imprisoned  and 
executed  many.  These  acts  showed  that  the  govern- 
ment did   not   intend  to  keep   its   promises.     The 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN.       241 

Filipinos  believed  that  they  had  been  tricked.   There- 
fore they  renewed  the  insurrection. 

Renewal  of  the  Insurrection.' — March  25th  sev- 
enty Visayan  sailors  v^ere  killed  in  Manila  by  Span- 
ish soldiers.  The  Visayans  had  been  accused  of  con- 
spiracy, but  without  any  trial  they  were  shot  down 


^^  A    _^ 

> 

^ 

-^^ 

»•' 

WL        m 

^^ 

\"  r 

_                  __--      ,     ,eaes4. 

i 

^BK 

ToNDo  Church,  Manila. 


in  cold  blood.  This  was  nothing  less  than  a  mas- 
sacre. Nine  days  later  five  thousand  rebels  attacked 
the  Spanish  garrison  in  Cebu.  Troops  were  hur- 
ried to  Cebii  from  Manila  and  serious  fighting  fol- 
lowed. With  the  aid  of  the  Seventy-third  Native 
Regiment  the  Spaniards  defeated  the  rebels.  The 
latter  fought  bravely,  but  lost  over  a  thousand  men. 
If  ever  a  country  had  lost  its  right  to  govern  a  col- 
ony,  Spain  had  lost  all   claim  on  the  Philippines. 


242    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

A  few  weeks  later  the  power  which  she  had  misused 
for  centuries  was  to  be  taken  from  her.  Great 
events  were  happening  on  the  other  side  of  the 
globe.  A  country  whose  people  hardly  knew  where 
the  Philippines  were  was  preparing  to  break  forever 
the  rule  of  Spain  in  these  Islands. 

Summary. — Until  1896  the  revolts  in  the  Philip- 
pines were  local.  Spain's  rule  over  the  Islands  was 
in  no  danger  of  destruction  till  then.  Since  the 
Cavite  insurrection  the  rich,  educated  and  powerful 
had  joined  the  standard  of  revolt.  Secret  societies 
were  formed  to  organize  a  revolution.  The  Kafipii- 
nan  was  the  chief  of  these.  Its  founder  and  direc- 
tor was  Andres  Bonifacio,  a  Tagalog.  Assassina- 
tion was  one  of  its  chief  weapons. 

Jose  Rizal  was  born  in  1861.  He  was  a  brilliant 
scholar,  knew  many  languages,  graduated  from  the 
University  of  Madrid,  and  traveled  over  Europe. 
He  was  a  physician.  He  wrote  two  novels  against 
the  friars,  N^oli  me  Tangere  and  El  Filihiistcrismo. 
His  family  contested  the  title  to  the  friars'  lands  in 
Calamba.  Governor  Weyler  drove  them  from  their 
homes.  In  1892  Rizal  was  banished  to  Dapitan  on 
the  charge  of  being  a  revolutionist.  Rizal  believed 
in  securing  reforms  by  education  and  agitation 
rather  than  by  forcible  revolution.  Governor  Pola- 
vieja  tried  him  by  court-martial  and  he  was  exe- 
cuted December  30,  1896.  His  favorite  motto  was, 
"What  is  death  to  me?  I  have  sown  the  seed; 
others  are  left  to  reap." 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN.       243 

The  revolutionary  plot  was  betrayed  to  a  priest 
by  a  woman.  Many  were  imprisoned,  but  the  revo- 
lution went  on.  In  a  short  time  there  were  ten 
thousand  Spanish  soldiers  brought  to  the  Philip- 
pines. Emilio  Aguinaldo  became  the  chief.  He 
gained  control  of  Cavite  province.  By  December, 
1896,  the  rebels  were  masters  of  the  provinces 
around  Manila.  Polavieja  drove  the  rebels  to  the 
mountains.     The  common  people  suffered  greatly. 

Governor  de  Rivera  offered  pardon  to  all  who 
would  surrender.  In  1897  he  made  with  Aguinaldo 
the  pact  of  Biac-na-bato.  The  rebels  agreed  to  sur- 
render their  arms,  stop  fighting,  and  that  Aguinaldo 
and  his  leading  officers  should  leave  the  Philippines. 
The  Spaniards  promised  to  give  Aguinaldo  and  his 
leaders  800,000  pesos  and  to  give  the  citizens  who 
had  suffered  losses  900,000  pesos.  Also  to  send 
the  friars  away  or  to  make  them  live  in  convents, 
and  to  give  the  Filipinos  representation  in  the  Cor- 
tes. Also  to  judge  all  equally  and  to  give  Filipinos 
high  positions  in  the  government. 

Aguinaldo  was  paid  400,000  pesos  and,  with 
thirty-four  of  his  officers,  went  to  Hongkong.  The 
Spanish  government  failed  to  keep  the  promises  of 
Rivera. 


CHAPTER   XXIL 

THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 

Cuba  and  the  United  States, — For  many  years 
the  United  States  had  been  watching  the  rule  of 
Spain  in  Cuba,  a  fertile  and  beautiful  island  lying 
but  a  day's  sail  from  the  shores  of  the  Great  Re- 
public. Not  only  were  there  millions  of  dollars  of 
American  capital  invested  in  Cuban  industries,  but 
many  Cubans  were  living  and  working  in  the  United 
States.  Therefore  the  people  of  the  United  States 
felt  great  interest  in  the  prosperity  of  the  people  of 
that  island. 

The  Cuban  Rebellion. — The  rule  of  Spain  in  Cuba 
had  been  severe;  and  in  1894  the  Cubans  began  the 
last  of  a  long  series  of  rebellions  against  their 
mother  country.  The  methods  employed  by  Spain 
in  trying  to  put  down  the  rebellion  were  greatly 
displeasing  to  the  United  States.  They  were  con- 
sidered cruel  and  unjustifiable.  Early  in  1898, 
President  IMcKinley  sent  the  following  message  to 
Congress :  *Tn  the  name  of  humanity,  in  the  name 
of  civilization,  in  behalf  of  endangered  American 
interests  which  give  us  the  right  and  duty  to  speak 
244 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 


245 


and  act,  the  war  in  Cuba  must  stop."  Congress 
then  passed  a  resolution  saying  that  "the  people  of 
Cuba  are,  and  of  right  ought  to  be,  free  and  inde- 
pendent." The  President  was  instructed  to  demand 
that  Spain  free  Cuba  or  face  war  with  the  United 


The    Spanish    War-ship    "Reina    Cristina"    After    Five 
Years  Under  Water. 


States.  Spain  refused  to  free  Cuba  and  war  be- 
tween Spain  and  the  United  States  began  April  21, 
1898. 

The  Battle  of  Manila  Bay. — When  the  war  be- 
gan, Commodore  Dewey  was  at  Hongkong  with 
several  American  war-ships.  When  two  nations  go 
to  war,  each  attacks  the  other  in  every  place  where 
the  ships  or  soldiers  of  the  enemy  are  to  be  found. 
So  the  President  ordered  Dewey  to  "capture  or 
destroy"  the  Spanish  fleet  at  Manila.  With  six  war- 
ships Dewey  steamed  past  Corregidor  Island,  Ma- 
nila Bay,  May  i,   1898.     Within  a  few  hours  he 


246    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

destroyed  ten  Spanish  ships  near  Cavite.  Six  hun- 
dred Spaniards  were  killed,  but  no  Americans.  This 
brilliant  and  easy  victory  altered  the  history  of  the 
Philippines  and  the  United  States. 

Effect  in  Manila  of  Dewey's  Victory.^— When  the 
inhabitants  of  Manila  saw  how  easily  the  Spanish 
fleet  was  destroyed,  the  city  was  filled  with  terror. 
Many  fled  to  the  provinces  or  to  Hongkong.  The 
governor-general,  Basilio  Augustin,  and  the  Arch- 
bishop, Nozaleda,  published  proclamations  asking 
the  Filipinos  to  help  Spain ;  but  the  broken  promises 
of  Biac-na-bato  were  fresh  in  their  minds. 

Renewal  of  the  Insurrection. — The  revolution 
against  Spain  now  broke  out  again.  Admiral 
Dewey  allowed  Aguinaldo  to  return  from  Hong- 
kong, and  assisted  him  to  secure  arms.  At  that  time 
the  Filipinos  were  glad  to  see  the  Americans. 

The  proclamation  of  the  Hongkong  junta  of  Fili- 
pinos, May,  1898,  said:  "Let  us  all  fight  together; 
let  us  support  the  avenging  and  humane  action  of 
the  United  States.  Let  us  learn  by  accepting  her 
advice  and  rules  how  to  live  in  order,  peace,  and^ 
liberty."  Aguinaldo  said :  "Wherever  you  see  the 
American  flag,  there  flock  in  numbers ;  they  are  our 

.  redeemers." 

Why  Dewey  Remained  in  the  Philippines.— After 

Dewey  had  destroyed  the  Spanish  fleet,  he  might 
have  sailed  away.  He  had  not  come  to  the  Philip- 
pines to  conquer  them.  Why,  then,  did  he  stay? 
There  were  at  least  three  reasons : 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 


247 


( 1 )  There  was  a  Spanish  army  in  Manila.  He 
had  to  blockade  Manila  to  keep  that  army  from  es- 
caping. He  might  have  bombarded  the  city  and 
compelled  an  immediate  surrender,  but  he  did  not 
desire  to  injure  the  innocent.  Therefore  he  awaited 
the  arrival  of  troops  from  America. 

(2)  He  feared  the  insurgents  might  capture  the 


Manila  Bay  from  the  Luneta. 


city  and  massacre  the  Spanish  inhabitants.  This 
would  have  been  a  disgrace  both  to  the  Americans 
and  the  Filipinos.  Therefore  he  remained  to  pre- 
vent anything  of  this  sort. 

(3)  At  that  time  it  was  not  known  how  weak  the 
power  of  Spain  was.  Therefore  it  was  decided  to 
send  troops  to  the  Philippines  to  capture  Manila. 
The  purpose  of  this  was  not  conquest,  but  to  hasten 
the  close  of  the  war  with  Spain.  Dewey  stayed  to 
assist  in  this. 


248    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Aguinaldo  Dictator — \Miile  American  soldiers 
were  crossing  the  Pacific  to  take  Manila,  Aguinaldo 
proclaimed  himself  Dictator.  His  forces  fought 
many  successful  battles  with  the  Spaniards.  Ma- 
nila was  closely  surrounded  by  the  insurgents. 
Many  provinces  fell  into  their  power.  The  govern- 
ment of  Aguinaldo  made  laws  and  collected  taxes  in 
these  provinces. 

The  Revolutionary  Government. — In  June,  1898, 
Aguinaldo  called  a  congress  at  Cavite  to  form  a  gov- 
ernment. June  23d  the  constitution  of  the  "Revo- 
lutionary Government"  was  proclaimed.  Aguinaldo 
was  chosen  President  of  the  new  government.  Its 
object  was :  "To  struggle  for  the  independence  of 
the  Philippines,  and  to  prepare  the  country  for  the 
establishment  of  a  real  republic." 

In  August  an  appeal  was  sent  to  the  great  nations 
of  the  world  asking  them  to  recognize  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  Philippines.  No  answer  was  re- 
ceived from  any  nation. 

The  Taking  of  Manila. — Ten  thousand  American 
soldiers  had  now  reached  the  Philippines.  August 
13,  1898,  the  American  army  attacked  and  entered 
Manila.  Very  few  Americans  were  killed  and 
•wounded  in  this  attack.  The  Spanish  fought  only 
to  save  their  honor,  not  with  the  hope  of  keeping 
the  Americans  out  of  the  city.  Fifteen  thousand 
Filipino  troops  were  at  hand  ready  to  assist.  Their 
aid  was  not  accepted,  because  it  was  not  necessary. 
Captain-General  Augustin  fled  in  a  German  ship- 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 


249 


of -war  before  the  city  was  captured.  General  Fer- 
min  Jaudenes.  the  last  Spanish  governor-general 
of  the  Philippines,  surrendered  the  city.  Spain's 
power  in  the  Philippines  was  forever  ended.  The 
stars  and  stripes  floated  from  old  Fort  Santiago. 
The  Philippine  archipelago  was  surrendered  to  the 
United  States  of  America. 


A  View  of  AFantla. 


The  Treaty  of  Paris. — The  day  before  Manila  was 
taken  a  protocol  of  peace  was  signed  between  the 
United  States  and  Spain.  News  did  not  reach  Ma- 
nila till  after  the  city  was  captured.  American  and 
Spanish  commissioners  met  in  Paris  and  for  several 
months  talked  about  the  terms  of  peace.  It  was 
difficult  to  decide  what  to  do  about  the  Philippines. 
Spain  did  not  wish  to  give  them  up.  Yet  her  power 
there  had  been  broken  by  America.     But  the  pur- 


250    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

pose  of  America  was  not  conquest.  America  was 
not  seeking  more  glory  or  new  lands.  Yet  she  de- 
cided to  take  the  Philippines  from  Spain.  By  the 
treaty  signed  in  Paris,  December  lo,  1898,  Spain 
ceded  the  Philippines  to  the  United  States.  Spain 
was  paid  $20,000,000  for  the  Islands.  She  would 
not  willingly  have  sold  them  for  many  times  that 
sum,  but  the  United  States  did  not  desire  to  accept 
the  Islands  as  a  right  of  conquest,  since  she  had  not 
waged  the  war  for  that  purpose.  Therefore  she 
compensated  Spain  for  their  loss. 

Even  then  it  was  not  decided  by  the  people  of  the 
United  States  to  keep  the  Philippines  and  estab- 
lish American  government  there.  The  Americans 
knew  very  little  about  these  Islands.  Most  of  them 
thought  that  the  Philippines  were  like  Cuba.  With 
Cuba  they  were  acquainted.  They  believed  her 
capable  of  self-government.  They  were  perfectly 
willing  to  allow  the  Filipinos  also  to  govern  them- 
selves, if  that  were  possible.  It  was  only  after  ex- 
perience in  the  Philippines  taught  the  United  States 
that  the  country  was  unlike  Cuba  that  she  decided  to 
withhold  independence  from  the  Filipinos  for  a 
time.  It  is  very  important  to  understand  why  she 
treated  these  two  Spanish  colonies  differently. 

The  Effect  of  Distance. — Cuba  was  near  the 
United  States ;  the  Philippines  were  on  the  other 
side  of  the  globe.  Many  great  events  of  history  are 
decided  by  the  geographical  position  of  countries. 
It  was  easy  for  the  United  States  to  protect  Cuba. 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS.  251 

Long  before  any  European  nation  could  send  sol- 
diers across  the  sea,  the  United  States  could  place 
an  army  in  Cuba.  But  Manila  Bay  was  dotted  with 
the  war-ships  of  several  nations  when  Dewey  de- 
feated the  Spanish  fleet.  All  the  great  European 
nations  have  lands  in  Asia,  and  want  more.  Had 
the  United  States  left  the  Philippines  free,  some  of 
these  nations  would  probably  have  seized  the 
Islands.  Yet  unless  the  United  States  raised  her 
flag  there,  she  could  not  have  forbidden  other  na- 
tions to  take  the  Philippines.  Had  she  done  so,  she 
must  have  fought  a  terrible  war. 

Monarchy  or  Republic. — The  other  powers  that 
might  have  seized  the  Philippines  are  monarchies. 
The  United  States  is  a  republic.  It  believes  its 
government  is  the  best  and  freest  on  earth.  It 
fought  to  get  that  kind  of  a  government  for  Cuba. 
It  could  not  honorably  allow  any  other  kind  of  gov- 
ernment to  be  established  in  the  Philippines. 

If  no  other  nation  had  taken  the  Philippines, 
Spain  would  have  reconquered  them.  When  her 
large  army  returned  from  Cuba  she  would  have 
sent  it  to  the  Philippines.  Then  the  sufferings  of 
the  Filipinos  would  have  been  worse  than  before. 
The  United  States  could  not  consent  to  this. 

Possibility  of  a  Filipino  Republic. — The  strongest 
of  all  the  reasons  why  the  United  States  did  not 
assist  the  Filipinos  to  form  and  maintain  an  inde- 
pendent republic  was  because  she  did  not  believe 
they  were  ready  for  self-government.     The  people 


Jose  Luzuriaga. 


Cameron  Forbes. 


James  F. 

Smith. 

v^^^^^^^^^^m^'^SKKt 

mm 

^ 

^^^^R  -^i 

i 

i 

Benito  Legardo. 


Henry  C.  Ide. 


Dean  C.  Worcester.  Dr.  T.  H.  Pardo  de  Tavera. 

The  Philippine  Commission,  in  1904. 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS.  253 

of  Cuba  are  not  superior  to  those  of  the  Philippines. 
The  Fihpinos  are  as  good  and  as  inteUigent  as  the 
Cubans,  but  they  are  not  so  united.  There  must  be 
unity  among  a  people  who  would  found  a  republic. 
The  people  of  Cuba  spoke  one  language;  they  lived 
on  one  island ;  they  had  the  same  religion ;  they  had 
never  fought  each  other;  they  were  united.  It  was 
different  in  the  Philippines. 

In  the  Philippines  the  population  is  distributed 
among  many  islands,  with  different  languages,  cus- 
toms, and  religions.  Some  of  the  tribes  have  hated 
and  fought  each  other  for  centuries.  If  the  United 
States  had  left  the  Philippines  to  form  a  govern- 
ment of  its  own,  the  Moros  would  have  become 
pirates  again.  They  did  this  in  Mindanao  between 
the  end  of  Spanish  and  the  beginning  of  American 
rule.  The  Igorots  would  have  attacked  the  people 
on  the  coast.  The  Tagalogs.  the  Visayans,  the  Ilo- 
canos,  the  Bicols,  would  each  have  wished  to  rule 
their  own  part  of  the  Islands. 

Unity  First  Necessary. — People  of  the  same  blood, 
language,  and  religion  are  often  torn  apart  by  civil 
war.  How  much  more  difficult  for  a  people  of  a 
hundred  different  tongues,  living  on  hundreds  of 
scattered  islands,  to  remain  at  peace. 

Summary.^ — Cuba  lies  near  the  United  States. 
Much  American  capital  was  invested  there.  Many 
Cubans  lived  in  the  United  States.  In  the  Cuban 
rebellion  of  1894-8  American  trade  suffered  and 
the  severe  treatment  of  the  Cubans  by  the  Spaniards 


254    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

displeased  the  Americans.  These  facts  led  the 
United  States  to  begin  war  with  Spain. 

Commodore  Dewey  attacked  and  destroyed  the 
Spanish  fleet  in  Manila  Bay,  May  i,  1898.  Many 
fled  from  Manila  to  Hong  Kong  and  the  provinces. 
Dewey  allowed  Aguinaldo  to  return  to  the  Philip- 
pines and  assisted  him  to  secure  arms.  The  rebels 
welcomed  the  Americans  as  friends.  Dewey  re- 
mained in  Manila  Bay  to  keep  the  Spanish  army  in 
check  and  to  save  Manila  from  sack  by  the  in- 
surgents. Aguinaldo  proclaimed  himself  Dictator 
and  won  control  of  the  provinces  from  the  Span- 
iards. In  June,  1898,  the  constitution  of  the  Revo- 
lutionary Government  was  proclaimed.  Foreign 
nations  were  asked  to  recognize  it,  but  none  did. 

August  13,  1898,  the  American  army  captured 
Manila.  The  protocol  of  peace  between  America 
and  Spain  was  signed  the  day  before  the  Battle  of 
Manila.  The  Treaty  of  Paris  was  signed  Dec.  10, 
1898.  Spain  ceded  the  Philippines  to  the  United 
States  and  was  paid  $20,000,000.  Had  America 
not  taken  the  Philippines  some  other  power  would 
have  done  so.  Cuba  was  set  free  because  the 
United  States  could  easily  protect  her,  and  it  was 
believed  that  Cuba  was  capable  of  self-government. 
In  the  Philippines  the  number  of  Islands  and  the 
hostility  of  the  different  tribes  made  the  establish- 
ment of  a  free  republic  much  more  difficult.  These 
conditions  require  time  to  adjust  them. 


CHAPTER    XXIII. 

THE    FILIPINO-AMERICAN    WAR. 

Why  Aguinaldo's  Army  did  not  Enter  Manila. — 
On  the  day  Manila  was  taken,  the  Filipino  army 
tried  to  march  into  the  city  with  the  Americans. 
This  was  not  permitted.  It  was  natural  that  the 
Filipino  leaders  were  disappointed  because  they 
could  not  receive  the  surrender  of  Manila  side  by 
side  with  the  American  troops.  Up  to  the  13th  of 
August,  they  had  looked  upon  the  Americans  as 
their  allies.  It  now  seemed  to  them  that  they  were 
to  be  robbed  of  the  fruits  of  victory.  They  feared 
that  America  meant  to  keep  the  Philippines.  There 
were  good  reasons  why  both  armies  should  not  enter 
Manila. 

It  is  not  the  custom  of  the  world  to  admit  a  new 
member  into  the  family  of  nations  till  the  govern- 
ment that  applies  for  admission  has  shown  that  it 
is  wise  enough  and  strong  enough  to  rule  well.  The 
Revolutionary  Government  was  established  by  only 
a  part  of  the  Filipino  peoples.  Some  of  the  leading 
men  in  other  parts  of  the  Philippines  than  central 
Luzon,  for  example  in  Ilocos  and  Negros,  would 

255 


256    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

have  nothing  to  do  with  the  revokition.  For  these 
and  other  reasons  which  seemed  good  and  sufficient, 
the  United  States  did  not  wish  to  recognize  the 
Revolutionary  Government;  but  to  admit  the 
army  of  Aguinaldo  to  Manila  on  equal  terms 
with  the  American  army  would  have  been  to  recog- 
nize that  government.  This  would  not  have  been 
just  to  the  Filipinos.  These  reasons  made  it 
impossible  to  admit  the  Filipino  army  to  a  share 
in  the  control  of  the  government.  Disappointed  in 
his  hope  of  sharing  the  occupation  of  Manila, 
Aguinaldo  resolved  to  establish  a  capital  of  his 
own. 

The  Malolos  Government.  —Aguinaldo  now  made 
Malolos,  twenty  miles  north  of  Manila,  his  capital. 
He  took  the  title  of  "President  of  the  Filipino  Re- 
public." At  Malolos  he  gathered  a  congress.  This 
congress  was  not  elected,  as  should  be  the  case  in  a 
republic,  by  the  votes  of  all  the  people.  It  repre- 
sented a  small  part  of  the  population  of  the  Philip- 
pines. From  Malolos  Aguinaldo  issued  proclama- 
tions and  sent  expeditions  to  various  parts  of  Luzon 
and  the  Visayas.  His  officers  collected  taxes  and 
carried  on  the  government  of  most  of  the  provinces 
of  Luzon.  Thousands  of  Spanish  prisoners,  includ- 
ing several  hundred  friars,  were  captured  and  held 
by  him.  The  Spanish  forces  scattered  through  the 
Islands  were  captured  or  besieged  by  his  troops. 
Young,  ambitious,  and  often  ill-advised,  he  pre- 
pared to  plunge  his  unhappy  country  into  a  terrible 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  257 

war  against  a  nation  that  desired  only  the  good  of 
the  FiHpinos. 

The  Instructions  of  McKinley. — By  December, 
1898,  6,500  additional  troops  had  arrived  from 
America.  These  soldiers  were  not  brought  for  the 
conquest  of  the  Philippines.  They  were  for  the 
protection  of  Manila.  Aguinaldo  had  surrounded 
the  city  with  thirty  thousand  troops.  It  was  the 
duty  of  America  to  maintain  the  government  of 
Manila  till  the  Treaty  of  Paris  was  finished  ;  because 
while  a  treaty  is  being  made,  everything  must  re- 
main as  it  was  when  the  fighting  stopped.  This  is 
the  custom  of  nations.  It  was  for  this  reason  that 
the  American  army  made  no  attempt  to  interfere 
with  the  government  which  Aguinaldo  had  estab- 
lished at  Malolos. 

At  last  the  Treaty  of  Paris  was  finished.  Al- 
though it  was  now  known  that  Spain  had  given  up 
the  Philippines  to  America,  it  remained  for  the 
Congress  of  the  United  States  to  decide  what  should 
be  done  with  the  Islands.  The  Filipinos,  after 
watching  the  conquests  of  Spain  for  three  centuries, 
could  not  believe  that  the  United  States  might  peace- 
fully give  up  what  she  had  won.  Yet  if  the  leaders 
of  the  revolution  had  ruled  wisely  and  justly  in  the 
provinces,  if  they  had  used  patience  and  reason  in- 
stead of  war,  America  might  have  given  indepen- 
dence at  an  early  day.  After  their  experience  of 
the  oppressions  of  Spain  it  is  not  strange  that  the 
Filipinos  did  not  believe  in  the  good  intentions  of 


258 


A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


America.     Yet  it  was  a  mistake  not  to  believe  the 
words  of  President  McKinley,  which  follow. 

January  4,  1899,  General  Otis,  the  military  gov- 
ernor of  the  Philippines,  issued  a  proclamation  ex- 
plaining   the    instructions    of    McKinley    for    the 


William  McKinley. 


temporary  government  of  the  Philippines.  This 
proclamation  declared  the  purpose  of  America  to 
be  "to  give  the  blessings  of  peace  and  individual 
freedom  to  the  Philippine  people"  and  to  prove  to 
the  Filipinos  "that  the  mission  of  the  United  States 
is  one  of  benevolent  assimilation,  which  will  sub- 
stitute the  mild  sway  of  justice  and  right  for  arbi- 
trary rule."    A  little  later  President  ]\IcKinley  told 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  259 

the  first  Philippine  Commission  to  go  to  the  Fili- 
pinos "as  bearers  of  the  good-will,  the  protection, 
and  the  richest  blessings  of  a  liberating  rather  than 
a  conquering  nation." 

The  Revolutionary  Constitution. — A  few  days 
after  the  proclamation  of  General  Otis,  Aguinaldo 
published  his  decision  to  enforce  his  own  rule  and 
reject  the  control  of  America.  He  threatened  war 
in  case  the  American  army  should  seize  more  Phil- 
ippine territory.  Secret  clubs  were  established  in 
Manila  to  plot  against  American  rule.  Arms  were 
secretly  distributed.  Many  natives  of  Manila  now 
fled  with  their  goods  to  the  country.  Spaniards  in 
the  suburbs  took  refuge  in  the  walled  city. 

On  the  2 1st  of  January  the  Filipino  congress  at 
Malolos  proclaimed  a  constitution  for  the  Filipino 
republic.  This  constitution  contained  many  good 
points,  but  our  study  of  Philippine  history  has 
shown  that  good  laws  need  wise  and  good  men  to 
enforce  them.  Many  of  the  Filipino  leaders  were 
brave  and  patriotic,  but  they  were  mistaken  in  their 
judgment  of  America,  and  they  had  not  consulted 
all  the  people  of  the  Philippines. 

The  first  article  of  the  constitution  read :  "The 
political  association  of  all  the  Filipinos  constitutes 
a  nation."  At  this  time  very  few  Filipinos  were 
truly  associated.  Most  of  the  people  of  the  Philip- 
pines had  never  even  heard  the  names  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Malolos  congress.  They  could  not  read 
the  language  in  which  the  constitution  was  written. 


26o    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

They  knew  neither  by  experience  nor  by  study  what 
a  free  repubhc  means.  Such  was  the  situation  on 
the  eve  of  the  war. 

The  First  Shot. — During  the  last  days  of  Janu- 
ary,   1899.    the    two   armies   drew   closer   together. 


Emilio  Aguinaldo. 


T 

Several  Americans  who  crossed  the  Filipino  lines 
were  captured  and  held  as  prisoners.  At  night  there 
were  frequent  attempts  to  cross  the  American  lines. 
Finally  on  the  night  of  February  4,  one  of  Agui- 
naldo's  lieutenants  tried  to  cross  the  San  Juan 
bridge  with  several  of  his  soldiers.     The  American 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  261 

sentry  ordered  him  three  times  to  halt.  As  the 
Heutenant  refused,  the  sentry  shot  and  killed  him. 
A  few  minutes  later  an  insurgent  signal  gun 
sounded  a  general  attack.  Both  armies  were  ready. 
A  battle  began  all  along  the  line. 

Periods  of  the  War.- — The  war  may  be  divided 
into  two  periods.  The  first  lasted  till  about  January 
I,  1900.  This  was  the  period  of  war  between  or- 
ganized armies.  During  this  time  large  bodies  of 
troops  faced  each  other  in  the  field. 

Then  followed  the  period  of  guerilla  warfare 
which  lasted  till  the  capture  of  Aguinaldo.  March 
23,  190 1,  and  the  surrender  of  nearly  all  his  gen- 
erals within  a  few  weeks  after.  This  really  ended 
the  war.  From  this  time  till  April  20,  1902,  when 
General  Zamora  surrendered  in  Samar,  the  war  was 
the  pursuit  of  a  few  bands  of  men  who  fought  on 
when  there  was  no  more  hope  of  defeating  the 
Americans. 

The  Battle  of  February  5th — When  the  gun  was 
fired  that  began  the  war,  General  Luna,  who  com- 
manded the  Filipino  forces  before  Manila,  tele- 
graphed the  news  to  Aguinaldo  at  Malolos.  There 
was  great  rejoicing  in  the  capital.  At  midnight, 
February  4th,  a  general  declaration  of  war  against 
America  was  sent  to  the  insurgent  army.  Many  of 
the  leaders  were  at  Malolos.  They  hurried  to  the 
scene  of  battle.  At  dawn,  fighting  began  along  a 
semicircular  line  about  ten  miles  in  length.  At 
many  points  the  Filipinos  fought  with  great  brav- 


262    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


ery. 


Although  three  times  the  number  of  the 
Americans,  they  lacked  artillery  and  discipline.  At 
the  end  of  the  day  the  American  troops  had  taken 
the  intrenchments  of  Aguinaldo's  army.  The  head- 
quarters of  General  Luna  at  La  Loma  were  cap- 
tured. His  chief  of  staff  fell  mortally  wounded 
while  trying  to  rally  the  Filipino  troops. 


San  Juan  Bridge. 


Fighting  the  Flames. — On  the  night  of  February 
22,  1899,  [Manila  was  set  on  fire  by  the  secret  bands 
which  had  been  organized  to  destroy  the  city.  The 
revolutionary  leaders  planned  the  massacre  of  the 
American  troops  and  of  all  Europeans  during  this 
fire.  Assassins  clad  in  citizens'  clothes  burned  the 
homes  of  their  own  countrymen. 

The  Advance  North. — During  the  next  three 
months  the  American  army  advanced  northward. 
Several  battles  were  fought.  The  retreating  revo- 
lutionary army  burned  towns  behind  it.     Malolos 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR. 


263 


was  taken  March  25th.  Aguinaldo  moved  his  capi- 
tal to  San  Fernando,  then  to  San  Isidro  and  finally 
to  Tarlac.  The  coming  of  the  rainy  season  made  it 
impossible  to  transport  the  supplies  of  a  large  army. 
There  was  therefore  little  fighting  till  November. 


TiLA  Pass. 


In  the  three  months'  campaign  the  power  of  the 
revolutionary  army  had  been  broken.  AVisdom 
would  have  seemed  to  indicate  that  further  resist- 
ance was  useless. 

The  Battle  of  Zapote  Bridge. — Early  in  June, 
1899,  occurred  the  battle  of  Zapote  Bridge.  This 
was  the  only  serious  battle  fought  south  of  Manila. 
The  American  forces  numbered  about  four  thou- 
sand. Zapote  bridge  was  a  strong  position  where 
in  1896  the  insurgents  had  made  a  successful  stand 
against  the  Spanish.  About  three  thousand  Fili- 
pinos gathered  for  the  defense.  Their  intrenchments 
on  the  south  bank  of  the  river  were  very  strong. 


264    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

With  the  aid  of  the  navy  the  bridge  was  crossed 
and  the  works  taken.  Nearly  a  third  of  the  FiH- 
pino  force  was  lost.  So  brave  a  defense  would  be 
a  credit  to  any  people. 

The  Flight  of  Aguinaldo. — In  November,  Agui- 
naldo  was  driven  from  Tarlac,  which  was  captured 
November  12th.  The  next  day  he  fled  north 
through  the  mountains  with  a  small  force.  An 
army  had  landed  at  San  Fabian,  Pangasinan,  to  cut 
off  his  retreat  north.  Another  army  on  the  east 
prevented  his  escape  in  that  direction.  Traveling 
night  and  day,  narrowly  escaping  the  pursuing 
troops,  he  reached  Candon,  Tlocos  Sur,  in  safety. 
Then  he  crossed  the  mountains  and  settled  for  a 
short  time  at  Cervantes,  the  capital  of  Lepanto. 

The  Taking  of  Tila  Pass. — Tila  Pass  is  the  gate- 
way through  the  west  coast  range  to  Cervantes.  A 
narrow  trail  winds  steeply  around  precipices  to  a 
height  of  4,400  feet.  Here  the  rear-guard  of  Agui- 
naldo made  as  heroic  a  defense  as  men  could  make. 
December  8,  1899,  two  companies  of  American 
soldiers  climbed  this  trail  and  attacked  a  stone  barri- 
cade across  the  narrowest  part  of  the  path.  The 
barricade  was  defended  by  General  Gregorio  del 
Pilar  and  about  fifty  men.  Here  he  stayed  and  met 
certain  death,  firing  till  the  last.  On  his  person  was 
found  a  small  pocket  diary  in  which  half  an  hour 
before  his  death  he  had  written,  "I  am  surrounded 
by  fearful  odds  that  will  overcome  me  and  my  gal- 
lant men,  but  I  am  well  pleased  with  the  thought 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  265 

that  I  die  fighting  for  my  beloved  country."  It  is 
said  that  only  eight  of  his  men  escaped. 

Aguinaldo's  Escape. — Aguinaldo  now  fled  to  the 
central  mountains  of  Luzon.  Here  for  many 
months  he  wandered  among  the  wild  Igorot  tribes 
by  whom  he  was  several  times  attacked.  He  was 
accompanied  by  several  of  his  officers  and  about  one 
hundred  men. 

At  length  Aguinaldo  secreted  himself  in  a  lonely 
town  called  Palanan  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Lu- 
zon. Here  he  remained,  sending  letters  and 
commands  to  his  leaders  in  different  parts  of 
Luzon,  till  he  was  captured  March  23,  1901. 
Aguinaldo  then  took  the  oath  of  allegiance  to 
the  United  States.  He  has  been  faithful  to  that 
oath. 

The  Period  of  Guerilla  Warfare.— After  the  flight 
of  Aguinaldo,  the  insurgents  no  longer  faced  the 
Americans  with  organized  armies.  They  decided  to 
carry  on  the  war  by  guerilla  methods ;  that  is,  to 
fight  in  small  bodies,  retreat  when  attacked,  and 
resort  to  raids  and  ambushes.  A  number  of  com- 
manders were  appointed  in  different  provinces. 
Each  of  these  worked  independently  of  the  others, 
gathering  about  him  a  body  of  men  who  assembled 
and  dispersed  at  his  bidding,  leading  a  life  half  rob- 
bery and  half  war.  They  compelled  the  peaceful 
population  to  give  them  money  and  food.  Fire, 
torture,  and  assassination  were  freely  used  to  force 
their  countrymen  to  support  a  hopeless  war.     The 


266    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

deeds  of  some  of  the  guerilla  chiefs  make  one  of 
the  saddest  pages  of  Filipino  history. 

The  Occupation  of  the  Visayas.- — The  island  of 
Panay  was  the  scene  of  the  only  serious  fighting  in 
the  Visayan  group.     Iloilo  was  taken  by  the  Ameri- 


^ih 

y^^^^Sm 

PSi^ 

'J 

i 

-^-Is^iM^MlL 

-^--"-^ 

i 

i-    V  ■ 

~'^^^P9I^^^^^^BS^H 

An  Insurgent  Stockade. 


cans  February  ii,  1899,  the  insurgents  burning  and 
looting  the  city  as  they  fled.  During  the  year  all 
the  larger  \^isayan  islands  were  occupied  by  the 
American  troops.  Bands  of  outlaws  and  fanatics 
.furnished  most  of  the  resistance  to  American  occu- 
pation. 

The  Republic  of  Negros.- — In  the  island  of  Ne- 
gros,  soon  after  the  Americans  took  ^Manila,  an  in- 
dependent republic  was  organized.  The  leaders 
were   as  capable  and  honorable  men  as  could  be 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  267 

found  in  the  island.  The  Tagalog  insurgents  were 
refused  a  landing  in  this  island.  After  a  short  ex- 
perience with  their  own  government,  commissioners 
were  sent  to  Manila  in  February,  1899,  inviting  the 
protection  of  American  troops. 

The  requested  protection  was  given  to  Negros. 
Under  the  oversight  of  General  James  F.  Smith,  an 
opportunity  was  given  to  show  what  could  be  done 
by  a  government,  wholly  planned  and  conducted  by 
Filipinos.  But  the  experiment  was  not  a  success, 
and  the  Republic  of  Negros  was  a  republic  in  name 
only.  With  the  full  consent  of  the  people  them- 
selves, the  Americans  then  took  entire  control. 

Results  of  the  War. — Every  Filipino  and  every 
American  should  regret  the  unhappy  war  of  1899- 
1902.  There  was  much  true  patriotism  and  bravery 
on  the  side  of  the  insurgents.  There  were  some 
among  them  whose  sincerity  and  courage  Americans 
gladly  honor.  These  brave  men  fought  in  a  mis- 
taken and  hopeless  cause. 

There  were  only  two  or  three  real  battles  in  the 
war,  though  there  were  over  two  thousand  minor  en- 
gagements. The  only  really  difficult  task  for  the 
American  army  was  to  transport  and  feed  its  sol- 
diers. 

America  has  no  resentment  toward  a  brave  but 
defeated  foe.  Seven  thousand  of  her  sons  were 
killed,  wounded,  or  died  of  disease  in  the  war.  She 
spent  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars  to  bring  peace 
and  good  government  to  the  Philippines.     She  has 


268    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

put  into  positions  of  power  many  of  those  who 
fought  against  her  and  opposed  her  poHcies.  Truth 
and  justice  demand  that  we  think  of  the  war  with- 
out bitterness  and  work  together  in  peace  for  the 
good  of  all. 

Martial    Law.' — From    1898  to    1901,   there  was 
military  rule  in  the  Philippines.     The  commanding 


The  Insular  Ice-Plant,  AIanila. 


general  of  the  army  acted  as  governor.  Besides 
fighting  battles,  the  army  made  and  enforced  all 
laws.  It  organized  and  carried  on  the  custom- 
house, the  post-office  and  other  public  establish- 
ments, performing  the  duties  of  peace  as  well  as  of 
war.  The  army  established  the  American  public 
school  system  in  the  Philippines.  History  does  not 
tell  of  any  other  army  which  waged  war  and  taughi 
school  at  the  same  time.     Yet  in  this   case  army 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  269 

officers  became  superintendents  of  schools,  and  sol- 
diers became  teachers. 

Military  rule  is  hard  to  l)ear.  Changes  in  gov- 
ernment are  made  slowly  in  time  of  peace,  under 
civil  rule.  Under  martial  law  the  customs  and 
wishes  of  the  people  have  little  weight.  What  the 
general  thinks  is  best  for  the  country  must  be  done 
at  once.  It  was  a  great  trial  to  the  patience  of  the 
Filipinos  to  see  old  laws  and  customs  changed  so 
rapidly.  But  methods  of  government  in  the  Philip- 
pines were  in  great  need  of  change.  The  rule  of 
the  military  made  (juick  reforms  possible.  Methods 
of  government  advanced  a  century  in  the  Philip- 
pines during  the  three  years  of  American  military 

rule. 

Summary. — Aguinaldo's  army  was  not  allowed  to 
enter  Manila  because  this  would  have  been  a  recog- 
nition of  the  authority  and  independence  of  his 
government.  Aguinaldo  made  iMalolos  his  capital 
and  gathered  a  congress  there  elected  in  name  but 
in  fact  appointed  by  him.  He  established  his  gov- 
ernment, collected  taxes,  and  took  thousands  of 
Spanish  prisoners.  General  Otis  published  the  dec- 
laration of  McKinley  that  the  purpose  of  America 
was  "to  give  the  blessings  of  peace  and  individual 
freedom  to  the  Philippine  people."  Then  Agui- 
naldo threatened  war  in  case  the  American  army 
should  seize  more  territory.  Jan.  21,  1899,  the 
congress  at  Malolos  proclaimed  a  constitution  for 
the  Filipino  Republic.     The  laws  were  good,  but 


270    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

the  leaders  were  not  representative  of  the  majority 
of  the  people. 

February  4.  1899,  the  first  shot  of  the  war  was 
fired  at  San  Juan  Bridge,  near  Alanila.     Until  Jan. 

I,  1900,  the  war  was  between  organized  armies. 
After  this  time  it  was  guerilla  warfare  till  the  cap- 
ture of  Aguinaldo,  ]^Iarch  23,  1901.  After  this 
there  was  pursuit  of  scattering  bands  of  armed 
rebels  till  the  surrender  of  Zamora  in  Samar,  April 
20,  1902. 

The  battle  around  Manila.  Feb.  5,  1S99.  was  won 
by  the  Americans.  General  Luna  was  killed.  Secret 
bands  of  assassins  and  incendiaries  fired  the  City  of 
Manila  Feb.  22.  Aguinaldo  moved  his  capital  north 
from  town  to  town.  In  June.  1899,  occurred  the 
battle  of  Zapote  Bridge.  It  was  bravely  defended 
by  the  Filipinos. 

Aguinaldo  took  refuge  in  the  mountains  of  north- 
ern Luzon.  General  Gregorio  del  Pilar  defended 
Tila  Pass,  where  he  was  killed.  After  Aguinaldo 
was  captured  he  took  the  oath  of  allegiance  to  the 
United  States. 

Iloilo'  was    taken    by    the    Americans    February 

II,  1899.  An  independent  republic  was  organ- 
ized in  Negros  soon  after  the  Americans  took 
Manila.  This  government  was  a  failure.  \\Tth  the 
consent  of  the  people,  the  Americans  took  over  the 
control. 

There  were  over  two  thousand  small  engagements 
during  the  war,  but  only  two  or  three  pitched  bat- 


THE  FILIPINO-AMERICAN  WAR.  271 

ties.  From  1898  to  1901  there  was  martial  law  in 
the  Philippines.  The  commanding  general  of  the 
army  acted  as  governor  of  the  Islands.  Public  in- 
stitutions, such  as  the  post-office  and  the  schools, 
were  administered  by  the  army. 


CHAPTER    XXIV. 

THE   FIRST    AMERICAN    CIVIL    GOVERNOR. 

William  H.  Taft,  Governor,  1901-1904. — July  4, 
1 90 1,  the  Hon.  William  H.  Taft  became  the  first 
American  civil  governor  of  the  Philippines. 

More  than  one  hundred  different  men  have  filled 
the  chair  of  Governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 
Xone  ever  did  more  for  the  Filipinos  than  Governor 
Taft.  An  entirely  new  system  of  government  was 
created  for  the  Islands.  A  thousand  new  laws  were 
made.  Unlike  many  laws  in  the  past,  these  were 
enforced.  They  were  not  made  to  fill  the  coffers  of 
king  or  encomendero.  They  provided  peace,  pro- 
tection, justice,  education,  and  industrial  prosperity 
for  the  Filipinos.  It  will  be  well  to  study  the  prin- 
ciples of  government  followed  during  Mr.  Taft's 
governorship. 

The  Policy  of  McKinley.— President  AIcKinley 
marked  out  the  path  of  American  rule  in  the  Philip- 
pines. What  he  said  was,  and  is  to-day,  the  wish  of 
the  American  people  for  the  Filipinos.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  America's  occupation  of  the  Philippines 
he  said  to  General  Otis  and  Admiral  Dewev :  "We 
272   • 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR.    273 

want  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  inhabitants, 
securing  them  peace,  hberty,  and  the  pursuit  of  their 
highest  good."  He  told  the  first  Phihppine  Com- 
mission to  have  "due  respect  for  all  the  ideas,  cus- 


WlLLIAM   H.   TaFT. 

First  Civil  Governor  of  the  Philippines. 


toms,  and  institutions  of  the  tribes  which  compose 
the  population."  This  commission  said :  "The 
aim  and  object  of  the  American  Government  is  the 
prosperity  and  happiness  of  the  Philippine  people 
and  their  elevation  and  advancement  to  a  position 
among  the  most  civilized  people  of  the  world." 
Prosperity,  happiness,  and  a  high  civilization  are  the 


274    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

very  things  for  which  the  Filipino  revohitionists 
fought.  Under  the  direction  of  Governor  Taft,  the 
Filipinos  made  more  rapid  progress  toward  this  goal 
than  ever  before. 

"The    Philippines   for  the    Filipinos." — Governor 
Taft  said  that  the  policy  of  McKinley  meant  "The 


The  New  City  Hall,  Manila. 

Philippines  for  the  Filipinos."  His  administration 
was  an  attempt  to  carry  out  this  motto.  His  ex- 
planation of  these  words  is  that  every  law  made  for 
these  Islands  must  be  for  "the  welfare  of  the 
Filipino  people."  Governor  Taft  and  the  Philip- 
pine Commission,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Government  at  Washington,  worked  for  four  great 
ends : 

( I )  To  keep  the  natural  riches  of  the  Islands 
for  the  Filipinos.  There  are  millions  of  acres  of 
uncultivated  public  lands  in  the  Philippines.     It  is 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR.    275 

to  be  divided  into  small  farms  for  Filipinos.  The 
land  laws,  the  forestry  laws,  the  mining  laws,  are 
all  made  for  the  benefit  of  the  Filipino.  He  is  to 
have  the  first  share  of  the  riches  of  his  father- 
land. 

To  encourage  the  Filipino  farmer  to  own  his  land 


Chief  Justice  Arellano. 


the  government  bought  the  great  estates  of  the 
friars.  These  estates  comprised  half  a  million  acres 
of  the  best  lands  in  the  Islands. 

The  government  paid  more  than  $7,000,000  gold 

for  this  property.     It  will  be  divided    into  many 

small  farms  which  the  Filipino  farmer  may  pur- 

,  chase  little  by  little  for  sums  about  equal  to  what 


2/6    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

he  used  to  pay  as  rent.  It  is  hoped  that  within  a 
few  years  a  generation  may  grow  up  which  will  own 
its  native  soil,  and  live  upon  it  in  peace. 

(2)  To  girc  goi'cnimcvA  positions  to  Filipinos 
as  fast  as  fit  persons  could  be  found  for  this  service. 
More  Filipinos  than   Americans  are  holding  posi- 


The  Old  Philippine  Normal  School,  Centk.^l   kEcixATiox 

Hall. 


tions  as  government  officials.  Some  of  these  posi- 
tions are  among  the  highest  in  the  land.  Most  of 
the  Philippine  Commissioners  are  Filipinos,  as  are 
also  the  chief  justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  and 
several  of  his  associates. 

Alodern  government  needs  highh'  trained  officials. 
Besides  an  education  in  the  schools,  a  high  official 
must  have  years  of  practice  in  order  to  learn  the 
business  of  these  high  offices.     As  fast  as  this  train- 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR.    277 

ing  can  be  given,  more  and  higher  positions  are 
opened  to  FiHpinos. 

(3)  To  allow  the  Filipinos  as  much  sclf-gov- 
crmnent  as  possible.  Under  the  Hberal  rule  of  Gov- 
ernor Taft  the  Fihpino  people  were  granted  the 
power  of  choosing  their  own  municipal  officers. 
Most  of  the  provincial  officials  also  are  Filipinos. 
The  governors  of  all  the  Christian  provinces  are 
Filipinos. 

(4)  To  give  speedy  and  equal  justice  to  all 
classes.  Nothing  is  more  important  than  this. 
Formerly  it  took  many  years  in  some  cases  to  secure 
justice.  Now  the  judges  often  settle  scores  of 
cases  in  one  week.  The  poor  man  is  heard  as 
quickly  as  the  rich.  Men  used  to  be  kept  years  in 
jail  before  they  were  tried.  Now  there  are  able 
judges  who  hear  quickly  any  complaint.  In  some 
towns  there  were  separate  courts  for  Filipinos  and 
foreigners.  Now  all  races  are  heard  before  the 
same  judges  and  tried  under  the  same  laws. 

The  Educational  System.- — Thus  four  gates  of 
opportunity  are  opened  to  the  Filipino.  It  has  been 
made  easy  for  him  to  acquire  land,  to  get  a  govern- 
ment position,  to  govern  himself,  and  to  secure  jus- 
tice. In  order  to  train  Filipinos  to  use  these  privi- 
leges a  system  of  public  schools  was  established. 
By  1905,  nearly  one  thousand  American  and  three 
thousand  Filipino  teachers  were  preparing  the  Fili- 
pinos to  use  the  freedom  and  opportunity  that 
America  brought  to  these  Islands.     Half  a  million 


•/i 

22 


278 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR.    279 

children  were  attending  the  pubHc  primary  schools. 
In  many  provinces  intermediate,  high,  industrial, 
and  agricultural  schools  had  been  established.  The 
number  of  American  teachers  in  the  islands  to-day 
is  somewhat  less  than  at  first,  because  of  the  ever- 
increasing  capacity  of  Filipino  teachers  for  carry- 
ing along  the  work  begun  by  the  Americans. 

Filipino  Students  in  America. — In  October,  1903, 
one  hundred  Filipino  students  sailed  from  Manila 
for  America.  These  students  were  selected  from 
all  parts  of  the  Philippines.  They  represented  all 
the  civilized  races  of  the  Islands.  When  they  met 
upon  the  steamer,  the  only  language  that  all  of  them 
knew  was  English.  This  tie  of  language  and  their 
common  education  and  aims  bound  them  together 
as  no  other  bond  has  ever  united  Filipinos  of  dif- 
ferent islands  and  tongues.  They  were  the  first 
division  of  a  young  and  noble  army  of  Filipinos 
who  are  now  bringing  to  their  fatherland  a  knowl- 
edge of  principles  which  have  placed  the  United 
States  of  America  in  the  front  rank  of  great  na- 
tions. These  students  spent  from  four  to  five  years 
in  the  schools  of  America.  They  were  chos.en  for 
their  scholarship  and  character.  They  were  not 
selected  by  favor  because  their  parents  were  rich 
and  influential.  Many  of  them  were  poor  boys. 
This  is  true  freedom — the  freedom  to  win  place 
and  power  by  one's  own  work  and  fidelity. 

Agriculture.— The  same  wise  policy  that  in  so  few 
years  gave  justice,  education,  and  equal  opportunity 


28o    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

to  the  Filipino  did  much  for  the  farmer  and  the 
merchant.  Before  and  during  the  governorship  of 
Mr.  Taft  the  PhiHppines  suffered  from  war,  famine, 
and  pestilence.  Deadly  diseases  struck  down  man 
and  beast ;  the  locusts  destroyed  the  crops,  and  the 
rains  refused  to  fall.     It  was  difficult  to  fight  such 


Making  New  Land,  AIanila. 


enemies,  but  much  was  accomplished.  Hundreds 
of  miles  of  good  roads  were  made.  Cattle  were 
brought  from  other  countries  to  plow  the  idle  fields. 
War  was  waged  against  the  locusts.  Disease  in 
man  and  beast  was  fought  by  an  army  of  doctors. 
The  forests  and  plants  were  studied.  New  seeds 
were  tried,  and  better  methods  of  cultiyation  were 
taught. 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR.    281 

Commerce. — The  commerce  of  the  PhiHppines  be- 
came greater  than  ever  before.  The  revenues  of 
the  government  greatly  increased.  The  plans  begun 
by  Governor  Taft  looked  to  the  future.  His  time 
was  spent  in  laying  foundations.  Only  the  future 
will  show  how  well  that  task  was  done. 

Among  the  many  far-seeing  plans  of  Governor 
Taft  was  the  improvement  of  the  port  of  Manila. 


The  Inauguration  of  Governor  Wright. 


One  may  now  look  at  a  tract  of  land  larger  than 
the  walled  city  of  Manila,  which  was  pumped  from 
the  bottom  of  the  bay  in  the  three  years  from 
1901  to  1904.  Large  steamers  now  tie  up  to 
the  big  steel  docks,  protected  behind  a  great 
sea-wall,  instead  of  lying  at  anchor  one  or 
two    miles    out    in    the    open    bay.      Great    ware- 


282    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

houses  now  cover  a  considerable  portion  of  these 
broad  acres. 

Mr.  Taft  continued  as  civil  governor  until  Feb- 
ruary I,  1904.  Then  he  became  Secretary  of  War 
for  the  United  States.  As  Secretary  of  War,  he 
continued  to  exercise  a  great  influence  over  the 
course  of  affairs  in  the  Philippines.  In  the  next 
chapter  we  shall  see  how  the  plans  of  government 
laid  out  by  him  as  governor  were  followed  up  and 
developed  by  his  successors  in  office. 

Summary. — William  H.  Taft  was  Governor  of 
the  Philippines  from  July  4,  1901,  to  February  i, 
1904.  More  than  one  hundred  men  have  filled  the  . 
chair  of  governor  of  the  Philippines.  Under  Taft 
the  entire  system  of  government  was  reorganized 
and  many  new  laws  were  made.  McKinley  said, 
"We  want  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  inhabi- 
tants, securing  them  peace,  liberty,  and  the  pursuit 
of  their  highest  good."  Taft's  policy  was  "The 
Philippines  for  the  Filipinos."  This  means :  to  keep 
the  natural  riches  of  the  Islands  for  the  Filipinos, 
to  give  government  positions  to  Filipinos  as  fast 
as  possible,  to  allow  the  Filipinos  as  much  self-gov- 
ernment as  possible,  and  to  give  speedy  and  equal 
justice  to  all  classes.  An  elaborate  system  of  public 
schools  was  organized,  including  primary,  inter- 
mediate, high,  industrial,  agricultural,  and  collegi- 
ate. From  1903  to  1907  one  hundred  Filipino 
students  were  educated  in  ^^he  colleges  of  the  United 
States  at  the  expense  of  the  Philippine  Government. 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR.    283 

Much  attention  was  given  to  agricultural  develop- 
ment. Cattle  diseases  were  fought.  Hundreds  of 
miles  of  new  roads  were  built.  The  commerce  of 
the  Philippines  grew  greater  than  ever  before.  A 
large  tract  of  new  land  was  made  at  Manila  by 
pumping  earth  from  the  bay. 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS. 

Taft's  Successors. — Since  Air.  Taft's  time,  five 
men  have  occupied  the  post  of  Governor-General  of 
the  Phihppines.*  They  are:  Luke  E.  Wright,  from 
February  i,  1904,  to  April  i,  1906;  Henry  C.  Ide, 
from  April  2,  1906,  to  September  19,  1906;  James 
E.  Smith,  from  September  20,  1906,  to  November 
10,  1909;  W.  Cameron  Forbes,  from  N^ovember  11, 
1909,  to  September  i,  191 3.  On  the  date  last  men- 
tioned Francis  Burton  Harrison,  the  present  Gov- 
ernor-General, was  appointed  to  the  position. 

General The    history    of    the    ten    years    from 

1904  to  1914  is  a  story  of  peace  and  progress.  There 
were  some  conflicts  with  Moro  rebels  and  with  ban- 
dits;  but  taking  the  Philippines  over,  life  and  prop- 
erty have  been  safe  for  a  decade.  Large  sums  of 
foreign  and  home  capital  have  been  invested  in 
Philippine  industries,  and  many  public  improve- 
ments made.  Increased  powers  of  self-government 
have  been  given  to  the  Filipinos  and  great  advances 

*  On    February    5,    1905,    the    title    "Civil    Governor"    was 
changed  by  law  to  "Governor-General." 
284 


A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS.   285 

made  in  education.  The  story  of  peace  is  not  so 
thrilling  as  that  of  war,  but  history  is  shaped  by  "the 
victories  of  peace"  as  much  as  those  of  war.  The 
most  important  facts  in  history  are  those  which  tell 
how  a  people  grows  in  health,  wealth,  wisdom,  and 
political  capacity. 

The  Philippine  Currency.- — In  1903  the  new  Phil- 
ippine currency  was  introduced  to  take  the  place  of 
the  Mexican  silver  pesos  and  Spanish-Filipino 
money,  formerly  the  principal  money  of  the  Philip- 
pines. The  value  of  this  money  was  constantly 
changing;  its  price  at  the  money  changer's  rose  or 
fell  almost  daily.  One  borrowed  money  when  it 
was  low  and  paid  when  it  was  high,  or  in  other 
ways  suffered  loss  and  inconvenience.  The  new 
Philippine  currency  has  a  fixed  value  in  gold,  be- 
cause a  "reserve"  of  gold  coin  is  kept  to  redeem 
the  silver.  The  Philippine  currency  is  one  of  the 
safest  and  most  convenient  in  the  world. 

New  Banks. — In  1906  the  Postal  Savings  Bank 
was  established.  In  1914  it  had  about  40,000  de- 
positors, three-fourths  of  whom  were  Filipinos. 
The  Agricultural  Bank  of  the  Philippine  Govern- 
ment was  established  in  1908.  The  purpose  of  this 
bank  is  to  make  loans  to  individuals  and  companies 
engaged  in  farming.  Its  work  has  grown  slowly 
because  of  the  difficulty  of  securing  perfect  titles  to 
lands  upon  which  loans  were  to  be  made. 

The  Saint  Louis  Exposition. — In  1904,  an  inter- 
national world's  fair  at  Saint  Louis  celebrated  the 


286    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

four  hundredth  anniversary  of  the  Louisiana  Pur- 
chase. An  extensive  exhibition  of  Philippine  prod- 
ucts and  industries  was  made.  Several  villages 
were  built  there,  representing  both  the  Christian 
and  non-Christian  peoples.  ]\lany  diplomas  and 
medals  were  awarded  to  Filipinos  for  the  excellence 
of  their  exhibits.  Knowledge  of  the  Philippines 
was  greatly  extended  in  the  United  States. 

Commercial  Growth.— The  Commerce  of  the  Phil- 
ippines greatly  increased  from  1904  to  1914.  A 
very  large  trade  was  built  up  with  America.  The 
duties  on  the  importation  of  sugar  and  tobacco  into 
the  United  States  were  removed  and  these  indus- 
tries were  made  much  more  prosperous.  Modern 
sugar  machinery  was  introduced  in  various  parts  of 
the  Islands  and  the  production  increased.  The 
planting  of  cocoanut  groves  was  widely  extended, 
and  the  exports  of  copra  increased  by  several  mil- 
lions. 

Annual  Trade. — The  exports  of  the  Philippines 
increased  from  $30,250,627  in  1904  to  $53,683,326 
in  19 1 3.  These  figures  may  be  compared  with  the 
total  exports  of  the  Philippines  in  1894,  which 
amounted  to  $16,500,000. 

The  value  of  imports  increased  from  $33,220,761 
in  1904  to  $56,327,583  in  1913.  Exports  to  the 
United  States  amounted  to  $10,848,885  in  1913, 
and  the  imports  from  the  United  States  to  $25,- 
387,085. 

The  four  leading  exports  of  the  Philippines  are 


A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS.       287 

hemp,  copra,  sugar  and  tobacco.  Hemp  exports 
increased  from  $21,794,960  in  1904  to  $23,044,744 
in  1913;  copra  from  $2,527,019  to  $11,647,898, 
sugar  from  $2,688,507  to  $9,491,540,  and  tobacco 
from  $1,099,818  to  $5,362,415. 

These  dry  figures  mean  that  agriculture  and  in- 
dustry, the  foundation  on  which  all  civilization  and 
government  are  built,  made  tremendous  advances  in 
the  Philippines  from  1904  to  1914.  The  increased 
wealth  of  the  Philippines  has  been  shared  by  a 
larger  number  of  the  middle  and  poorer  classes  than 
in  some  countries,  because  the  farms  and  industries 
of  the  Philippines  are  small  and  numerous,  the  pos- 
session of  many  people  rather  than  of  a  few  great 
companies. 

Road  Building. — The  material  progress  of  the 
Philippines  was  greatly  increased  by  the  numerous 
roads  and  bridges  constructed  during  this  decade. 
Over  4,000  miles  of  modern  roads  were  constructed. 
More  than  5,000  permanent  bridges  and  culverts, 
most  of  them  made  of  concrete,  were  built.  In 
mountainous  districts  1,500  miles  of  cart  roads  and 
horse  trails  were  built,  as  well  as  numerous  wooden 
bridges  and  aerial  ferries  constructed  of  cables. 
INIany  thousands  of  small  farmers  were  thus  en- 
abled to  bring  their  produce  to  market. 

Railways. — During  the  past  ten  years  the  number 
of  kilometers  of  steam  railway  in  the  Philippines 
has  increased  to  five  or  six  times  what  it  was  before. 
The  plan  in  the  construction  of  these  railways  is  to 


288    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

connect  up  the  important  agricultural  centers  with 
the  seaport  towns. 

Sanitary  Improvements.- — The  scourges  of  small- 
pox, plague,  and  cholera  have  been  almost  entirely 
wiped  out.  In  1907  not  a  single  one  of  seven 
provinces  reported  a  death  from  smallpox,  al- 
though during  the  years  before  the  campaign  of 
vaccination  about  6,000  deaths  annually  had  oc- 
curred in  these  provinces.  The  annual  deaths  from 
smallpox  dropped  from  an  average  of  forty  thou- 
sand a  year  to  a  few  hundred. 

The  cause  and  cure  of  beri-beri  were  discovered, 
largely  due  to  Philippine  investigators,  and  many 
were  cured  of  this  disease,  while  others  learned  to 
avoid  it  by  eating  unpolished  rice. 

By  19 1 3  about  1.300  artesian  wells  had  been 
bored  in  the  Philippines,  saving  thousands  of  peo- 
ple from  water-borne  diseases.  Through  the  educa- 
tion of  trained  physicians  multitudes  enjoy  expert 
medical  attention.  The  Philippine  General  Hospital 
was  opened  in  19 10,  at  Manila,  and  later  the  South- 
ern Islands  Hospital,  at  Cebu. 

At  Culion  the  finest  leper  colony  in  the  world 
was  established,  which  cares  for  nearly  three  thou- 
sand lepers. 

Progress  in  Education. — The  principal  events  in 
educational  progress  in  1904- 19 14  were  the  growth 
of  higher  education,  the  erection  of  modern  school 
buildings,  the  spread  of  industrial  education  and 
the  growth  of  school  athletics. 


A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS.       289 

The  University  of  the  PhiHppines,  at  Manila,  is 
a  group  of  colleges  united  under  the  government 
of  a  Board  of  Regents,  a  President,  and  a  Univer- 
sity Council.  It  consists  of  the  Philippine  Medical 
School,  the  School  of  Fine  Arts,  the  College  of 
Agriculture,  the  College  of  Veterinary  Science,  the 
College  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  College  of  Engineering, 
and  the  College  of  Law.  In  19 13  it  numbered  704 
students. 

Pupils  in  the  secondary  grades  increased  to  6,111 
in  19 1 3  and  those  in  the  intermediate  grades  to 
30,692.  The  total  number  of  pupils  enrolled  under 
the  Bureau  of  Education  reached  529,665  in  1912. 

Hundreds  of  reinforced  concrete  schoolhouses 
were  built.  Industrial  education  was  widely  ex- 
tended during  this  period.  Ninety-three  per  cent,  of 
the  pupils  of  the  public  schools  received  some  form 
of  industrial  instruction. 

Largely  due  to  the  encouragement  given  by  Gov- 
ernor-General Forbes,  school  athletics  grew  to  great 
proportions.  Interscholastic  field  meets  became  a 
common  feature  of  school  life;  baseball  and  other 
athletic  sports  were  popularized  in  every  part  of 
the  Philippines. 

The  Philippine  Assembly. — In  1907  the  Philip- 
pine Assembly  was  established.  This  was  the  first 
representative  governing  body  for  the  Philippines 
elected  by  Filipinos.  It  consists  of  81  members 
chosen  from  81  districts  into  which  the  provinces 
have  been  divided.     The  Assembly  shares  with  the 


290    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Philippine  Commission  the  authority  for  governing 
all  of  the  Philippines,  except  the  Moro  Province 
and  the  other  non-Christian  provinces. 

Filipino  Self-government. — The  self-governing 
powers  of  the  Filipinos  were  greatly  extended  in 
the  decade  1904-1914.  Besides  the  constitution  of 
the  Philippine  Assembly,  Filipinos  were  given  a 
greater  share  in  the  courts.  One  half  the  judges  of 
the  courts  of  first  instance  are  Filipinos.  All  the 
justices  of  the  peace  are  Filipinos,  practically  all  of 
the  municipal  presidents,  and  two-thirds  of  the 
members  of  the  provincial  boards.  The  proportion 
of  Filipino  employees  in  the  civil  service  steadily 
increased  till  a  great  majority  of  those  positions 
were  held  by  Filipinos.  In  1913,  President  Wil- 
son gave  the  Filipinos  five  out  of  nine  positions 
on  the  Philippine  Commission,  thus  giving  the 
Filipinos  a  majority  in  both  houses  of  the  Legisla- 
ture. 

Changes  in  the  Philippine  Commission. — For  pur- 
poses of  reference  it  will  be  well  to  note  the  follow- 
ing complete  table  of  successive  changes  in  the 
composition  of  the  Philippine  Commission: 

William  H.  Taft,  Mar.  16,  1900,  to  Jan.  31,  1904. 
Luke  E.  Wright,  Mar.  16,  1900,  to  Apr.  i,  1906. 
Henry  C.  Ide,  Mar.  16,  1900,  to  Sept.  19,  1906. 
Bernard  ]\Ioses,  Mar.  16,  1900,  to  Dec.  31,  1902. 
Dean  C.  Worcester,  Mar.   16,   1900,  to  Sept.   15, 

1913- 


A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS.   291 

Jose  R.  de  Luzuriaga,  Sept.   i,   1906,  to  Oct.  29, 

1913- 

Benito  Legarda,  Sept.  i,  1 901,  to  Oct.  31,  1907. 

T.  H.  Pardo  de  Tavera,  Sept.  i,  1901,  to  Feb.  28, 

1909. 
James  F.  Smith,  Dec.  31,  1902,  to  Nov.  10,  1909. 
W.   Cameron   Forbes,  June   15,    1904.  to   Sept.  2, 

1913- 
W.  Morgan  Shuster,   Sept.   28,   1906,  to  Feb.  28, 

1909. 

Gregorio  Areneta.  July  i.  1908,  to  Oct.  29,  1913. 

Newton  \A'.  Gilbert.  July  i,  1908,  to  Nov.  30,  1913. 

Rafael  Palma,  July  6,  1908,  to  date. 

Juan  Sumulong,  Mar.  i,  1909,  to  Oct.  29,  19 13. 

Frank  A.  Branagan,  ]\Iar.  4,  1909.  to  Oct.  29,  1913. 

Charles  B.  Elliott.  Feb.   14,  1910,  to  Dec.  4,  1912. 

Victorino  ]\lapa,  Oct.  30,  19 13.  to  date. 

Jaime  C.  De  Veyra,  Oct.  30,  19 13,  to  date. 

Vicente  Ilustre,  Oct.  30,  19 13.  to  date. 

Henderson  S.  Martin,  Nov.  29,  1913,  to  date. 

Clinton  L.  Riggs,  Nov.  29,  1913,  to  date. 

Winfred  T.  Denison,  19 13  to  date. 

The  organization  of  the  Philippine  Commission 
in  19 14  was  as  follows: 

Governor-General  and  President  of  the  Commis- 
sion, Francis  Burton  Harrison. 

Vice-Governor  and  Secretary  of  Public  Instruction, 
Henderson  S.  Martin. 


292    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Secretary  of  Finance  and  Justice,  Victorino  j\lapa. 
Secretary    of    Commerce    and    Police,    Clinton    L. 

Riggs. 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  Winfred  T.  Denison. 
]\Iembers :     Rafael  Palma,  Vicente  Singson,  Jaime 
C.  De  Veyra,  Vicente  Ilustre. 

Message  of  President  Wilson.- — The  accession  to 
power  of  the  Democratic  party  in  the  United  States 
in  19 1 3  caused  a  fresh  statement  of  the  policy  of  the 
sovereign  government  toward  the  Philippines. 
This  policy  was  best  expressed  in  the  course  of  an 
address  given  by  President  Wilson  at  a  joint  ses- 
sion of  the  two  houses  of  Congress,  Dec.  2,  19 13. 
The  following  excerpts  from  the  address  are  of 
vital  importance  to  students  of  Philippine  history: 

"Porto  Rico,  Hawaii,  and  the  Philippines  are 
ours,  indeed,  but  not  ours  to  do  as  we  please  with. 
Such  territories,  once  regarded  as  mere  possessions, 
are  no  longer  to  be  selfishly  exploited ;  they  are  part 
of  the  domain  of  public  conscience  and  of  service- 
able and  enlightened  statesmanship.  W'e  must  ad- 
minister them  for  the  people  who  live  in  them  and 
with  the  same  sense  of  responsibility  to  them  as 
toward  our  own  people  in  our  domestic  affairs.  No 
doubt  we  shall  successfully  enough  bind  Porto  Rico 
and  the  Hawaiian  Islands  to  ourselves  by  ties  of 
justice,  interest,  and  affection,  but  the  performance 
of  our  duty  toward  the  Philippines  is  a  more  diffi- 
cult and  debatable  matter.  We  can  satisfy  the  ob- 
ligations of  generous  justice  toward  the  people  of 


A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS.        293 

Porto  Rico  by  giving  them  the  ample  and  famihar 
rights  and  privileges  accorded  our  own  citizens  in 
our  own  territories  and  our  obligations  toward  the 
people  of  Hawaii  by  perfecting  the  provisions  for 
self-government  already  granted  them,  but  in  the 
Philippines  we  must  go  farther.  We  must  hold 
steadily  in  view  their  ultimate  independence,  and 
we  must  move  toward  the  time  of  that  independence 
as  steadily  as  the  way  can  be  cleared  and  the  foun- 
dations thoughtfully  and  permanently  laid. 

"Acting  under  the  authority  conferred  upon  the 
President  by  Congress,  I  have  already  accorded  the 
people  of  the  Islands  a  majority  in  both  houses  of 
their  legislative  body  by  appointing  five  instead  of 
four  native  citizens  to  the  membership  of  the  Com- 
mission. I  believe  that  in  this  way  we  shall  make 
proof  of  their  capacity  in  counsel  and  their  sense 
of  responsibility  in  the  exercise  of  political  power, 
and  that  the  success  of  this  step  will  be  sure  to  clear 
our  view  for  the  steps  which  are  to  follow.  Step 
by  step  we  should  extend  and  perfect  the  system  of 
self-government  in  the  Islands,  making  test  of  them 
and  modifying  them  as  experience  discloses  their 
successes  and  their  failures :  that  we  should  more 
and  more  put  under  the  control  of  the  native  citi- 
zens of  the  archipelago  the  essential  instruments  of 
their  life,  their  local  instrumentalities  of  govern- 
ment, their  schools,  all  the  common  interests  of  their 
communities,  and  so  by  counsel  and  experience  set 
up  a  government  which  all  the  world  will  see  to  be 


294    A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

suitable  to  a  people  whose  affairs  are  under  their 
own  control.  At  last,  I  hope  and  believe,  we  are 
beginning  to  gain  the  confidence  of  the  Filipino 
peoples.  By  their  counsel  and  experience,  rather 
than  by  our  own,  we  shall  learn  how  best  to  serve 
them  and  how  soon  it  will  be  possible  and  wise  to 
withdraw  our  supervision.  Let  us  once  find  the 
path  and  set  out  with  firm  and  confident  tread  upon 
it  and  we  shall  not  wander  from  it  or  linger  upon 

it." 

Significance    of    President    Wilson's    Message. — 

This  message  confirmed  and  renewed  the  policy  laid 
down  by  President  AIcKinley  and  his  successors  in 
the  presidency.  In  spirit  and  purpose  it  is  the  same. 
The  growing  knowledge  of  American  institutions  of 
government,  the  spread  of  education,  and  the  ma- 
terial development  which  fifteen  years  of  American 
rule  had  brought  about  made  it  possible  for  the 
President  to  express  his  belief  that  the  Filipinos 
had  gained  confidence  in  the  good  will  and  efficiency 
of  the  American  government.  He  implied  that  the 
training  and  capacity  of  the  Filipinos  had  reached  a 
point  where  it  would  be  possible  to  be  guided  more 
and  more  by  their  wishes  and  advice  in  matters  of 
government.  This  is  the  end  for  which  previous 
administrations  strove.  The  additional  powers  of 
self-government  given  the  Filipinos  were  evidence 
of  the  success  of  the  policies  thus  far  pursued  in 
the  Philippines.  In  the  future,  as  in  the  past,  the 
attainment  of  self-government  by  the  Filipinos  will 


A  DECADE  OF  PEACE  AND  PROGRESS.   295 

rest  upon  the  evidence  which  experience  gives  that 
they  have  mastered  the  lessons  of  enhghtenment, 
organization,  self-control,  and  just  dealing — the 
things  which  fit  a  people  for  self-rule. 

Real  and  lasting  independence  cannot  be  given; 
it  must  be  acquired  by  patient  self-mastery  upon  the 
part  of  the  individuals  who  compose  a  nation.  The 
steps  taken  by  President  Wilson's  administration 
were  made  in  the  hope  that  the  use  of  these  in- 
creased powers  by  the  Filipinos  will  justify  the 
faith  which  America  reposes  in  their  capacity  for 
progress  and  good  government.  Permanent  control 
of  the  Philippines  has  at  no  time  been  the  policy  of 
America.  The  hopes  and  efforts  of  both  great 
parties  in  the  United  States  have  been  directed  to- 
ward the  gradual  elevation  of  the  Philippines  to  a 
self-governing  state.  The  decade  1904-1914  re- 
corded definite  progress  toward  that  goal. 


INDEX. 


Abiicay,  123. 
Acapulco,  114. 
Agricr.ltural   Bank,   285. 
Agriculture,     178,     1S4,     194, 

279. 
Aguilar,   Rafael   de,    185. 
Aguinaldo,  235,  240,  248,  255, 

264,  265. 
Alcayceria,    107. 
Ali-Mudin.   134. 
Amusements,  29. 
Anda,  Simon  de,   170,   177. 
Anitos,   32. 

Arrechederra,  Governor,   135. 
Assembly,    Philippine,    289. 
Augustin,  Basilio  de,  246. 
Augustinians,   69. 

Bancao,  142. 

Banco  Espanol-Filipino,   208. 

Barangay,  21. 

Bataan,   123. 

Biac-na-bato,  239. 

Bicols,  4. 

Blanco,   Governor,  234. 

Bohol,  5,  141. 

Borneo,  78,  80,  128. 

Bridge  of  Spain,   143. 

British  Invasion,   167. 

Brunei,  conquest  of,  77. 


Burgos,  218,  223. 
Bustamante,     155. 

Cagayan,  65,  81,   no,  145. 

Cainti,   60. 

Calamba,   234. 

Calendar,      reformation      of, 

204. 
Camarines,  60. 
Cavite,   121,  123,  221. 
Cebu,  5,  35,  45,  48,  55- 
Charles  I.,  41. 
Charles  III.,  183. 
Chinese,  conversion,  109. 

immigration,  85. 

invasion,   103. 

revolts,  109,  no. 

trade  with,  113. 
Chirino,  22. 
Cibabao,  24. 
Civilization,    19,    29,    70,    121, 

165,  197- 
Claveria,  Xarcisso  de.  203. 
Coast-guard    Towers,    134. 
Cock-fighting,  29. 
Commerce,   26,   203,  226,   281, 

286. 
Commission,    Philippine,   259, 

273,  290. 
Conquest,  cost  of,  86. 
297 


298 


INDEX. 


Constitution  of  1812,  191. 
Conversion  of   the  Filipinos, 

72. 
Corcuera,  Sebastian  Hurtado 

de,   149. 
Cortes,  189,  193. 
Cotton   Industry-,  98. 
Council   of   Manila,   67,  90. 
Councils,    Municipal,   227. 
Courts,  91,  149,  276. 
Crimes,   24. 

Cruz,  Apolinario  de  la,   199. 
Cruzat,  Fausto,  160. 
Cuba,  244,  250,  252. 
Cuesta,    Archbishop,    157. 
Currency,   Philippine,   285. 

Dagohoy,    195. 

Das  ^larinas.  93. 

Dato.  22. 

Decree  of   1589,  90. 

Demarcation  Lines,  41,  49. 

Dewey,  245,  246. 

Discovery  of   Philippines,  44. 

Dominicans,  69,  109. 

Dress,  24. 

Dutch,    120. 

Earthquakes.    144,   212. 
Education,  211,  22S,  2TJ,  288. 
Elcano,  Juan   de,  49. 
Encomiendas,  62,  66,  67. 
Enrile,   Pascual,   198. 

Fajardo,  Alonso,  141. 
Fajardo,  Diego,  144. 
Fernando  VII.,  191. 
Franciscans,  69. 
Freedom,  219. 


Freemen,  22. 

Friars,  arrival   of,  69. 

as   merchants,  95. 

as  teachers,  211. 

character  of,  70. 

disputes     with     governors, 
148,   202. 

lands,  153. 

monasteries,  67. 

Galleons,  114,  116,  117. 
Goiti,    Martin   de,   56,  69. 
Gold,  27,  64. 
Gomez,  Maximo,  223. 
Government,     20,      160,     202, 

248,   290. 
Governors,  205,  210. 
Guam,    1 16. 

Head-hunting,    10. 
Headmen,  21. 
History,  study  of,  2. 
Homonhon,  44. 
Humabon,  45. 

Ide,     Henry     C,     Governor, 

284. 
Igorots,    10. 
Ilocos,   104,  173,  191. 
Iloilo.  81,   129,  266. 
Improvements,  sanitary,  288. 
Ihigo,   i8g. 
Inquisition.    151. 
Isabella  II.,  216. 
Isla,  Juan   de  la,   57. 
Izquierdo,    Rafael   de,   220. 

Japan,  26,  81. 
Java,    180. 


INDEX. 


299 


Jesuits,  6g,  210. 
J0I6,  137,  206. 
Jubilee  of  1654,  151. 

Katipiinan,  231,  238. 

Labor  tax,  140. 

Lacandolo,  58. 

Lavezaris,   Guido   de,    57,  66, 

76,  103. 
Laws  of  the  Indies,  163. 
Legazpi,  53,  57,  59. 
Leyte,  50,   141. 
Limahong,  104. 
Limasaua,   45. 
Llanera,  236. 
Loaisa,  49. 
Luna,  General,  261. 
Luzon,  2,  57. 

Mactan,  46. 

IMagellan,  40,  41,  43,  45.  46. 
]\Iahometanism,  14. 
Malayans,  9. 
Malolos,  256. 
Mandarins,  109. 
Manila,     American     occupa- 
tion, 248. 

building  of  the  walls,  97. 

capture  of,  169. 

compared    with    provinces, 
163. 

fired   by   insurgents,   262. 

incorporation  of,   59. 

in  Das  IMarinas  time,  loi. 
Manrique  de  Lara,  144,  150. 
Marivelas,  104. 
Marriage  customs,  29. 
Martial  law,  268. 


Massacre   of    Spaniards,   48. 
McKinley,  244,   257,  272. 
^Mexico.  76,  93. 
Mindanao,  5,  50. 
IMindoro,   126,   130. 
Moluccas,  So,   100,  120. 
Moraga,   Father,  89. 
Morga,  Antonio  de,   120. 
Moros,  14,  27,   126,  132. 

Xava,    149. 
Negritos,  6,  99. 
Negros,  266. 
Nozaleda,  246. 

Obando,  Governor,  135. 
Ordinances  of  good  govern- 
ment,  160. 
Ornaments,   24. 
Otis,   General,  258. 

Pampanga,  85. 

Pardo,    Archbishop,    153. 

Parian,   107. 

Philip  IL,  52,  (^,  89. 

Pilar,   Gregorio   del,   264. 

Pirates,  81,   126,   128,    137. 

Poblete,  Archbishop,    151. 

Polavieja,  236. 

Portuguese,  39,  41,   49,  79 

Postal  Savings  Bank,  285. 

Priests,     Filipino,     35,     210, 

223. 
Prince  Henry,  39. 
Prisons,    161. 
Punta  de  Flechas,  130. 

Rada,   Father,   65. 
Railroads,  226,  287. 


300 


INDEX. 


Recollects,  70,  210. 
Religion,  31,  67. 
Republic,    Filipino,    251. 

of  Negros,  266. 
"Residencia,"  the,  79,  153. 
Restitution,  96. 
Revolts,  Bohol,   141. 

Cavite,   221. 

Cofradia,    199. 

Dagohoy,    195. 

early,  65. 

Filipino-American         War, 
267. 

Filipinos,  106. 

Ilocos,   145. 

Ilocos  Norte,  191. 

Pampanga,    145. 

Pangasinan,    172. 

Samar,   144. 

Silan.   173. 

Tagalog,    1896,  237. 

Tagalog,   1898,  246. 
Revolutionary      Government, 

248,   256. 
Ricafort,  Governor,    194. 
Rivera,  Governor,  183,  237. 
Rizal,  Jose,  121,  233. 
Roads,  198,  287. 
Rojo.  Governor,    167. 
Ronquillo  de  Peiialosa,  78. 
"Royal      Company      of      the 
Philippines,"   183. 


Saavedra,  49. 

Saint  Louis  Exposition,  the 

285. 
Salazar.  Bishop,  84,  96,  109. 
Salcedo,  Diego,  152. 


Salcedo,  Juan  de,  58,  60,  105, 
106. 

Samar,  44. 

Sanchez,  Alonso,  90. 

Sande,   Francisco   de,  76. 

Santiago,   Fort,  98,   170. 

Schools,  "2.  (See  Educa- 
tion.) 

Silan,  Diego  de,  172. 

Silk  culture,  180. 

Silva,  Juan  de,  122. 

Slavery,  22,  36,  68. 

Smith,  James  F.,  Governor, 
284. 

"Sociedad  Economica  de 
Amigos  del  Pais,"   184. 

Spanish,  teaching  of,  179, 
212. 

Spices,  40,  184. 

Steamers,    204. 

Subsidy,   Royal,   118. 

Suez  Canal,  226. 

Sulu  Archipelago,  the,  16. 

Surnames,  204. 

Tabora,  Juan  Nino  de,  142. 
Taft,   Governor,  272. 
Tagalogs,  200,  2^7. 
Tattooing,   25. 
Taxes,   96,    160. 
Taytay.  60. 

Tello  de  Guzman,  130. 
Ternate,   80. 
Tila  Pass,  264. 
Tobacco,  181,  287. 
Torralba,   155. 
Torre,  Carlos  de,  217. 
Treaty  of  Paris,  the,  249, 
257- 


INDEX. 


301 


Tribes,   12,    162. 
Tribute,  63. 


Villalobos,  50. 
Visayas,  5,  266. 


Urbistondo,  Antonio  de,  206.    '.   Weapons,  25. 


Urdaneta,  Father,  53. 

Valenzuelar  234. 

Van  Xoort,   121. 

Vargas,  Juan  de,   152,    184. 

Vasco  de  Gama.  40. 

Vera,   Santiago   de,  85. 

Vigan,  174. 

Village    Government,    20. 


Wilson,  292. 

Wright,   Luke    E.,   Governor, 

284. 
Writing,   27. 

Zambales,  99. 
Zamboanga,    155. 
Zamora.   223. 
Zapote    Bridge,   263. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 


Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


SOctSfCF 


^gei'^A 


!  O  1 


5Nov'57GB 
"^  STACKb 

OCT  22  19b/ 


29  Aug  58?  1 

AMfiumi 

sNoV62:x 

REC'O  i-U 
NOV    2196? 

,     RECD  UD 

MAR  4   ^9B3 

^jllN  2619711?  9 
REC'D  LD   MAY  i 


2  73  -K  PM 1 4 


LD  21-95m-ll,'50(2877sl6)476 


U.  C,  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CDM77DDS3S 


M314106 


